Home

DS|Design User`s Manual v6

Contents

1. 4 Release the mouse button when you find the command you would like to use 5 The list of nested tools collapses and the tool button you selected replaces the one on top one as the visible tool This tool will also now be the active tool 6 To end or exit the command press Esc or Enter The tool will no longer E be active but will still appear on top This button will remain on top of the nested group until the host toolbox is closed and reopened or until you repeat the above procedure and change the top button on the group 2 13 DynaSCAPE Design Working with Panels Floating panels in DynaSCAPE Design work like panels in all Windows based programs For example toolboxes such as the Draw Creation one below act as floating panels Draw Creation HIX S KIR SEA AS You can change the location of a floating panel in the Drawing Window by clicking and dragging its Title Bar close the panel with the Close control X The Minimize control rolls up the panel so that only its title bar is displayed This allows you to maximize your drawing area without having to close the panel completely Selecting Minimize again restores the panel to its full size Modifier Panels Most tools or command icons in DynaSCAPE Design s toolboxes can be used visually or freehand that is by Clicking on the tool and moving the mouse to draw an object or entity
2. a Select p Property Porch Step Drive Road VWalk Patio Pattern_A Pattern_B 15 30 DynaSCAPE Software Design Tutorial Part The Walkway Pattern Now it is time to insert a hatch pattern into the walkway 1 In the layer list switch from Revise to Select and set the Pattern_A layer as the active layer 2 Next click on the tool called Insert a hatch pattern by selecting the boundary of a contained area to open the modifier this allows for a specific pattern to be selected as well as a scale to be set for the pattern For this exercise you will use the default pattern TUMBLED A and the default scale for hatch scale recommendations see the chart included at the back of this manual Al Modifier Insert Hatch mes J seal ton oS X Scale 0 325 ree Y Scale 0 325 see jes TUMBLED_HRBN TUM_DIAG SQ 3 With the pattern selected left click on the line generated in the previous step to define the hatch boundary and then right click The pattern will fill in the area Notice that the hatch is a thin dotted line grey scale This has 15 31 DynaSCAPE Design been done purposely so that the hatch is not over powering on the drawing when printed Hatch pattem inserted inthe Pattem_ A layer light grey scale line weight The Front Stoop Pattern You can also define the front stoop a
3. 12 38 DynaSCAPE Software Labeling Plants amp Design Elements Advanced Search Options The following is an explanation of each of the advanced search characteristic TABLE 1 Advanced search options Search Field Plant Type Category Attribute Exposure Moisture Supplier Bloom Color Foliage Color USDA Zone Sunset Zone Viewing Plant Details Explanation Narrows the search to Softscape items of a particular Plant Type as found at DynaSCAPE com The Plant List Editor Legacy Q M and DynaSCAPE Manage This filter is only available when connected to a Legacy QM database Narrows the search to the attributes as defined by the Horticopia data on DynaSCAPE s Online Plant Database Only available when searching at dynascape com Narrows to search to plants that tolerate a specific sun or shade condition Narrows to search to plants that tolerate a specific amount of moisture Narrows the search to plants assigned to a particular Supplier Only available when connected to My Plants Manage Website Narrows the search to Softscape items that bloom in the selected color s Narrows the search to Softscape items that have foliage in the given color s Narrows the search to plants that have been assigned the chosen USDA zone Any will ignore any zone settings Narrows the search to plants that have been assigned the chosen Sunset zone Any will ig
4. 12 6 DynaSCAPE Software Labeling Plants amp Design Elements Exploring the Plant Label Panel Our first step is to explore the Plant Label panel You can open this panel by clicking the following icon on the DynaSCAPE sidebar folder The plant labeling panel will open Opens the Opens the label Label Style Plant List Editor panel settings selector Plant search text box Plant Data source selector Search m Opens additional results search filters displayed here E T Measure Quantity Insert manual tool selector quantity button When opened for the first time no plants will be displayed in the panel This is because your list database has not been created yet If you are using DynaSCAPE s Manage360 Manage Website DS Quote or DS Manage you need to create it there To create a local database of plants for labeling use the Plant List Editor accessed through the Plant Label Panel 12 7 DynaSCAPE Design Creating a Local Database of Plants My Plant List The Plant List Editor If you ar not using DS Manage360 Manage Website or legacy versions of DS Quote or DS Manage then you must create your own custom list of plants using the Plant List Editor The Plant List Editor is the application that will hold your list database of plants that you can label your drawings with To open it click on the Edit My Plant List button on the plant label panel This list is empty the first time
5. NEKO DEUTZiA EO Pear f SARCOKE i peer ard Arrucls q Echinacea purpurea Magus MAGNUS PURPLE CONEFLOWER IGAL re Hemerocallis x Catherine Woodbury CATHERNE WOODBURT DATLLY IGAL HL ral Hemerocallis x Lumury Lace LUXURY LACE DATULT Ly B mum agaya SHASTA DAST Ornamental aromas M5 3 Pisconths snersis Sarabande SARABAND MAIDEN GRASS 2GAL 12 54 DynaSCAPE Software Labeling Plants amp Design Elements Plant schedules are generated automatically but should not be used until ALL softscape items have been labeled Plant schedules can be used with both normal and keyed labels Important Plant schedules can only be generated from Softscape labels Standard text or text with leaders will not generate automatic plant schedules To insert a plant schedule follow these steps l 2 You must first save your drawing Next left click on the Place a Plant Schedule icon in the DynaSCAPE sidebar folder DynaSC APE Figures 12 55 DynaSCAPE Design 3 A Generate Plant Schedule panel will appear Select the options you wish to appear on your plant schedule De select the Key Code option if you do Generate Plant Schedule Wisible Columns W Key Code W Quantity W Botanical Mame W Common Name W Size Condition W Remarks Grid Options W Column Lines W Aon Lines Sort Data By Kep Code l Botanical Name O Common Name m not have
6. esuesssrsrrrrrrnrrrrerrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrerre 4 9 Viewing and Editing the Data Format SettingS ccccceeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeas 4 11 onid Axis and Snap TOOL SettNGS eusan a rE a e 4 13 Background Color of the Drawing Page sssssererssrerrrrererrsrerrrrrrrrerrrrerre 4 15 INFEFENCE SECTUINGS 65 4658 we a ee a Wa eee ee EE 4 18 Performance Se CUS ease Wt ans eer a Wan es A Wa ee ae 4 23 Changing your performance settingS s serssrssrerrerrsrerrrrrrrrerrrrrrrerrerrne 4 23 TNE ENUY MEDU rarena a a E E 4 25 Changing Global Text Settings s ssssreresrsrerrrrerrrrrrrrerrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrerrns 4 25 Changing the Global Text Size or Font no leader ccc cece cece cess eeee eens 4 26 Changing Label Text Settings Dimension Text sssrssrsrererrrrrrrrrrrrrreren 4 27 Changing Leader Settings sssssssrnererrerrsrrrrerrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrerrrrrrrerrerrne 4 30 TRE TOOLS MNU raire krene aea ae eA a 4 34 The Data Selection Panel ssessrsernssresrererrssssrsusrnsrsnessrerrerrrrsrsrrrisrne 4 34 The Coordinate Tracking Panel snenusnsrsrerrererrrrerrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrre 4 35 The Overview Panel usnesusrsrusrsrerrrrrrerrrrerrrrerrrrrrrrrrerrrrerrrrerrrrrrrrre 4 36 mstreamnm COmMMaNd S useaan denena Ea E E T O AN bee 4 36 The Windows Menu ssssssssssssssssnnsnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnno 4 38 On line Help ie ei ieee ea a a ee aa 4 39 TABLE OF CONTENTS 4 DynaSCAPE Software T
7. 20 0000 n ee eee eas 16 24 Printing the DIAWING 6 a6 a awa Re eae OC ee a ae aw ae ee 16 27 1 Importing amp Exporting AutoCAD Drawings 17 1 Importing an AutoCAD Drawing into DynaSCAPE 02 0000 eee 17 2 Step 1 Importing an AUtoCAD Drawing s sssseeserereererrererrrrrrererrrrrrrre 17 2 Step 2 Resizing the Imported Drawing cccccecccssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneenes 17 5 Step 3 Editing the Imported Drawing cccceeccceeseeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeneeeennes 17 6 Troubleshooting AUtOCAD IMPOrtingd ccccccceeee cece cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeas 17 8 Exporting Drawings to AutoCAD Format 0 000 cece eee eas 17 10 Importing NuPoints Site Capture Pro data 0000 cena ee eanas 17 13 Redrawing the Building OUtling ccc cece ccc cesses eee tees eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeanenas 17 15 TABLE OF CONTENTS L5 DynaSCAPE Design 1 O Customizing and Other Advanced Topics Creating Custom Prototypes templates aa aoaaa aana 18 2 Creating Custom Titleblocks 000 ce eee eee ee ee es 18 5 Setting Up a CUSTOM TITGDIOCK ein siunucrndavict qucnacctoieesteeadiawwieiastawemedeeeeadaimes 18 5 SAVING CUSTOM PILICDIO CK 4s ei named raccmraecenuciceinedanee AA An 18 7 CUSLOMIZING TLOOIDOXGS 3 sire Sh 6 Oe ae a ee a 18 9 EG UMGJEXISEING TO ONDOXCS saranan EAE padne pia mine aaron OAOA 18 9 Creating a New TOOhDOX ich aisnscantntrasmanasie ee laaeseaan ences meee ote 18 12 Hatch Pattern Sc
8. 4 Here you can choose to link to a material or kit You can filter by Category and Supplier or use the Search function to find your materials or kits 12 70 DynaSCAPE Software Labeling Plants amp Design Elements quickly Once you have found and selected your material and or kit click Ok Type ahead searching Link to Material Kit Link To S Materials b f Filter By A Categories Search Brussel Materials Found 2 Brussels Block Pavers My Paver Supplier Pavers Driveways Brussels Block Pavers My Paver Supplier Payers Walks amp Patios Choose a Material and and Kit or just a Material to link to Now the link to materials and or kits will show in the Design Labeling List when the design label is clicked on When labeling a drawing with a linked design label Manage360 Manage Website or Legacy QM will link the quantities to the correct material or kit when generating a quote Descriptive Labels 19 Selected Item Details CELTIK STONE RETAINING WALL LANDSCAPE BOULDERS LARGE daaa En LANDSCAPE BOULDERS MEDIUM PAVER BORDER BRUSSELS BLOCK 12 PAVER BORDER MEGA BERGERAC 12 PAVER DRIVEWAY BRUSSELS BLOCK PAVER DRIVEWAY PALEO PAVERS PAVER PATIO BRUSSELS BLOCK PAVER PATIO PALEO PAVERS PAVER POOL DECK BRUSSELS BLOCK PAVER POOL DECK PALEO PAVERS PAVER WALKWAY BRUSSELS BLOCK PAVER WALKWAY PALEO PAVERS RANDOM FLAGSTONE WALKWAY CONCRETE RIVER STONE BORDER
9. Figures version 5 library figures all contain the new layers 4 Softscape Labels version 5 uses a new format of plant labels that correspond with the properties of the plant information found in the new Horticopia based Online Plant Database plant types leaf colors bloom colors etc 5 Hardscape Labels version 5 uses a new Design Label format that uses a descrip tive type of label instead of a material What Tasks Can I Perform Without Converting to 5 x and Newer With a 4 x drawing opened in version 5 or newer you can e View and navigate e Print and Save as PDF or JPEG e Erase and edit geometry Tasks Not Recommended Prior to Converting to 5 x and Newer The following tasks are not recommended to undertake prior to converting a 4 x drawing to 5 x and newer format 3 8 DynaSCAPE Software Opening a DynaSCAPE Drawing e Do not add library figures version 5 and newer library figure use the new layers and will not show up correctly on an unconverted drawing e Do not use Modes version 5 and newer modes will turn off different layers than version 4 and this will cause the version 4 drawing to view incorrectly e Do not create a Material List version 5 and newer will not recognize version 4 Softscape or Hardscape labels that have not been converted to create a Material List e Do not create a Plant Schedule version 5 and newer will not recognize version 4 Softscape labels that have not b
10. 9 5 DynaSCAPE Design modifier but rather are created using the click of the mouse Multiple lines of text can be entered To use this tool 1 f Click on the tool shown above to open the modifier 2 Since this tool sets the height and width of the text with the mouse the width and height as well as all other settings will be left at the defaults 3 i Select a new font if required 4 k Enter the required text into the box at the bottom of the panel 5 k Click on the Apply button and text is to be applied to the drawing as one block of text 6 k Click on the drawing at the starting point of the text drag the mouse and click where the text will end thus setting the width of the text entered and then drag the mouse upwards to set the height of the text by left clicking Did You Know If you have multiple lines of individual text to place on a drawing enter it in the modifier as individual lines by using Enter after each line Use the Multi option on the panel instead of Apply and you can place each line of text individually on the drawing Insert Text Parallel to a Line This tool allows you to enter text into a drawing parallel to any line not a polyline in the drawing The line to which the text is to be parallel to is selected and then a click of 9 6 DynaSCAPE Software Inserting and Editing Text the mouse is used to the set the text to the desired location Multiple lines of text can be entere
11. Clockwise Counter Clockwise In the panel shown by selecting Architectural feet and inches are chosen to edit and display distance data Although this format may at first seem like the only format for 4 11 DynaSCAPE Design distance length data when using Imperial measure there is Engineering scale which measures distances in decimal feet not feet and inches e g 10 Scale means one inch equals 10 feet and Decimal used for metric drawings For a complete explanation of all of the formats for distance and angle select Help in the lower right corner of the panel or press F1 Entering Lengths with Feet Only When using the Architectural format entering a length of only feet does not require you to use the symbol for feet Just type in the number of feet and press Enter or Space E g for 6 0 Type 6 and press Enter or Spacebar Entering Lengths with Feet and Inches When using the Architectural format and entering a compound measurement involving feet and inches it is not necessary to type the symbol for inches quotation mark when the default measuring unit is set to Feet The software assumes that the value following the symbol for feet an apostrophe represents inches You will have to supply the symbol for feet if the default measuring unit is set to inches or convert the compound value entirely to inches e g for 5 3 enter 5 foot symbol and then 3 and press Enter or Spa
12. CATHERINE WOODBURY DAYLILY F BRONZE BEACON CORAL BEL Fi RF PINK DIAMOND HYDRANGEA EF CALGARY CARPET SAVIN i ALUE STAR JUNIPER also use you own image for any plant in the list by selecting the plant and clicking on Custom Picture This will allow you to choose any image on your computer to use for a plant in this catalogue 4 Press Next to open the settings panel where you can change the catalogue title the file name appears automatically and choose which names you wish to appear with the picture Click Finish Esport Plant Catalogue MR amp MRS SMITH FRONT TARD x Sha arira f f 15 1 5 You will be first prompted to give the catalogue a name and the location you wish to save it to on your computer Click Save DynaSCAPE will 12 86 DynaSCAPE Software Labeling Plants amp Design Elements download and process all the information needed from the Online Plant Database which may take a few minutes iciae ed DynaSCAPE a now processing your plant dala and creating your plant catalogue Please wart while the images you requested are eM _ 6 Once the processing is complete your Plant Picture Catalogue will open as a a secure PDF for you to view or print out You can close the PDF and Fle Edi Vew Document Tock Window Help MRA A ARS SHITH FRONT YARD SG oe De GET A SPL eo Poors Tare Bb erias yj pes i m i I te rra e re
13. General Rules About Titleblocks e The scale field is not automatically generated Be sure to double check to ensure you have entered the right scale To check the scale of a drawing at any time hold the CTRL key and press H In the Drawing Page Settings panel that opens click on the Scale tab Titleblocks should not be stretched or skewed because the text that is inserted into the title block will not resize along with the titleblock 15 56 DynaSCAPE Software Design Tutorial Part e Titleblocks cannot to be rotated as the text to be entered in to the titleblocks will not rotate with it e Ifa titleblock is exploded the completed titleblock information will be deleted e Completed titleblock information is not copied from one drawing to another through the copy cut and paste command e Items in the titleblock editor preceded with a P are not included in the titleblock e Only one automated titleblock can be added per drawing Placing the North Arrow 1 The last bit of information you have from the base information is the north arrow In the T BLOCK ACCESS 6 library are a number of North Arrows select one of the north arrows and place it on the drawing Select an area off to the side of the items that have been drafted so the figure doesn t interfere with the rest of the design elements however it can be moved later if required wi C ACCESSOR B 2 Once you have found the Nor
14. TABLE OF CONTENTS 2 DynaSCAPE Software Table of Contents Zooming Using the Mouse Wheel ccceee cece cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseneeeneeeennes 2 37 Panning Using the Mouse WEEN ccsiataacicet puese nniueusseuieanateceuntsewuaiodnerilesin 2 37 THE ORNEr ZOOM MOO Sitz4 esas viet ESAE ATE KERE EREA A a EA 2 38 Opening and Saving a Drawing Exercise cccceeceesceeeeee tees eeeeeeeeneneeeennes 2 41 HOW LO Save a DAWNO sese wabeniuas ried cetnire ered sian nines wares 2 41 Saving Over a Network Not Recommended ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenneeenes 2 42 Saving to a Removable Storage Device is Unsafe cece cece cece cece ee eeeeeeees 2 42 Savino d Drawing Mandal shea cuts fs satierd waa latteateaantantinaiadsiaxtintoasiaeinaeers 2 42 Saving a Drawing Automatically The Autosave Command cceeeeeeeeees 2 45 HOW TOCOS a DFAWINGictinescecket raindance ueientawhiqusatvacrtawtecwelakenakaegns 2 46 EXi GING Dyha SCAPE DeSIO Din cudcvieiivnn a EETA E eeen 2 47 Opening a DynaSCAPE Drawing 3 1 Opening a DynaSCAPE Drawing 0 00 ee eee ee eee ees 3 2 Opening a DynaSCAPE Design Sample Drawing cccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeas 3 2 Working with Multiple DrawingS s sssrssssrererrsrererrsrerrrrrrerrrrrrrrrrrrrerene 3 3 Opening a Version 2 0 2 5 Legacy Drawing or Project Bundle 3 4 If Your Drawing Will Not Open ssesssssrsreresrerrsrererrrrsrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrreree 3 5 Deleting
15. DynaSc APE H H Figures System Settings Command Alias CLI Logfile Drawing Page Ctrl H Drawing Tools Ctrl T Page Color Entity Grips Drawing Properties Library Properties Data Format Inference Settings 4 13 DynaSCAPE Design Grid The grid is a series of dots that are placed at set intervals on the screen when turned on 2 Tool Settings Axis The axis acts the same as graph paper would when drawing by hand When turned on it will place grid lines on the screen at the spacing set by the panel A Tool Settin PS 4 14 DynaSCAPE Software Menus Settings and Controls Snap tThe snap works much like the inference settings snapping to the grid Axis for placement of lines figures and other entities A Tool Settings Grid Axis Snap Misc Trap Set the snap increment along both the x and y axes xo Eryr E Align with grid Align with axis ner soe Changing the Color of the Grid and Axis To change the color of the Grid or Axis click on the Misc tab in the Tool Settings panel Click on the tools button in the middle of the panel and change the color Changing to a color like dark grey will be less visually obstructive than a lighter color A Tool Settings Display location tags M Multiple view tracking Display entity output color Entity selection dashed Background Color of the Drawing Page To access the controls for th
16. NINSERT CIRLCE LOCATION Radius INSERT POLYLINE LOCATION H NINSERT POLYLINE LOCATION Smooth Autobulge SELECT CONSTRAINT OFF INSERT POLYLINE LOCATION Smooth Autobulge DefTAngle SELECT CONSTRAINT OFF REVISE ENTITY ATTRIBUTES Fill On REVISE ENTITY ATTRIBUTES Fill Off NREVISE ENTITY ATTRIBUTES Output 10 Description Turns on the Move Copy tool with Copy on Turns on the Move Copy tool with Copy off Repaints the drawing page Deletes any selected objects Turns on the Insert Line tool Turns on the Insert Line tool and waits for a length to be entered Activates the circle tool Activates the circle tool and waits for the radius to be entered Activates the Polyline tool Activates the Polyline tool with Smooth Polyline selected and constraints turned to None Activates the Polyline tool with Smooth Polyline selected and constraints turned to None and waiting for you to define the start angle Turns on the fill of selected lines and curves Allows you to select lines to turn the fill property Off Allows you to select objects to revise their output color to black 4 6 DynaSCAPE Software Menus Settings and Controls Creating a New Command Alias Note Creating a new command alias is recommended for advanced DynaSCAPE Design users New users may wish to skip to the next section and tackle this later The Command Alias tool is found by se
17. Note The letter d can be used in place of the symbol A Modifier in ES X Length 153 6 Be Angle 1e9 se4 00 B S If there are no numbers for seconds use 0 Drawing in a clockwise direction is usually the way you will need to draw You may need to try it first to determine the direction you need to go Place the line on your drawing by clicking the start point and the end point The ends of this line Chord are going to be the start and end points of the arc Next open the arc tool in the Draw Toolbox called Insert an arc between two locations defining the chord Turn off your constraints 6 45 DynaSCAPE Design 9 In the modifier for the Arc tool set the radius of the arc as specified by the property survey R baj e E F Modifier Insert Arc GF a 1 0 Using inference click on one end of the line you placed in step 6 E 1 1 Using inference click on the other end of the line An arc will be drawn E ere with the radius specified Note As with all the arc tools the radius will be drawn in a counter clockwise direction In some cases you may need to start with your second location first 1 2 After placing your arcs you can remove the chord lines a 1 3 When you are finished placing the property lines on your drawing be sure to go back to the Data Format option and change the Angle back to Decimal 6 46 DynaSCAPE Software Basic Drawing Tools
18. There are two types of text that can be inserted into a drawing and each has their own default Global settings that control them 1 Plain text without a leader Text 2 Text attached to a leader or dimension Dimension Text To change default text settings go to the pull down menu Entity Text to open the Global Text Settings panel Important Note The controls in the Entity menu cannot be edited unless a drawing is open All DynaSCAPE prototypes have default text sizes that were determined to be appropriate for the scale of the prototype chosen However you may find that under certain circumstances you may need to change the default text settings If you change the scale of your drawing you may find that the text size is too large or too small for the new scale Tips and Tricks If you have changed your drawing scale and realize your text size is not correct copy and paste the entire contents of your drawing into a new prototype with the desired scale This prototype will have the correct text size for that scale of drawing Changing the Global Text Size or Font no leader There are two types of text that can be inserted into a drawing and each has their own default Global settings that control them 1 Plain text without a leader Text 2 Text attached to a leader or dimension Dimension Text 9 24 DynaSCAPE Software Inserting and Editing Text If you open the Insert Text tool modifier you can change t
19. ccee cence eens 8 9 Revising Entities Within A FIQUIF ccc ccccccee cece eee e eee eeeeneeeeeeteeeaneeeees 8 10 9 Inserting and Editing Text 9 1 Text Types in DynaSCAPE ssssssssssssssssssnsnnnnnnnnnnno 9 2 inserting Text no leader iis j56 le eae ar Ea we a Pa wy a 9 3 Text Modifier Panel Options sssusnsrernsrererrrrsrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrerrrrrrerrrrrr 9 3 INSELE TEXEL TOO drre rae a A T A E 9 5 Insert Text Between Three Points Tool esssrssserssrrsrrsrrrrsrrnrrrrerrerrrrrsree 9 5 Insert Text Parallel to a Line ssusnuseressernrrerrerrnerrsrrsrrsrrrrrrsrrrrerrerrrre 9 6 Insert Text Above Existing Text sri tistics uci scg teed ek Reacasiei yi epee Seek wes dina ede Sneed 9 7 Insert Text Below Existing Text yaoiieetind see tunnentveieania Garcia eeramseeewmuucnserence 9 8 Insert Text Extracting the Attributes of Existing Text cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 9 9 Insert Text Attached to a Text Node cccccecccc cece sees eeeeeeeeee teen ener ee eens 9 10 Insert Text Along a Flowing Line ussssssrusrsreresrererrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrerre 9 11 Inserting Text with a Leader sassasnnnnnnnnnnnnnnrnnnnnnnan 9 13 Revising Text no leader sa reiri tai Ee eee ee ee 9 17 Revising Text Using the Edit Entity Attributes panel cece cece eee eeee eens 9 17 Revising Text Using the Edit Entity Attributes panel cece eee ee ee eeeeee ees 9 18 Revising Text Using the Font Setting
20. faj Fie Edt Ervironment foi Tabes Toots Window Heip ee ee ents Dipay el E jed Design 4 Oentiing Dedas HZARE s BYE ea i Ss Orw Ede fin Am Figure Firari Copy I Durwt Filet hamit H ti Secienie Set the dimension style by seleching from the katoi dimension attribute butions Teal Syriae Artoni Suppression Tolerance Dual 3 This opens the Dimension Text Settings window To change the size of the font type in the new size in the Width and Height boxes To change the font style select the font style you wish to use from the Active Text Font or 12 53 DynaSCAPE Design left click on the Font Picker button to see an example of the text style and select the text you wish to use Dimension Text Settings 4 Select OK to close the window Now each time you use any text tool with a a e leader in this drawing it will use your new text size and style In order to set your text back simply repeat the above steps Inserting Plant Schedules Plant schedules are plant lists inserted into tables with optional columns for Key Code Quantity Botanical Name Common Name Size Condition and Remarks Plant schedules are required to identify plants labelled using one of the Keyed Labeling options l Key Oty Botoncal Nore Common Name S2e Condition Trees eugene Trae 2 GAL 3 GAL
21. Drawing Circles The circle tool allows you to insert circles into your drawing both freehand and with a specific size With the circle tool you are able to insert a radius or diameter as well as a length measurement circumference To use this tool 1 Click on the tool shown above to open the modifier E 2 Enter the radius or diameter or length and press the spacebar E 3 k Once the values are entered click to determine the first center of the circle If a value has been entered for the size of the circle the circle will be placed automatically otherwise moving the mouse away from the origin will allow you to determine the size and a click will drop the circle onto the drawing gt Modifier Insert Gircle M m Ed Radus 4 0 E Be Diameter s 0 E dashed line shows how mouse would be dragged if circle was drawn freehand 6 47 DynaSCAPE Design Insert a Corner Radius The Corner Radius tool allows you to round the corner between two lines whether the lines meet or not By entering a radius or diameter an arc will be placed between two lines on the drawing This a useful tool for creating the connection between sidewalks and driveways etc When selecting the lines always click to select the lines at a point closest to the end of the line in which the radius is to be placed Failing to do so can cause the radius to be placed at the opposite end of the line and the lines to disappear Within
22. Importing amp Exporting AutoCAD Drawings Importing NuPoints Site Capture Pro data This is a new feature added with version 4 3 It allows you to import geometry from NuPoints Site Capture Pro software This software is installed on a hand held electronic organizer PDA that enables you to accurately draw site measurements out in the field The import process is very simple L Synchronize your PDA with your desktop computer so you can access the scp file for the import Note The easiest way to get your Site Capture Pro drawings scp files from your PDA to your desktop computer is to set up file synchronization When you install the ActiveSync software that connects your PDA and desktop computer choose the option to Synchronize Files If you have already installed evens but did not choose synchronization open NuPoints Site Capture Pro on your desktop through your Start button go to the Help menu and choose Contents Then choose Troubleshooting gt Adding File Synchronization and follow the instructions there In DynaSCAPE click on the File menu and select Import and choose one of the following options dit Environment Entity Tables Tools Window Help APE Design 2D Computer Aided Design amp Drafting Design 20 Computer Aided Design amp Drafting Open Gil X E E E v 2 2 2 pen fees Pie Save Ctrl s Save As Inference z Save All Close Ctrl u Close All Ctrl L iaa Print
23. PAVER WALKWAY BRUSSELS BLOCK will filte F showing results as you type al Inserting a Design Label is very similar to insert plant labels It depends on what you wish to use the labels for There are several options for the use of design labels 1 To provide a description of each design element on a drawing 2 To provide a description of each design element on a drawing and for creating a material list with quantity and price 3 For creating a material list with quantity and price only Design Labels for Description Only If the purpose of your design labels is strictly to provide a description of your design elements for your clients and crews to read follow these steps when inserting them 1 Select the label you wish to use from the list 7 EditMyLabels C3 Settings Label Style Normal text with leaders Label Text Search pruss Clear Search PAVER BORDER BRUSSELS BLOCK 12 PAVER DRIVEWAY BRUSSELS BLOC PAVER PATIO BRUSSELS BLOCK PAVER POOL DECK BRUSSELS BLOCK PAVER WALKWAY BRUSSELS BLOCK Taf 2 i Turn Include Quantities off Van ir gap ete Quantities og Automatic Rounding Insert Labels on Takeoffs layer I Show Quantity on Labels Label Qty fo Sq Ft Moola Measure Area draw polygon 12 65 DynaSCAPE Design 3 Click on the Insert button to insert the label as you would a Plant Label or Text attached to a leader The panel will minimize to give you f
24. i Left click each of the lines to be extended The Front Landing The next step is to create the landing or stoop near the front door as shown in the site measurements 1 Select the Porch Step layer and click on the Line tool to open the modifier i box The width of the landing Stoop is 6 so enter 6 into the modifier and press the spacebar 15 15 DynaSCAPE Design 2 k Using the inference settings find either the vertex at the corner below the door see below and left click With the Constraints set to Polar or Ortho move the mouse to the right and right click Do not use the inference settings here because you have set the length of the line to 6 the line and the constraints will ensure it is straight ES Modifier In Left click at the vertex of the corner of the stoop porch and then left click when the line is lined up horizontally Angle 15 16 DynaSCAPE Software Design Tutorial Part The Existing Tree using triangulation In the site sketch provided there is an existing tree on the front yard You have been given the measurements to the tree One dimension PT1 gives the distance from the left hand corner of the house and the other from corner of the garage PT2 Plotting the location of the tree by means of triangulation is easy and will be the only method for this situation 1 Begin by switching your active drawing layer to the Temp layer and click
25. Botanical Name Common Name Size Price SKU The column headers must match the requirements and be spelled correctly Optional Optional Optional Optional 4 4 G Botanical Name Units ari Type THES BALSAME 7 ER 14 ARIES AA SAMEA aF BRR 1 0 Each 14279 14 ABIES BALSAMEA SFT WE 195 Each 15250 H ABIES COMCOLOR IFT BAE 220 Each 20226 14 ABIES CONCOLOR 4FT BAB 190 Each 20200 id ABTES COR SOLOE Wo 130 Each 20150 14 ARIES CONDO OR F FF l i 250 Each PELTI 14 ABIES COMCOLOR First row must NE 160 Each 20175 H ABIES FRASERI contain column BaD 135 Each 3175 H ABIES FRASER headers spelled 215 Esch 30250 id ARIES FRASER 5 1545 Esch 200 14 AHIS FRASEHI l correctly 110 Each 0 14D 14 CEDRUS ATLANTICA GLAUCA Bu Teer rie ay eT YT 85 Each w979 1d CHAMAECYPARIS NOOTKA AUREA GOLDEN NOOTKA FALSE CYPRES JFT BAG 55 Each cbii H Only columns with headers will be imported The order of the column does not matter e g the first column can be SKU lotepad cle Eat Forma Botani cal Name Common Name Size Price Units SKU Plant Type Category a e E En E A PAE Ep e ABIES BALSAMEA BALSAM F g AFT B amp B 170 Each 15225 14 ABIES BALSAMEA BALSAM FIRMMAFT WB 195 Each 15250 14 ABIES CONCOLOR WHITE FIR 2M amp B amp 6 220 Each 20225 14 ABIES CONCOLOR WHITE FIR 4F Naes 190 Each 20200 14 ABIES CONCOLOR WHITE FIR 5FT 130 Each 20150 14 ABIES CONCOLOR WHITE FIR i ABIES CONCOLOR W
26. Ctrl P DynaSCAPE 2 5 project bundle AutoCAD dwa dxf as a new drawing AutoCAD dwag dxf into the current drawing Fit Alt F4 17 13 DynaSCAPE Design Import gt Site Capture Pro data as a new drawing this option will import the geometry into anew DynaSCAPE prototype It will open a prototype that is the same as the last prototype opened Import gt Site Capture Pro data into the existing drawing this option will import the geometry into the current DynaSCAPE drawing that is open It is recommended that when you use this option that you open a new prototype that is the sheet size and scale you wish to use for this project 3 k You will be prompted to choose the file you wish to import Browse to the folder used for synchronizing files found under the My Documents folder and usually named according to the PDA name example WM_username My Documents All of your synchronized SiteCapture Pro drawings will be listed there Locate the SiteCapture Pro drawing scp on your desktop computer and click Open Select Site Capture Pro drawing Look in C WM_Ihordyk My Documents Business CJ Dictionaries yy Music My Pictures E New Folder Desktop My Documents My Computer i My Network File name Places Files of type 17 14 DynaSCAPE Software Importing amp Exporting AutoCAD Drawings 4 The geometry will import quickly and appear on the DynaSCAPE screen Site Capture Pro software uses
27. DS Design supports the following popular image file types e Bitmap e TIF not recommended only small files work e PNG e GIF not recommended e JPG recommended Before inserting an image make sure your constraints are set Off To insert the image click where you would like the top left corner of the image to be move your mouse diagonally and then click to determine the bottom right corner The image will appear 13 13 DynaSCAPE Design on your screen within the boundary you set If your boundary does not match the aspect ratio of the image it will fit it as best it can without changing aspect ratio Raster Troubleshooting If the image does not appear try the following Your constraints may be on Turn your constraints to None e Is the image file in a supported format Image files come in a variety of formats and some types of files e g GIF may come in different formats of its own Try opening the image in an image editing program saving the image as a standard Windows JPG file and inserting that file as a raster image Is the image file located in a long file path Design may not be able to read the file if it is Try moving the file directly into the C drive and inserting the image from there x The image file may be too large Design may not be able to insert images that are very large especially large TIF images Open them up in a an image editing pro gram and reduce the file size o
28. Preface Copyright Information in this installation manual including all web page references is subject to change without notice Application updates are released periodically and may include additional and or amended portions of this manual Complying with all applicable copyright laws is the express responsibility of the user No part of this document may be reproduced or distributed for sale without the express written permission of DynaSCAPE Software Unless otherwise noted any sample companies organizations products addresses websites logos e mails persons or events are purely fictitious and no association with any real entity or event is intended or should be inferred 2012 DynaSCAPE Software Published May 11 2012 Applies To DynaSCAPE Design DynaSCAPE Software DynaSCAPE Design Introduction to this Software Smart Design and Efficient Estimation Delivered Through DynaSCAPE Design As a landscape designer the amount of business you do is often limited by the time required to create attractive original concepts and to detail them Work produced quickly under pressure is often poorly drawn and badly presented losing you valuable potential sales Even when well executed the time taken to finish a polished set of working plans can prevent you from addressing new work and new sales opportunities Computer Aided Design CAD offers a way to draw faster with greater accuracy and overall efficiency Simplifying the
29. SHREDDED PINE MULCH SODDED LAWN SQ CT FLAGSTONE ON EX LANDING WOOD DECK amp STEPS PAVER PATIO BRUSSELS BLOCK Units Sq Ft Material Kit Linkage Data Source Manage Material Brussels Block Pavers My Paver Supplier Ki t Pavers Walks amp Patios 12 71 DynaSCAPE Design Using Estimating Labels In Design v5 4 those who use Legacy Q M or Manage360 can label directly with kits or items from their Price List or Cost Book with out the need to use the descriptive Design Labels If you have chosen link to Manage Website or Legacy Q M in the Settings panel of the Design Label panel you will see an option to Use Estimating Labels PAVER BORDER BRUSSELS BLOCK 12 L When you click on the Use Estimating Labels option you will see a row of tabs The tabs will be different depending on whether you are linked to Manage Website or Legacy QM If you are linked to Manage Website you will see the following tabs a o mois OO O Ce E If you are linked to Legacy Q M you will see the following tabs 12 72 DynaSCAPE Software Labeling Plants amp Design Elements E o JAI Profit Centers Finding and Inserting Estimating Labels using Manage Website When Linked to Manage Website all your Cost Book items can be found in six tabs displayed Choose the tab that contains the item you are looking for To see all the items
30. This tool allows you to click on an existing block of text to extract the attributes font style size etc so that the new text added to the drawing looks the same as the existing text Multiple lines of text can be entered To use this tool 1 Click on the tool shown above to open the modifier 2 k Enter the required text into the box at the bottom of the panel 3 k Click on the Apply button and text is to be applied to the drawing as one block of text 4 k Click on the existing text you want the new text to take the characteristics from height width font etc The existing text will highlight blue and the 9 9 DynaSCAPE Design text will be attached to the cursor Click where you want the text to be placed O Did You Know If you have multiple lines of individual text to place on a drawing enter it in the modifier as individual lines by using Enter after each line Use the Multi option on the panel instead of Apply and you can place each line of text individually on the drawing Insert Text Attached to a Text Node This tool allows you to parallel attach text to an existing node in the drawing This commonly used with the Grade Marker figures Multiple lines of text can be entered To use this tool 1 Ensure that the nodes are being displayed on the drawing by going to the Entity pull down menu and selecting Display Check the Node box and hit OK 2 Click on the tool shown above to open the
31. W Include Image Border Include Botanical Hame iY Include Common Mame Insert Image Cancel p da 4 i Before placing a plant image you must decide whether you wish to have plant names displayed and a border around the image Use the check boxes provided to have Design automatically insert the common name botanical name both or neither Design will use your default text style format to determine the size and style of your text You have the option to have a border placed around the image as well 424lea Hershey Hed I W Include Image Border Include Botanical Hame W Include Common Name E Cancel p da Insert Image Once you have chosen your options click Insert Image 5 k To insert the image first click where you want to place the top left corner The move your mouse down and away from the first point and click again to place the bottom right corner Make sure you see an outline of a square or rectangle before clicking for the bottom corner How far you move the 16 19 DynaSCAPE Design mouse will determine the size of the window in which the image will be placed Design will then place the image at the location you specified with any text you chose beneath the image HOU Herbes Irn 6 Continue placing images of your plants around the drawing E Note For more information on moving and editing images in DynaSCAPE read the section called Working With Raster Images 16 20 DynaSC
32. X and Y Scale boxes of the modifier panel 5 k After the scale factor has been entered select the entire drawing Use CTRL A on your keyboard or Edit gt Select All and then right click Zoom out so you can see an image of the resized geometry moving on your screen as you move your mouse it will move in the opposite direction of your mouse Make sure the Copy toggle is turned off Click where you wish to place the resized geometry 6 Once the geometry has been resized check the length of the known line to make sure you have resized the drawing correctly Now the drawing is ready for editing Step 3 Editing the Imported Drawing Once the imported drawing has been rescaled to the active drawing scale you can now begin to remove any unneeded geometry There are a number of ways you can do this to make it as quick and easy as possible The best way would be to isolate lines by having only one layer visible on the screen at a time This makes it easier to revise the layer of multiple lines at one time or erase multiple line at one time To isolate lines on their specific layers follow these steps 1 Start with lines you do not need and wish to erase Press and hold your i Ctrl key on your keyboard while clicking on a line An entity attributes 17 6 DynaSCAPE Software Importing amp Exporting AutoCAD Drawings panel will open revealing all the attributes of the line selected Make a note of the layer numbe
33. ool te E ce oot vi a euicng iN E E ov fee conus Som 003 W Property al Center B 0 7g D04 of Porchstep E H Continuous aS OF fe 005 wo Drive Road E Continuous a4 5 0 3 4 OK a Cancel Import Range Reset Help Important Layers are part of each prototype If you add a layer to a drawing that you wish to use in every drawing you must either save the drawing as a new Protoype make sure you remove all drawn objects first or you can import these layers from this drawing into another click on the import button on the Layer Table Editor DynaSCAPE Design Line Styles All the layers in DynaSCAPE Design are assigned a line style Line styles determine what the actual line looks like whether it is a continuous line or whether it is a dashed line Line styles can also be used to control how dark a line is printed for instance using a grey scale line will produce a lighter finer line when printed This method is used in the hatch patterns in DynaSCAPE Design thus allowing these lines to not overpower the drawing Styles F l Styles Button A7 Select Revise Select and Revise Toggles By Layer By Figure Continuous Hidden Center Phantom Stitch Dashed Grey_scale_1 Grey scale 1 Fence Current Styles List Edit Styles Toggle By default the Line Styles list is set to By Layer this means that the layer in which you are working with take on the propertie
34. ters Additional Resources In addition to the resources above the Resource folder also holds a number of graphic image files with the jpg extension that may be useful These include e Image files of a scanned property survey to practice tracing for base plans e A LOTPLAN jpg file with the measurements to be used in the Tutorial chapter in this guide e Images of the plants used in the Tutorial 3 16 DynaSCAPE Software Menus Settings and Controls Topics covered in this chapter v Using the DynaSCAPE pull down menus and their options v Using the Inference Engine Snaps Vv Changing the drawing settings and defaults v Using On line Help DynaSCAPE Design contains many different tools toolbars and menus This chapter will describe the various pull down menus and the options they provide 4 1 DynaSCAPE Design Pull Down Menus The pull down menus Edit Window and Help will be familiar to any Windows user The File menu is also shared by most Windows applications however in DynaSCAPE Design it contains a few DynaSCAPE specific commands The other four pull down menus are unique to DynaSCAPE Design In the pages that follow we will explore menu commands of greatest importance to a new DynaSCAPE Design users Information on other commands can be found by selecting the command of interest and F1 for on line Help 4 2 DynaSCAPE Software Menus Settings and Controls The Environment Menu The En
35. the Library Index is used to find and select a currently active library to display in the Library Manager e Add the Add button is used to select a new library to add to the currently active list of libraries The Figure Sidebar Folder displays only the currently active libraries of figures You can add a new library of figures to the folder using this control Library figure files are generally by default stored in the Symbols subfolder C Documents and Settings User Name My Documents DynaSCAPEDS symbols folder where C is your hard drive e Remove the Remove button is used to remove a library of figures from the cur rently active list of libraries Note Do not worry selecting this option will NOT delete a library only remove the figure from the current list e Update the Update button refreshes the display in the Figure Folder you can test the way the changes you are making will look in the Figures Folder e Delete the Delete button deletes a selected figure from the figure library Caution Use the Delete button with care once a figure is deleted from a figure library it CANNOT be retrieved e More the More button opens up an advanced features section of the panel where a Library Layer Override can be set Figure Ordering Controls Move ahead one position Move to first position sla Move to last position Move back one position Using these control buttons you can change the order in which f
36. tor example a line or circle However when you need to specify an exact length or size for the entity you are drawing a Modifier panel or Modifier box is generally required One example is the Line too A Modifier In amp e length i BG Angel A Modifier gives you more control over the entities you create for example by allowing you to specify properties such as the exact length of a line or radius of a circle Tools that require or allow your input of these specific properties will have a modifier automatically appear when the tool button is clicked on This applies for all 2 14 DynaSCAPE Software Getting Started tools contained in the Quick Start Qk St Draw Drw Edit Edit Dimension Dim and Advanced Adv toolboxes For all other toolboxes modifiers are accessed by right clicking or double clicking on a tool within a toolbox Modifier Tip Clicking many command or tool buttons allows you to insert an entity visually or freehand The Modifier panel that automatically appears allows you to specify an entity s properties before you insert it Here are some general rules that apply to all Modifier panels e Modifier panels are used to affect the current operation only Any values specified remain in effect until the command is terminated or until new values are entered e In many cases Modifiers have default values assigned to them If you wish to specify a different value for a Modifier si
37. 9 9 u7 i p Transparency Enabled Aointisn 0 00 B 7 vate v Aspect i Adda Edit tenn He A Important When removing rasters from a drawing note the following e Although the Raster Name disappears from the list in the Raster Editor after clicking Remove the raster is not actually removed until the OK button is pressed to exit the Raster Editor Removing rasters from a drawing does NOT remove the image file from its stored location 13 21 DynaSCAPE Design Tips for Scanning Lot Plans The following are guidelines to help you get the best results when scanning lot plans or designs for the purpose of inserting into a Design drawing for tracing e Always scan as a JPG rather than a TIF e Scan as small an image file size as you can e Set your scanner s resolution to no higher than 200dpi e Scan in black and white to reduce file size e When having large plans scanned always ask for a JPG file and have them scan at 50 at 200dpi e Try placing the lot plan in your scanner so the house or building sits parallel to the edges this will make it easier to trace then if the house is on an angle 13 22 DynaSCAPE Software Printing and Saving as an Image File Topics covered in this chapter Vv Printing DynaSCAPE Drawings v Printing DynaSCAPE Drawings with color images v Saving DynaSCAPE Drawings as a JPEG or Adobe PDF Vv Changing the drawing s output colors to black v Saving a DynaSCAPE Drawing as
38. Dimension les To use the tool 1 Click on the tool shown above Right clicking or double clicking will open a modifier The modifier is only used to override the dimension value determined by DynaSCAPE 2 Click at the start location for the dimensions and continue Clicking at the end of each segment you wish to dimension 7 48 DynaSCAPE Software Basic Editing and Dimensioning Tools 3 Once all dimension points have been set right click to end the process a 4 Move your mouse to set the location of the dimensions and click to set E Insert a Vertical Baseline Dimension This tool is used for inserting multiple vertical dimensions in which all dimensions are taken from the same start location Dimension To use the tool 1 Click on the tool shown above Right clicking or double clicking will open E a modifier The modifier is only used to override the dimension value determined by DynaSCAPE 2 Click at the start location for the dimensions and continue clicking at the end of each segment you wish to dimension 3 Once all dimension points have been set right click to end the process E 7 49 DynaSCAPE Design 4 Move your mouse to set the location of the dimensions and click to set Dimension x vLE Insert a Radius Dimension This tool allows you to insert a dimension for the radius of an arc or circle This tool can also be used on smooth polylines The radius dimension measures
39. DynaSCAPE Design 3 For any figures that do not have a closed outer ring you will need to create one on the Color Setup layer e g Ornamental grasses What Does the Outer Ring on the Color Setup Layer do When figures that contain an outer ring on the Color Setup layer are grouped using the cluster tool this outer ring will remain intact allowing DynaSCAPE Color to color each individual figure in one step Without this outer ring some grouped figures will color as a group not individually and others will not color at all Even though the Color Setup layer is not visible in the Design and Softscape Modes DynaSCAPE Color will still be able to find and color them You need to draw trace or copy an additional outer ring on the Color Setup layer in order to make your new figures colorable using DynaSCAPE Color it must be a closed shape to be colorable Figures like this grass symbol a lt _ needed a closed shape drawn on ET x 3 the Color Setup layer L 4 7 Shrub Figures and Other Layers As with most figures shrub figures are made up of multiple layers The shrub graphic elements of the figure are simply any part of the shrub figure that is not the cluster ring or the shrub marker In some figures the shrub graphic part of the figure is the small circle in the center or branches or spokes radiating out from the center Other shrub figures have all shrub graphics while others have no shrub graphics at all just
40. FOREST ASF AEE PERDGLA AODIRA Cres TETA CO PARNE Peery VE PM Se TS EIM BM Ee ee ne oo ee reopen it from the location it was saved during the process of creating it Note If you do not have a PDF reader you can download and install Adobe Reader for free from the Adobe website www adobe com 12 87 DynaSCAPE Design 12 88 DynaSCAPE Software Working With Raster Images Topics covered in this chapter About Raster Images in DS Design Finding and Inserting Plant Images Searching for Plant Images by Label Inserting a Raster Image from a File Moving and Resizing a Raster Image Resizing a Raster Image or survey to the Drawing Scale Editing or Removing a Raster Printing Drawings Containing Raster Images SN Ne NSN ANN This chapter will demonstrate how to work with raster images in DS Design The tools in this chapter will enable you to quickly find color images of plants that can be placed on your drawing to improve presentation connect your drawing with the intended results and demonstrate your competence dedication and professionalism to your client This chapter will also show how to work with other types of images 1 e images of lot plans or surveys to trace to help improve the speed of the entire drawing process 13 1 DynaSCAPE Design About Raster Images in DS Design Raster images are simply image files placed onto a Design drawing Image files can be a JPG PNG GIF or BITMAP with JPG
41. If the workstation does have anti virus software installed ensure that the virus definitions are up to date C Scan for and remove any spyware or adware from the workstation If the workstation is or has ever been connected to the Internet it is highly recommended that all spyware or adware be removed from the workstation using anti spyware software If you don t have anti spyware software installed download an appropriate spyware removal software package and clean the workstation C Reboot the workstation Rebooting the workstation clears any applications that may be lingering in memory and restarts all the necessary system services Did You Know There are several excellent free versions of both anti virus and anti spyware applications available on the Internet The software can be downloaded installed and updated at no cost to you 1 6 DynaSCAPE Software Installing DynaSCAPE Design Before selecting any free software however get some recommendations from someone knowledgeable in the field Some free anti spyware applications are actually spyware in disguise and must be avoided Note These free products are intended for non commercial use Please make sure you meet the licensing requirements before installing and using their software and note that DynaSCAPE Software will not provide support with regards to these programs Important 1 Prior to starting the installation turn off or disable all fire
42. In the Edit toolbox click on the Offset figures along an existing line at an absolute distance tool to open the modifier Edit Modify BE Parse nical The modifier requires you to set the Offset Distance The Boxwood Hedge symbol you selected was 1 3 and by setting a smaller offset distance to 1 2 you will later be able to cluster the figures together to both clean up the drawing and to use the Auto Count feature The modifier also has two check boxes one for PolyVector Path which you will leave unchecked and 15 44 DynaSCAPE Software Design Tutorial Part one for Rotate Figures which must be checked By selecting Rotate Figures the figure you have selected will rotate and remain perpendicular to the line Modifier Offset Figur Sieies if z i E m Offset Distance B PolyVector paiia y R b otate Figures 6 Left click on the symbol previously placed in the garage to select it will highlight blue and then left click on the line path the symbol is to follow The hedge will be inserted on the line LL hH TE T f Boxwood hedge created with shrub symbols spaced evenly along the path Uses for the Offset Figures Along an Entity Tool The Offset Figures Along an Entity tool is useful for creating hedges constructing soldier courses or retaining walls both modular and natural stone laying out flagstone pathways etc Anytime you need a repeating pattern
43. Rotation sets the rotation angle in which the ellipse is entered into the drawing To use this tool 1 Click on the tool shown above to open the modifier a 2 Enter either the radius R or diameter D Major measurement and press j the spacebar entering one will set the other 3 Enter either the radius R or diameter D Minor measurement and press the spacebar entering one will set the other 4 Enter the rotation angle if required and press the spacebar E 5 Click to place the ellipse on the drawing E 6 k If the modifier is not use the first Click will determine the center of the ellipse The mouse is then used to set the major and minor radii this done by moving the mouse and Clicking at the desired location The mouse is then used to rotate the ellipse which is then set on the drawing with a left click Modifier Insert Ellipse RMajor 7 6 D Major 5 0 RMinor so DMinor 10 0 Drawing an Elliptical Arc Nested under the ellipse tool is the Draw an elliptical arc tool This allows you to insert an arc into the drawing that is based on an elliptical shape The same principles 6 60 DynaSCAPE Software Basic Drawing Tools apply that are used when inserting an ellipse however the option to include a start and end point are also included The start and end point define the arc where it begins and where it ends This can be set using values in the modifier panel based on
44. Shrub Graphic Layer Cluster Layer ring needs to be a closed Polygon or Circle Marker on the Shrub_Marker Layer Shrub_Graphic Layer Cluster Layer ring needs to be a closed Polygon or Circle pa TT Perenn GrCvr Layer a lt Color_Setup Layer ring for the he figure to be Colorable in DynaSCAPE Color The top figure is an informal shrub the middle figure is an upright evergreen and the bottom figure is an ornamental grass Shrubs Perennials and Trees have Markers in the middle of the figure that will only be visible in some modes These markers are specifically used to identify where shrubs perennials and trees are on the design when the rest of the figure is on layers that are turned off Markers are not visible in every mode but can be made visible in modes such as dimensioning irrigation and lighting where they can be useful to see by editing each of these modes to turn the Marker layers on In the diagram above the labels on the right describe the layers making up the various components of the figures that were drafted Note that for the shrubs none of the entities in these figures were actually drawn in the Shrub Layer the entities used to build a figure may be and often are composed of elements that are on several different layers The choice of layers that are used is critical to the proper integration of the figures with various drawing Modes the cluster tool and DynaSCAPE Color Any
45. The diagram below shows a sample of Leader text Leader Text The next diagram shows the component parts of a sample of Leader text Leader Text Leader Text Extension Tail Elbow Leader Line Arrow 4 30 DynaSCAPE Software Menus Settings and Controls To edit the length of the Extension Tail in a label with leader text select the Leader button in the Global Dimension Settings panel to open the Leader Settings panel Global Dimension Settings Changing the value for the length of the Extension Tail here will change the tail length for all labels in the program Deselecting the Extension Tail toggle will suppress the tail extension so that Leader text will have no tail Select OK to set any new values and close the panel 4 31 DynaSCAPE Design Changing the Arrow Style of Leader Text To change the Arrow style of Leader text select the Arrows button in the Global Dimension Settings panel to open the Dimension Arrow Settings panel A Global Dimension Settings Dimension Arrow Settings v E ozm E w E 4 32 DynaSCAPE Software Menus Settings and Controls DynaSCAPE Design provides a number of style options for the arrows of Leader text In the diagram below we show samples of the different arrow styles valable rrow Styles To change the default arrow style select a type from the Style pull down list in the Dimension Arrows Settings panel then select OK to set the Style c
46. This second offset tool allows for objects to be Offset through a location this simply means that rather then setting the offset distance in the modifier a point is selected with the mouse to which the objects become offset to To use this tool 1 i Click on the tool shown above 2 Turn the Copy toggle On if you wish to keep the original line s in place E 3 Click to select the entities to be offset Multiple entities can be selected however they must meet end to end in order to be offset together and they must be contiguous selected in order 7 5 DynaSCAPE Design 4 5 Once the items are selected right click to end the selection process Click on the location you wish to offset to If copy is toggled on a copy of the entity will appear If not the entity will be moved to the new offset location The offset tool can be used with or without the Copy toggle As with the move tool when the Copy option is selected the word COPY will be attached to the cursor Resizing Objects by Scale Ratio A scale tool exists in DynaSCAPE Design that allows for objects to be resized within the drawing By applying a scale factor to an object or group of objects a drawing such as an imported AutoCAD file see Chapter 9 for more information or parts of a drawing such as a deck area in order to create a more detailed plan off the main drawing area can be made larger To use this tool 1 2 Click on the scale to
47. To open the advanced search filters click on More Search Options Botnical Macs lemmon Mame are Plant Types abies concolor wHITE FIR Tre Sher gisan POPERBSAK MAPLE Tre ane piaia Colurmnarc COLUMNARE HARLEQUIN MAPLE Tre d roe plaires Comeon Kang CRIMSON ENG HARLEGUIH MAPLE Ire q 12 36 DynaSCAPE Software Labeling Plants amp Design Elements The panel will expand allowing you to pick your options You may need to expand il rorerere I Unknown Mors the label panel by clicking on the top or bottom edge of the panel and dragging the panel to a larger size Click Clear Search to remove your selections and remove any text in the Search text box Advanced Search Rules As mentioned previously when searching locally DynaSCAPE begins to display results as you choose filters refreshing the list every two seconds When searching My Plants Manage Website My Favorites Manage Website and at dynascape com you need to type in at least part of a name in the Search text box choose your search filters and then press Find to complete the search To remove your search criteria 1 Type some letters 3 Click Find 7 a0 lt a Saftscape Labeling nine Plant MALALE vevvashnas _ Edit My Plant Lig E Settings Label Style Normal text wi hierden Plani Search Siete a Plant Type Perennal elo lr ererers UE ss a da Moisture iry r r ce Supplier a
48. To use this option 1 Hold the Shift key on your keyboard down E 2 i Spin the mouse wheel forward to zoom in 3 Spin the mouse wheel backward to zoom out Note the location of your mouse cursor will be the centre of the zoom activity Practice holding your mouse in different location as you zoom in and out to learn how you can control the results Zoom In spin wheel forward zoom Out spin wheel backward Panning Using the Mouse Wheel The quickest and easiest way to pan around a drawing is to use the mouse wheel option To use this option 2 37 DynaSCAPE Design 1 i Hold the Shift key on your keyboard down 2 i Press the mouse wheel down and hold 3 Move your mouse to pan across the drawing page Note the location of your mouse cursor will be the centre of the pan activity Press and hold Press and hold Shift key mouse wheel 4 Shift The other Zoom Tools The seven original zoom tools are found on the top button bar as described earlier in this chapter The following is a description of each and how to use them Zoom tools are instream commands which means you can use them at any time while using other tools and not affect the process of the other tools Zoom Drawing Limits to Best Fit This zoom tool will fit the drawing limits the grey dashed line representing the paper boundary inside the workspace regardless of where the geometry is within the drawing limits To use this tool cl
49. drawing into DynaSCAPE Design follow these steps 1 i In DynaSCAPE Design starting with a new blank prototype click on the File menu and select one of the two available options FJ Fie Edit Environment Entity Tables Tools Window Help np New t intitv s to be printed Open L pax Bag Save Ctrl s iB Coe AR Grid Ax is Snap Constraint Save All W g Close Ctl J Decoupling A haga ait ate ae Close All na E ey DynaSCAPE 2 5 drawing Export DynasSCAPE 2 9 projechounderrr g Plot Ctri a AutoCAD dwo dxf as a new drawing a Print CNE AutoCAD dwg dxf into the current drawing Import an AutoCAD DWG DXE as a new drawing this option is recommended it will import into a new DynaSCAPE prototype it will open anew copy of the same prototype that you last opened 17 2 DynaSCAPE Software Importing amp Exporting AutoCAD Drawings Import an AutoCAD DWG DXF into the current drawing this option will import into the currently open DynaSCAPE drawing Use this option if you wish to first choose the prototype the geometry imports into It is not recommended to use this option to import into a drawing that already has existing geometry Select the DWG or DXF file you wish to import DynaSCAPE can import AutoCAD DWG or DXF files saved to AutoCAD versions 12 up to 24 up to AutoCAD 2012 Click Open Important DynaSCAPE can only import AutoCAD geometry that i
50. taking smaller groups at a time Why Do Some Figures Appear to Change While Others Don t While all figures will cluster only figures found in the tree shrub and rock libraries will appear to change during the clustering process Of those figures only those with a continuous closed outer perimeter will change by having their overlapping segments trimmed away and removed 11 10 DynaSCAPE Software Working with Library Figures SF il Figures that must be Da eet overlapped to cluster Figures that do not _ need to be overlapped to cluster Clustering Figures that Trim i All other figures regardless of which libraries they are taken from will not change in appearance They will still become a single entity or block when clustered P _ Clustering Figures i is go thatdo not Change gt t e ER T r Fiya Hig y Pis A eae E oe Before After Why Figures Disappear After Clustering 1 Figures will disappear after clustering if the figures that were clustered did not overlap each other If your figures are not overlapping and you wish to cluster them you must turn the Erase all inner segments option off 2 Figures were skewed during or after there insertion Do not use the outer grips on a figure to resize them This will skew the figure and cause them to lose their ring during clustering 11 11 DynaSCAPE Design Why Do Figure Libraries Fail to Load or Seem to Disappear Opening Dy
51. A Design Labels for Material Lists Only If the purpose of your design labels is only for creating a material list or quote follow these steps when inserting them 12 67 DynaSCAPE Design 1 i Select the label you wish to use from the list Edit My Labels Settings Label Style Normal text with leaders Label Text Search bruss Clear Search PAVER BORDER BRUSSELS BLOCK 12 PAVER DRIVEWAY BRUSSELS BLOCK PAVER PATIO BRUSSELS BLOCK PAVER POOL DECK BRUSSELS BLOCK g PAVER WALKWAY BRUSSELS BLOCK 2 Turn Include Quantities on and turn Insert Labels on Takeoffs layer on as well Include Quantities M Automatic Rounding ijsert Labels on Takeoffs layer IV Show Quantity on Labels Tal EES l Lebl Mihe Eoo r i ia A LL __ __1 3 Next choose a measuring tool or enter a label quantity manually as outlined in the previous set of steps 4 When printing the design for your clients to see click on Design_Mode or Design_Mode_No_Shadow to turn all labels that are on the Takeoffs layer off When creating a material list or quote click on All_Labels_On mode to turn all labels that are on the Takeoffs layer on Linking a Design Label to a Material or Kit If you are using DS Manage360 Manage Website or a Legacy version of DS Quote or DS Manage you can link any Design Label to a material or kit in either application for the purpose of creating a detailed estimate To use
52. All Close Close All Import Export Plot Print Send Exit t Drip manipulation a hma Cti S Erence Constraint Copy d Ctrl U F to AutoCAD dwg dxt Mant Picture Catalogu F CtrleL Plant Picture Catalogue PDF Ctrl P DynaSCAPE Manage Export File Alt Fa Exporting to Legacy Q M DS Quote or DS Mange Design v5 no longer exports directly from Design into legacy versions of DS Quote or DS Manage Instead drawings are imported from within DS Quote or DS Manage To import a drawing into a legacy version of DS Quote or DS Manage follow these steps 1 2 Save your labeled drawing that has been prepared for estimation labeled work areas etc Open DS Quote or DS Manage you must be running the latest version of DS Quote or DS Manage to import Design version 5 drawings 12 81 DynaSCAPE Design 3 Navigate to the Quotes section and click on Create a new Quote under Tasks to open the Quote Wizard DynaSC4PE QUOTE a ee NS eee f Home Tasks Create anew Que b Edit status Archive 4 i Choose your division Carpentry Design Studio La 12 82 DynaSCAPE Software Labeling Plants amp Design Elements 5 Make sure Create a new quote is selected and click Next E Select a new quote or load from template There are two methods to create a new quote If you are creating a quote from scratch or importing a DynaSCAPE drawing select the option t
53. At this point it does not matter what you name the file However for reference sake our naming system is AC IMP L8 SED means Architectural C size Paper 18x24 IMP means it is imperial as apposed to metric L means landscape orientation and 8 refers to the scale of 1 1 0 SED is the file extension which is automatically added After typing the name of your new prototype click OK 18 3 DynaSCAPE Design6 02 7 Next type in your Descriptive Text name to identify it in the Prototype list in DynaSCAPE Make sure it is recognizable because this is the name you Decnptve Text Custom 24 36 L 1 25 0 Name for your new ae OK a Cancel prototype will see For example Custom 24 x36 L 1 25 0 means this is a Custom drawing on 24 x 36 paper ata 1 25 0 scale Click Ok 8 Now that you have created your new prototype it will be part of the list of i prototypes available to you when you start a new drawing Note that the list of prototypes available is sorted alphabetically A New Drawing A 02 5x11 Landacape 1 17 p A 02 5x11 Landscape 2 1 F gt A 08 5x11 Landscape 3 1 10 A 08 5 11 Landscape 4 1 15 A 02 5x11 Landscape 5 1 20 4 08 5e11 Portrai 1 1 4 gt A 08 5e11 Portrat 2 1 E A 08 5 11 Portrat 3 1 10 ok Cancel Remove Help 18 4 DynaSCAPE Software Customizing and Other Advanced Topics Creati
54. BELLS 1 GAL 64 50 5 Hydrangea paniculata Pink Diamond PINK DIAMOND HYDRANGEA 5 GAL 190 00 5 Juniperus sabina Monna CALGARY CARPET SAVIN 3 GAL 182 50 3 Juniperus squamata Blue Star BLUE STAR JUNIPER 3 GAL 96 00 6 Lamium maculatum Beacons Silver BEACONS SILVER LAMIUM 1 GAL 99 00 1 Miscanthus sinensis Autumn Light AUTUMN LIGHT MAIDEN GRASS 3 GAL 21 50 2 Pyrus calleryana Chanticleer CHANTICLEER PEAR ie 650 00 Sub Total 3 014 00 Materials Quantity Description Price 165 ft BRUSSELS BLOCK BORDER 12 3 465 00 101 sq ft BRUSSELS BLOCK WALKWAY 1 717 00 3 LANDSCAPE BOULDERS LARGE 900 00 24sq ft SQ CT FLAGSTONE ON EXISTING LANDING 912 00 Sub Total 6 994 00 Total 10 008 00 12 77 DynaSCAPE Design Creating a Quote from a DynaSCAPE Drawing Note If you are not using DS Manage360 Manage Website or a Legacy version of DS Quote of DS Manage skip this section If you are using DS Manage360 Manage Website or a Legacy version of DS Quote or DS Manage you can also generate fast accurate and detailed quotes However before sending the drawing to any of these applications for quotation there are a few things that may be done to make the quote as complete as possible and easy to understand Grouping Labels into Work Areas for Manage360 Manage Website and Legacy Q M If you are using DS Manage360 Manage Website or a Legacy version of DS Quote or DS Manage to generate a quote from a drawi
55. Building Base Property Porch Step Drive Road Walk Patio Border Pattern_A Pattern_6 Deck Fence_A Fence_B Cluster Ret_Wall_Face Edit Active List Edit Layers Toggle Current Layers List of the Active Drawing DynaSCAPE Design contains 255 layers of which approximately 25 of these layers are predefined meaning they have a name a line weight line style and color assigned to them Layers are set as part of the prototype and you can create new layers on a drawing to drawing basis Drawing with Layers The layers in DynaSCAPE Design are provided in a list To access the layer list click on the Layers button on the DynaSCAPE sidebar folder Simply click on the layer you wish your next object to be drawn in and the layer will highlight blue It is now active 5 3 DynaSCAPE Design and will be the layer assigned to the next object you draw with any of the drawing tools Layers Select Revise lt _ Hightlighted layer Property x x PorchiStep is the active layer Drive Road and remains active Walk Patio till chan ged It is important to draw objects on their correct layer in order to produce the best possible output and to assure that the Modes work correctly To switch to another layer simply go back to the layer list and click on the new layer Revising the Layer of an Object If you find you have accidentally drawn something in the wrong layer you can always use the Revise
56. COPY toggle turned on To use this tool 1 Turn the Copy toggle off if you do not wish to keep the original object 2 Select the entities to be rotated by clicking on them or using a selection j window Right click to end the selection process 3 Select a location to rotate around i 4 Move the mouse away from the rotate point and in the direction you wish to rotate the entities 5 Click to place the rotated entities on the drawing E 7 11 DynaSCAPE Design f n r Original entity Rotated Entity Rotate objects by angle move copy or multiple This tool gives you more control than the first rotate tool With this tool you can set the actual rotation angle that the objects will be rotated by In addition you can also set the number of times the object will be copied at intervals equivalent to the angle you set This is a great tool for creating curved steps or rock walls To use this tool l 2 3 Click on the tool shown above to open the modifier Turn the Copy toggle On if you wish to keep the original objects in place In the modifier set the angle and the number of copies For example if you want 10 lines to be drawn every 20 degrees enter 20 for the angle and 10 for the count When the values are entered press the spacebar Select the entities to be rotated by clicking on them or using a selection window The entities will be highlighted blue Right click to end the selection proces
57. Design commands temporarily held in your computer s RAM memory Because of this your work is vulnerable to being lost if there are any glitches in your computer environment software or hardware problems You should save a new drawing as soon as it is practical to do so 2 41 DynaSCAPE Design A Important Never save a drawing over a network or to any removable storage device Saving this way may result in a corrupted drawing file Always save to your local computer and then copy the drawing file to the network or removable storage device DynaSCAPE Design provides the standard Windows utilities and routines for saving your work You can initiate the Save command in any one of three ways 1 Manually save the Active Drawing 2 Automatically save the Active Drawing using the Autosave option 3 And finally the Save Drawing panel will be prompted by either closing the active drawing closing all open drawings or by closing exiting DynaSCAPE Design Saving Over a Network Not Recommended Do not save drawings over a network This may result in unrecoverable corrupted drawing files Save to a your local computer and then copy the drawing file to the network Saving to a Removable Storage Device is Unsafe Do not save drawings to a removable storage device This may result in unrecoverable corrupted drawing files Save to a your local computer and then copy the drawing file to the removable storage device Saving a
58. Face pea Enter the tag to be attached to new entities TO Ok 2 Cancel This next step is the most important We now need to set the title block up so we can use the automated fill in features of the Titleblock Editor First 18 5 DynaSCAPE Design6 02 click on the Insert a Title Text Node button it is located in the Advanced toolbox It will open the Insert Title Node panel Advanced Tools In the Title Property Label field type the name of the property tag for this node This is the name of the tag that will appear in the Title Block Editor For example you may have a field for the clients name use Client_Name Note You cannot use spaces Spacebar to separate words when entering text in these fields we suggest that you use the dash or underscore _ to separate words The Title Text field is more of a test field so you can see what your title block looks like finished if you fill this field in you will have to delete it before you save this titleblock as a figure ZA Modifier Insert Title Node E x This will be the name of Title Property Label Client_Name one Property Tan Mr _Mrs _Sample The is just a place to put temporary text for C Space 0 El Width 1 5 6 testing size and font L Space 0 Height 1 57 Set the text size for this siant 000 E O O node Justify Left Spacing Proportional Active Text Font oe Choose your font style Architec
59. Hatch Pattern TOO Sce ania a A E AEE N E 6 52 Using the Hatch and Generic Pattern Tools ccccccceccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeees 6 54 Drawing Ellipses rriei eee ee aa ea ae 6 59 Drawing ah EDSO eerie tela ia website inne ane atid cia seer nies 6 59 DEW ING aE IDC CO ATC ainwcuntscanidierinepeasiciviagerorieeseeengeumIsaatuis 6 60 Basic Editing and Dimensioning Tools 7 1 ine Et TOODO r ritirate a aaaea a bbe es he 7 2 MOVING and CODVING ODI ECES icine arre a a aa 7 2 Offset or Move Lines by an Absolute Parallel Distance ccccceeee eens eens 7 4 Resizing Objects by Scale Ratio cccceccccccceee cece tees ee eeeeeeeeee eet ee ee ee ene eee es 7 6 Mirroring Objects Across a Location s ssseresresrerrererrrrrrrrrrrrrrerrrrerrrrene 7 8 Exploding Objects into Individual Lines and AIcCS cccccceeee cece cece eeeenennees 7 9 ROCOTO ODOC Siri picenie year ie ieee eran een Cas maT C hue ane Tees 7 11 Aligning Objects to Another Line or Object cece cece eee eeceeeee tees eeeeeeenees 7 14 Offsetting Figures Along an Existing Line cece ccc cccseee sees eet eeeeeeeeeeeeenees 7 16 inserting Ponts Along a lI Gis dxivairrnaarunes ie tingeaeatnttue eta Senne ivan 7 18 Joining Lines to Make PolylineS nsnsnesusnenuernrrernrnnrrrerrrrerrrrrrerrrrrrerrrre 7 22 Trimming and Extending ToolS 000 0c eee nee e eee ees 7 23 Trim clip Lines to Closest Intersections cccceee eee e cece ee
60. Inference also enhances speed and precision during joining moving rotating stretching or copying procedures Almost all drafting or editing functions can be accomplished with greater accuracy by using the Inference Engine Setting the Inference Engine to Run Continuously We have seen in the previous pages that the Inference Engine is turned on by holding Shift while inserting an entity Holding Shift makes entity attachment locations visible and available to use To turn the Inference Engine on to run continuously there are two options 1 Click on the Inference button in the Toggle bar so that it turns white E Dyna SCAPE Design 20 Computer Aided Design amp Drafting DSM ex DRAP AA Qk St Drw Edi Dim Adv Limit Ends Fil Org 4 21 DynaSCAPE Design 2 k Go to the pull down menu Environment Inference Settings and turn both Inference and Tracking on The Inference toggle turns on or off the Inference Engine the Tracking toggle turns on or off the display of inference location messages on the cursor It is best to turn both on to ensure accuracy A Inference Settings i Bisect W On iv End l Origin W Intersect wW Quadrant W Midpoint v Vertex 1 OK lt 1 Cancel Should Inference Always be Set to Run Continuously Setting the Inference Engine to run continuously is a great idea during the initial stages of drafting a landscape plan or when drafting complex construction
61. Inserting the Shrub SymbolS ssssererrsrererrsrsrerrererrrrrrererrrrrrrrrererrrrrn 15 40 Inserting The Boxwood Hedge sssrusrsreresrsrerrrrrrerrrrerererrerrrrererrrrrr 15 42 Inserting the Tree Symbols ssssssruerrsrerererrsrrrrrrsrrrrrrererrrrerrrrererrrrrr 15 46 Making a Backup File for a DraWing ccccccccccccecee cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 15 51 Clustering the Plant SymbolS sresusnenernsrerernrrererrererrrrrrerrrrrrerrrrrrere 15 52 Adding the TItleblock irer aca Bae a ae Oe a 15 54 Placing the NORM AMOW aseri E E E E E A 15 57 TABLE OF CONTENTS l4 DynaSCAPE Software Table of Contents 1 6 Design Tutorial Part Il 16 1 Labeling the PLANUS ee tea eat fia ape ee add Been oe a aaa Reed irae 16 2 Labeling Design Elements Hardscapes 0000 08 enue eunnuuese 16 7 Setting up the Design Labeling List iciaressciccaceratewsstuntshvseneeunscwderdiag stuns 16 7 Labeling the Design Elements eserrsrsrerrrrnrrrrrrrrerrerrrrrrrrerrrrererrrrrre 16 10 Adding the Text and LabelS 0000 eee eee eee eee ees 16 12 SIMD LEXE Label ari snes ac E A pakewkd a a aa 16 12 Inserting Text With a Leader ssssssserueresrrrerrrrerrrrererrrrerrrrrrrrerrrrrrene 16 15 Inserting Plant ImageS saasaannnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnsnnnnnnnnnn 16 18 Searching f r Plant Images Dy LaDel ie seckiscvendscnaeasy a n ERES 16 18 Creating a Material List naana eae eek a Rae 16 21 Creating a Plant Picture Catalogue PDF
62. J m O i MJ The rest of the lines will be parallel or perpendicular to the first line segment drawn l 7 After you have completed tracing the elements needed from the lot plan remove the raster image by going to the Tables menu clicking on Rasters and then Remove in the Raster Editor 8 k Before start to work with the base plan you should rotate the geometry so the house sits square on the drawing sheet Use the tool called Align Objects to another line or object in the Edit toolbox For detailed instruction on how to use this tool see Chapter 7 Basic Editing and Dimension Tools Closing the Building Line At typical question that you will come across is how do you properly attach the last line segment to the very first line segment when you draw around the entire building outline to close it There are wrong and right ways to do this 6 23 DynaSCAPE Design The Wrong Way to Close the Building Line The wrong way to close the building line is to use inference to connect your last line to the start of the first line This is wrong because inference will always override constraints leaving you with line segments that are not square or parallel to the rest of the building lines Another wrong way that may appear to work correctly at times is to line up the last segment to the first one by eye This is simply not very accurate The Correct Way to Close the Building Line This is the recommended way to close the bui
63. Lp seals par pore The File Management Group Dek t Print the Active Drawing Save the Active Drawing Open an Existing Drawing Activate a New Drawing The Windows Edit Group tL Paste Copy Cut Redo the undo Undo the Last Command 2 22 DynaSCAPE Software Getting Started The Drawing Edit Group cal t Repaint the Drawing Window Delete Objects from the Drawing The Drawing View Group Zoom and Scroll Zoom Out by 100 Scroll Using Two Points Zoom Using a Window peep apa to Zoom In At a Selected Location Zoom Database Extents Zoom Previous View Zoom Drawing Limits The Toggle Bar When any of the toggle buttons on the Toggle Bar are turned on they will display red letters on a white background they are turned off when they display black letters on a gray background Switch or toggle between the off and on state by pressing the button Qk st Drw Edit Dim Adv Inference Constraint Copy Limit Ends Fill Org Change in color when toggle is selected 2 23 DynaSCAPE Design Toolbox Toggles All the DynaSCAPE Design toolboxes are controlled using the buttons shown below Clicking the DRW button for instance will open the Draw Creation toolbox Gk S rw Edt Dam Ady Advanced Toolbox t Dimension Toolbox Edit Toolbox Draw Toolbox Quick Start Toolbox Command Toggles inference Constraint Copy tL Turn Copy Oni
64. Project Name when you save a drawing 3 No need for Project Bundling so moving drawings is easier Saving Old Drawing Files In the next image we show an example of the old model of storing a single drawing A project Smith has two files associated with it Smith dpd and Smith bmp If you delete Smith before importing and saving the dpd file the drawing will be lost 3 12 DynaSCAPE Software Opening a DynaSCAPE Drawing Resetting Windows Explorer to Show File Extensions The following pages examine a number of file management issues In order for you to follow the text and instructions ahead you may need to reset one of the controls in Windows Explorer so that you can see file name extensions Changing the visibility of file name extensions will not adversely affect the operation of any program in your computer so there is no need to reverse the changes we make to the settings In Windows XP Open Windows Explorer by right clicking on the Windows Start button and choosing Explore or click the Windows Explorer icon From the Tools menu at the top of the Windows Explorer panel select Folder Options to open the Folder Options panel Map Network Drive Disconnect Network Drive Synchronize Folder Options In Windows Vista and Windows 7 Open Windows Explorer by right clicking on the Windows Start button and choosing Explore or click the Windows Explorer icon Click on the Organize men
65. ROARESN LILAC STE HrET Results appear as you type when searching locally When searching My Plants Manage Website or Legacy Q M My Favorites Manage Website or Legacy Q M and at dynascape com you need to press Find to complete the search You must click Find to get results when searching online If your search is too general it may take a long time to get results from online or an error may occur If his happens try to be more specific 12 35 DynaSCAPE Design Searching by Filtering You can filter by Plant Type to narrow down your search The same rules apply as in searching by name ha Sattscape Labeling Plant List C Users horde Documents My Plant List floral nu Edit My Plant List Settings Label Style Morr Plant Search iag a in my Plants Part Type Tree More Search D olancal Hara Lemmen Mana HI Samaa rebculabe eons Salk VIRY SILK JAPSNESE TREE LLG Note If you are connected to Legacy QM you will be able to toggle between the Legacy QM plant categories and the Horticopia plant types Advanced Search Filters There are advanced search options that are designed to help you find plants that meet specific criteria For example you are designing a white garden and need a white flowering perennial that can grow in the shade By picking these options you can produce a list of plants that meet those requirements pick the one you like and label your drawing with it
66. Settings Batanical Narre MISCANTHLIS 411 Shew All ee Commen Aare PAIIFH TASS No Image Available RASS i Site mn None Key Code MP MS Sires 2 The wizard will attempt to match your plant to plants on the Online Plant Database You may get one or more matches displayed If there are more than one plant in the list returned click on the check box beside the plant 12 22 DynaSCAPE Software Labeling Plants amp Design Elements that is the best match If no match is found check your spelling and try amp Match Plant Online Plant Encyclopedia The list below shows a list of the potential matches for your selected plant If you see the proper match listed below simply select it and click OK to save this match If you do not see the correct match use the search area below to find a match by name 22 Potential Matches for Search String MISCANTH Find Match By Name Find MISCANTH Find Miscanthus floridulus GIANT EULALIA GRASS Miscanthus sinensis Adagio ADAGIO SILVER FEATHER Miscanthus sinensis Autumn Light AUTUMN LIGHT SILVER FEATH Miscanthus sinensis Cabaret CABARET SILVER FEATHER Miscanthus sinensis condensatus Silverbell SILVERBELL MAIDEN GRASS mT again or try different spellings to come up with a match Note The botanical names displayed are also links to the plant details on the Online Plant Database If you click on the botani
67. To edit the alias name double click on the name in the alias list or select the Edit button Alias List inzert text edit 9 32 DynaSCAPE Software Inserting and Editing Text 2 Enter a shortcut in the window that appears For example a text shortcut to bring up the text PAVING STONE WALKWAY might be PW Click OK to add the text you wish to create the shortcut for No two shortcuts can be the same Ei Edit Alias Name 3 Enter the new command code type text edit PAVING STONE WALKWAY r see the Command Alias Syntax section below Alias Settings Select an alias name to edit the associated macro To edit the alias name double click on the name in the alias list or select the Edit button 4 Click OK to save the command alias To use these shortcuts first select the text tool you wish to use then enter the keyboard shortcut followed by Space or Enter The text specified in the command alias will be the text used by the tool as if you had typed it into the Edit button of the modifier panel Command Alias Syntax Creating a new text command alias requires entering the code to activate text in a way that DynaSCAPE understands In addition to the text itself a command alias requires a prefix text edit and a suffix Space r Example text edit PAVING STONE WALKWAY Ar 9 33 DynaSCAPE Design 9 34 DynaSCAPE Software Selecting and Filtering Entities Topics covered in
68. Unneeded Project Management FIl S cccccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 5 Converting a 4 x Drawing to 5 x or Newer 0 02 cece eee ee ees 3 7 How Do Know if My Drawing is Version 4 x or Version 5 x and Newer 3 1 Can Convert a Pre Version 4 x Drawing to 5 x Or N WEP ccc ccc e cece eee e eee ees 3 8 Why Do Need to Convert my Drawings to 5 x Or N WEP ccccee ee eeee ee eeeeeeees 3 8 How to Convert a Drawing to 5 x and Newer Format cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 9 Limitations of Converted DrawingS ccccceccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeannennees 3 10 File Management fc ieot e aie sbr ean sok alae hd ae ae a ae ae ea 3 12 How DynaSCAPE File Management Differs from Older Versions 000eeee es 3 12 Resetting Windows Explorer to Show File ExtensiOns cccceeeceeseeeneeeeees 3 13 Backing Up and Protecting Your WorkK ssssssssresesrerrrrsrrrrrrrrerrrrrrerrrrerre 3 15 TABLE OF CONTENTS 3 DynaSCAPE Design Progam RESOUNCGS yai ea aca eat kaart ee a a a 3 16 Addmional RESOU COS cdxdunskcutatapietaenntedesin ds cede a a ARELES NA 3 16 4 Menus Settings and Controls 4 1 PUIFDOWN M NUS sune eitea le es e a aa a a aa 4 2 The Environment Menus i i 64 6 ee Ch AS 4 3 System SOL ULI OS ser sacnsucrneesrare ean attra create eaten baa a e a OAN E 4 4 Command Aliases and Keyboard Shortcuts cc cece cece cece rece eee eeeeeeeeeeeees 4 5 The Drawing Page SettingS
69. Usno ai EMV FITE ss icicnccumeinsdendancaw ia E A taco acuien banedpiouans iste 10 7 Isolating Layers USING Modes sssssserssrrsrrsrrrrsrrerrererrerrerrerrrrrrrerrerrne 10 9 1 1 Working with Library Figures 11 1 Selecting and Inserting a Library Figure 000 cee ee eueananaes 11 2 Finding and Choosing a Library Figure ssssresusrsrerrererrrrerrrrererrrrrrerrrne 11 2 insertnoa Library FIGUICtciat veriaireniiai aan a e AEA es aks 11 3 Clustering a Library Figure 000s eee eee es 11 8 HOW to Cluster a Mar FIU E riina E E AE T 11 8 Why Do Figure Libraries Fail to Load or Seem to Disappear ccceeeeeees 11 12 Creating a Custom Library Figure 20 0000 eee e eee e eee ees 11 14 TABLE OF CONTENTS LO DynaSCAPE Software Table of Contents Addin a New LIDLORY sxseteccaseguielny tas er aeiien saniven E A 11 14 Before Adding a NEW FlOUICiakackaskatavauecepusse neiueussemanstenuieatumnnerinos 11 15 Adding A Figure to a Library saicissivse tinder iv eevsdudehnse inti vias ouear oan ear 11 21 Managing the DynaSCAPE Figure Libraries 000000 eu en eanuae 11 26 1 2 Labeling Plants amp Design Elements 12 1 The Plant Labeling Panels iwesta ete eee eee ee 12 2 b Wiot areMy Plants encrier aan a a Minar meee satura tenes 12 2 2 What is the Online Plant Database eeren 12 3 3 What are My Favorites 5 ssiacssice Sere nckiack ey nin tanto a aries ae ak aod eho tyres estonia nck ae 12 3 Choosing your S
70. a Cluster ring e g 1FT_PERENN Here are the rules and possible variations for how the Shrub Graphic elements in the new figure must be made 1 All shrub graphic elements must be on the Shrub Graphic layer all perennial graphic elements must be on the Perenn GrCvr layer etc except the cluster ring the color ring and the marker 2 Any of the following types of entities may be used to draft the Shrub Graphic ele ments Lines Arcs Circles Polylines Rectangles Polygons Text Points Hatch Patterns Exploded and Section Patterns Exploded 11 20 DynaSCAPE Software Working with Library Figures 3 The color line style and line weight of the shrub graphic elements can be revised to any variation that you think is appropriate The Purpose of Tree Shrub and Perennial Markers At the center of every DynaSCAPE tree shrub and perennial figure there is a marker These markers are not seen in every mode but can be seen in modes such as Dimension Mode Lighting Mode Irrigation Mode or All Layers On Mode To see them along with all the other layers that are in a figure insert a few tree shrub and perennial figures into a drawing and select the All Layers On Mode in the Modes list Then click on Dimension Mode and you will see only the markers Tree and shrub Tree and shrub markers are not visible markers are turned on in Design Mode in Dimension Mode We suggest that you draft any new shrubs or trees by borrowing parts
71. a layer system that will convert to DynaSCAPE layers TABLE 1 Layer Mapping Site Capute Pro Layers DynaSCAPE Layers Building Building PropLine Property Pavement Drive Road Ret Wall Ret_Wall_Face Fences Fence_A Pool Deck Walk Patio Plants Plantbed 5 k You are now ready to begin your design project It is recommended to redraw the building outline with the new Building Outline tool Redrawing the Building Outline Since the imported building outline is only a single layer it is recommended that you redraw the building outline The default setting for the Building layer in most prototypes in DynaSCAPE is six inches 6 The problem with heavy CAD lines is that the actual length is measured from the centre of the line not the outside edge This can become an issue in a number of instances For a detailed explanation about the proper way to draw building outlines with DynaSCAPE see the section called Basic Drawing Tools The easiest way to redraw the building outline is to trace it using the new Building Outline tool Follow these steps 1 Revise the building outline to the Temp layer E 17 15 DynaSCAPE Design 2 k Click on the Building Outline tool and choose your Start Direction A Draw Building Line ee f CCW LS Start drawing wall in a counter clockwise direction CW fy Start drawing walls in a clockwise direction Drawing Mode Wall Clicking and dropping points will create wall segments Window
72. a property survey to start a base plan What are bearings Bearings are the angle between two points relative to true north There are two formats to enter bearing measurements and they are dependant on the way the numbers are displayed on the property survey Bearings Showing degrees minutes and seconds and a direction e g N43 32 09 W e Ifthe degrees are over 90 you must us the DMS format DMS Showing degrees minutes and seconds only no direction e g 169 54 06 e This format does not allow the use of a direction N S E or W It requires a specific format to be followed The first step to begin this process is to change the format in which you enter your data 1 Go to the Environment pull down menu and select Data Format E 6 8 DynaSCAPE Software Basic Drawing Tools 2 Under Angle choose the Bearings or DMS option and click OK E A Dala Format Settings Saline the datiner and angie formala to Esser the base reisence angie relative in be used ba ading and display Erie the atepolule O degrees east wih a patine PPOEON Tor me aage and datante COW areton ii Aage 0 00 fiil Seer t pradie Angie een C ocea Counter Clockwise To enter the bearings or DMS from a lot plan follow these steps 1 i Click on the Draw a line tool to open the modifier 2 In the Length box enter the length of the property line E 3 In the Angle box enter the bearing measurements in this format a Using the B
73. above steps until all required nodes are completed B O Did you know If you wish to customize the schedule with heavier line weights or if you want to edit any text information after the schedule has been placed on the drawing you will first have to explode the schedule using the Explode tool found in the edit toolbox This will break the schedule block into its original components which can now be revised and edited Tips amp Tricks If you find that some plants are spelled incorrectly it is better to make the correction within the Plant List Editor rather than editing the schedule This will eliminate the need to correct the error each time you use that plant 12 60 DynaSCAPE Software Labeling Plants amp Design Elements Setting up your Design Labels for Materials The Design label panel is used to efficiently label all non plant items on a drawing Design labels can also be used to create a material list much the same as Plant labels Design labels are a meant to be descriptive labels that can also contain information about quantity size and price If you are using DS Manage360 Manage Website or a Legacy version of DS Quote or DS Manage you can link to a Material or Kit or Hardscape as well as label directly with Kits Materials or Hardscapes to create detailed estimates Design labels are meant to eliminate the need for labeling items twice once to describe the item and once for estimating or takeof
74. also available here Select Help Contents to search for help on the topic of interest Help can be obtained in two other ways used frequently in this chapter e Help is available in some of the individual Modifiers by clicking on the Help button located in the bottom corner of the panel e Help is also available by selecting the tool you wish to find more information on and pressing F1 The help topic for the individual tool will open 4 39 DynaSCAPE Design 4 40 DynaSCAPE Software Using the Tables This chapter will introduce v Using the various Tables options for Layers Styles Weights and Colors v Understanding Modes and when to use them 5 1 DynaSCAPE Design Tables Overview To make blueprints easier to understand traditional drafting employs the use of line weights arranged by object type or function that differentiated hard and softscape elements property and utility lines labels text and other objects so that drawings are easy to read and understand Layers and Screen Colors When working with DynaSCAPE Design drawing and editing is made easier through the use of different screen colors for objects drawn These colors are assigned to various objects according to what the objects represent or the function they play in the landscape and control the layer to which each object on the drawing is assigned As with traditional drafting layers are set up with line weight and style information that
75. alter the line weight table itself because it may adversely effect the line weights of figures 5 8 DynaSCAPE Software Using the Tables 2 Weight Table Editor my x jated with each index in the a O B ose re aR os ae ok Cancel bes By default the Line Weights list is set to By Layer this means that the layer in which you are working with take on the properties of line weight preset in the layers list If you select any of the other settings i e select 2 0 1 2 all lines you draw will take on that line weight characteristic We recommend you always leave this setting on By Layer Important Each DynaSCAPE layer is assigned to one of these line weight numbers If you change the weight significantly it may effect the layer more than you intended It is recommended not to change the line weights dramatically Instead assign objects or layers to a different line weight number if needed 5 9 DynaSCAPE Design Fonts DynaSCAPE Design comes preloaded with a number of fonts Each time you open a prototype one of the fonts is preloaded and becomes the default for all labels within your drawing Working with the font table will change the font style for text that is displayed without a leader line Settings zo Select Revise Architectural Complex Leroy Manual Plain Simplex PlainSimplex Triplex PlainTriplex Cityblueprint Fonts button Select and revise toggles
76. amp Exporting AutoCAD Drawings 3 In the Export to AutoCAD panel that appears first select the button with a e the ellipse symbol to choose a name and location where you wish to save the converted drawing file Export AutoCAD dwo fdxf Export to END ntitled dwg Format Be AutoCAD release 2004 2005 2006 Jw Fit Text S Ready OF Cancel Select AutoCad filename Save ine Smith Mes 4 Next choose the format version of AutoC AD you wish to save Choose a j version that is compatible with the intended recipients AutoCAD version Export AutoCAD dwofdxf Export to CAD ocuments and Sethngsslhordyk My Documents My Dr ARessSmithRes Landscape dwg Format AutoCAD release 20047 2005 2006 Ready 17 11 DynaSCAPE Design 5 Next select the Fit Text option This will force text to remain the same size and spacing when opened in AutoCAD The default setting keeps this selected on ocuments Mu Drawings S mith OF Fit Text 6 The last step is to click OK The progress bar on the panel will show the progress of the conversion Most drawings will take only a few seconds To find the converted drawing to attach to an E mail or burn to a CD navigate to the location on your computer that you chose to save it and look for the file name you chose If file extensions are turned on the name will be followed by the DWG file extension 17 12 DynaSCAPE Software
77. an area so that the pattern does not fill in a particular area i e for a pool the pattern is applied so only the coping area is filled or fills in around items i e around furniture placed on a patio Option 1 1 Draw a closed polyline circle or rectangle around the area that is not to be filled 2 When selecting the bounding entities for the pattern the outside line along E with the line surround the area not to be filled are both selected The pattern selected will fill in the area between these two lines In this scenario both circles are selected the paving pattern fills in the area in between Option 2 When inserting a pattern around furniture on a patio follow these steps 1 If you attempt to insert a pattern around a library figure such as a table and chairs the pattern tool cannot find it and will hatch through it This is because the object is still a figure Explode the figure to break it down into individual arcs lines and polylines using the explode tool ne 6 57 DynaSCAPE Design 2 Then draw lines through the area boundary as well as through the E e e furniture to create a number of closed areas The idea here is to connect any objects floating inside the area to the outside boundary 3 k Using the Insert a Hatch Generic Pattern into a contained area tool click inside each of the closed areas and DynaSCAPE will find both the edges of the patio and the edges of the furniture
78. and hold the rectangle tool icon to reveal the tools nested underneath and select the polygon tool pictured below The polygon tool allows you to insert a polygon into a drawing The polygon can be of any size defined numerically or freehand with any number of sides up to 100 The Polygon tool is useful for creating gazebos sheds patios and other geometric shapes on a drawing c Modifier Insert Polygon O x As seen in the modifier above there are a number of options available when drawing Polygons Below is an explanation of each setting Inserting numbers for Sides and Flat will automatically generate the numbers for the left side Sides this option allows you to set the number of sides the polygon has The default is 3 E g if you wish to draw an 8 sided gazebo enter 8 and press Enter Flat this option allows you to set distance from one side of the polygon to the other E g if the wide of your gazebo is 10 enter 10 and press Enter Rotation this option set the angle at which the polygon is inserted into the drawing 6 35 DynaSCAPE Design Radius this option allows you to enter the radius or the distance from the center of the polygon to the outside edge This number is determined by Sides and Flat Diameter this option allows you to enter the diameter of the total distance across the widest section of the polygon This number is determined by Sides and Flat Perimeter
79. and is made of both straight and curved lines 6 30 DynaSCAPE Software Basic Drawing Tools Additional Polyline Tools Nested under the polyline tool is a number of other tools including the rectangle and polygon tools which we have already seen There are also two other tools which are used in frequently the Draw a straight or curved polyline snapped orthographically and the Draw a freehand polyline sketch tools Draw a Straight or Curved Polyline Snapped Orthographically This tool allows you to insert a polyline in which each line is drawn at 90 degrees to the previously drawn line This tool can be used both linear as straight lines or set to smooth and the same modifier panel exists as seen in the regular polyline tool Polyline This tool would used when tracing a lot plan where the building does not sit square on the screen Using this tool will ensure that all the line of the building will be either parallel or perpendicular to each other To use this tool 1 Click on the tool shown above to open the modifier if a closed or curved polyline is required 2 k Click to draw a line on the page do not right click 3 Click again to draw the next line segment notice that the line being drawn is at 90 degrees to the previous line Each line is at 90 degrees to the previous line 6 31 DynaSCAPE Design Drawing a Freehand Polyline sketch This tool allows you to use the mouse to create a sketch lin
80. another line that is attached to the first line you can do j so as long as you do not right click Right clicking ends the process 6 6 DynaSCAPE Software Basic Drawing Tools Modifier Insert Line M m Ed Length 10 07 i ES Angle 45 00 Notice that DynaSCAPE Design expects you to drop in another line of the same length and angle you may return to the modifier and enter new data or press the Reset the active modifiers button to clear the modifier and enter a line freehand To end the command press the ESC key Modifier Insert One f m iE SCO Angie Reset mie oo The Coordinate Tracking Panel The Coordinate Tracking panel follows and reports the location coordinates of the cursor within the Drawing Window The cursor location is reported in terms of both distance and or angle depending on set up options Select Tools Show Coordinate Tracking Panel to open the panel 6 7 DynaSCAPE Design Coordinate Tracking ml E4 R 106 11 3 A 48 0674263 The Coordinate Tracking panel dynamically reports the position of the cursor as it moves within the Drawing Window The location of the cursor is reported either in reference to the Origin of the drawing the bottom left corner of the drawing limits or relative to the previous location of the cursor itself Using Bearings and DMS to Draw Property Lines DynaSCAPE can be used to input bearing and DMS measurements from
81. appear 3 By switching to the Edit tab you will see the text you have entered and will be able to make changes to it 4 i When you have finished the changes click OK E2 Edit Entity Attributes x Set the absolute location of the 2D text entity in drawing i Nat LADO aA 4 DynaSCAPE Professional 9 17 DynaSCAPE Design A Important This method only works for text without a leader and will not work for text attached to a leader Revising Text Using the Edit Entity Attributes panel Advanced Tools The Revise Text Attributes tool used to change Text without a leader including Quick Text is found in the Advanced toolbox Follow these steps 1 Click on this tool to open a single tab Modifier in which the characteristics i of text can be changed J Mexdilier Revise Texti Change Text ole Change Font Style has Enter new text here This Modifier allows you to change the font style size etc as well as text displayed in text It does not display any settings of existing text or the global settings 9 18 DynaSCAPE Software Inserting and Editing Text 2 To change text on your drawing you will need to type in new text in the modifier 3 Click Apply and then select the text on the drawing you wish to change E 4 To change text size type in the new text size click Apply and then select E the text on the drawing you wish to change 5 To change the f
82. as individual segments and you wish to connect them together as a polyline An example of when this tool can be used is when creating the building lines using the line tool see the tutorial chapter in this guide for drawing the building outline Lines that are to be joined must be contiguous meeting end to end To use this tool 1 i Select the tool shown above 2 Click on the lines to be joined if there is more than two lines to be joined they must be selected in succession starting at one end As the lines are selected they will highlight blue 3 When all lines are selected right click to complete the procedure E T All lines are connected entire line hi lights in neutral mode If the lines do not join it will be because they either do not meet end to end or they were not selected in the correct order 7 22 DynaSCAPE Software Basic Editing and Dimensioning Tools Trimming and Extending Tools The Edit toolbox in DynaSCAPE Design includes two trim tools however nested beneath these tools are a number of other trim tools This section reviews each of these trim tools and their uses Trim clip Lines to Closest Intersections This is the most common and easy to understand of all the trim tools However there is also modifier panel with a Trim Alternate Segments option This option is most useful when creating custom details such as wood lattice and pergolas etc To use this tool 1 Click on the to
83. as well Click on the tool shown above to open the modifier Generally you should not need to change the default settings for both the Attributes and Text areas but work solely in the Edit area Enter in the text you wish to apply Click the Apply button Click on the drawing where you want the arrow to point Click at the next location you wish the leader line to extend You have the ability to add elbows bends to the label as needed 9 15 DynaSCAPE Design 7 Once the label is in the final location right click to drop the label onto the drawing Turnbled Paver Patio Modifier Insert Leader Attributes Text Edit Tumbled Paver Patio 9 16 DynaSCAPE Software Inserting and Editing Text Revising Text no leader A number of methods will allow you to revise existing text on a drawing from changing the font or the size of the text to changing what is actually displayed in the labels There are two ways to revise the text and text properties of text without a leader 1 Using the Edit Entity Attributes panel 2 Using the Revise Text Attributes tool Revising Text Using the Edit Entity Attributes panel The quickest way to change a single block of text is 1 Hold the Ctrl key and click on the text you wish to edit For example you may wish to correct a typo or to add additional text 2 When you hold Ctrl and Click on the text the Edit Entity Attributes panel will
84. as well if you wish To insert Estimating labels use the same steps as when inserting Design Labels 1 Select the label you wish to use from the list E 2 Select one of the measuring tools measure the drawing and insert the label as usual You can also manually enter a value instead and click Insert 12 74 DynaSCAPE Software Labeling Plants amp Design Elements Creating a Material List from a Drawing One of the benefits of using DS Design is that once the drawing has been labeled using the labeling panel described in this chapter a material list can be created in just a few seconds Exporting a Material List from a Drawing to Word Excel You can export a material list from Design once you have completed labeling your drawing using the Plant Label Panel This feature will generate an instant material list in your choice of MicroSoft Word or Excel Only labels from the Plant Label panel will appear in the list To generate a material list follow these steps 1 If you have inserted any labels on the Takeoffs layer click on the All_Labels_On mode to turn them on 2 Click on the Export a material list from this drawing button on the E Commands Er DynaSt APE avontes DynaSCAPE sidebar folder to open the Export Material List to Word Excel wizard 3 k Design automatically puts the name of the drawing in the Client Name Project Title text box which you can modify to suit your needs Here you can c
85. be printed to the proper scale you must choose the same size as the drawing you are trying to print 6 Choose the orientation of the paper to match your drawing s orientation and click OK 7 In the Settings tab of the Print Drawing panel make sure the Center i printable area on paper option is selected AA Print Drawing Senge Cobr Bends Seale Fiems Get the pnrier paper benga Wee he me APERE Opies if te drawing area died ned Tien the paper ai he required scale Wele The oenter ephon a nol awadable dering mulbe ahoet pining 14 3 DynaSCAPE Design 8 In the Color tab choose the Print using a single color option usually the default setting A Print Drawing Setting Coler Bounds Sese Fies Serie the pont calor ache To print in i tiree cike tor hee printers aaniect ingle Colne prinia ane ang tt mane prir coder PE Print using sighs ctor ono M Pring usi fe enity culo coors ind utig Shee peri enon Eabb Edt Map 9 i In the Bounds tab select the first option Print area defined by the drawing limits This means that the area the will be printed will be everything inside the drawing limits will be printed provided that the printer paper size and orientation are correctly set Anything drawn outside the drawing limits will not get printed A Print Drawing Setings Cobr Bounds Seok Faes SHEE The aed Of The draag That you wih ba pine Uiiig a aled
86. be turned off and just not currently visible Go to the Layer Table Editor and turn it on see Step 3 Editing the Imported Drawing e The geometry may be the same as your page color Try changing your page color 17 8 DynaSCAPE Software Importing amp Exporting AutoCAD Drawings Some Geometry Cannot be Selected There may be an instance where some lines or objects cannot be selected This is usually the case if the object is on a layer that is locked or frozen Go to the Layer Table editor and unlock that layer 17 9 DynaSCAPE Design Exporting Drawings to AutoCAD Format DynaSCAPE drawings can be converted to AutoCAD DWG drawings so they can be opened by anyone who has the AutoCAD program i e Architect or engineer The export process will convert all the geometry figures and text to the AutoCAD format The resultant DWG file will also contain all the DynaSCAPE layers and layer settings To export to AutoCAD format follow these steps 1 Always save your DynaSCAPE drawing first E 2 Click on the File menu and select Export gt AutoCAD dwg E Edit Environment Entity Tables Tools Winda Mew t APE Design Student Edition 2D me ang eG Save Ctrl 5 Save we p iv Grid Axis Snap Constr I Save All LU Ey Close Ctrl U ra Close All T5 5 Import k ae Export to Auto C ALC dwg dx Plot Ctrl L ij 3 Print Ctrl F 17 10 DynaSCAPE Software Importing
87. blank 5 17 Modifier Panels 2 14 About 6 2 For other toolboxes 2 15 Mouse and Keyboard Conventions 2 Move or Copy objects By a specific distance 4 35 Moving and Copying Objects 7 2 My Local Plant List Adding plants 72 9 My Plant List Creating 72 8 My Plants Using Custom Images 72 28 N Navigation 2 37 New Drawing Prototype 15 3 no leader 9 17 North Arrow Inserting 75 57 INDEX 5 DynaSCAPE Design O Object Snaps see Inference Settings 2 24 4 18 Objects Deleting 8 2 Manipulating grips 5 4 Revising appearance 8 7 Stretching 8 3 Using Right to Left selection window 10 4 Offset Lines by an Absolute Parallel Distance 7 4 Offsetting Figures 7 16 Online Plant Database Matching plants 2 22 Opening A version 4 drawing in version 5 and newer 3 7 Opening a drawing 3 2 Drawing won t open 3 5 Establishing the active drawing 3 3 Opening from a previous version 3 4 Samples 3 2 Opening Multiple Drawings 3 3 Output Colors Changing to Black 4 8 14 12 Overview Panel 4 36 P Panning 2 40 Panning Using the Mouse Wheel 2 37 Pattern Scale Chart 18 14 Patterns About Section Patterns 6 50 Hatches and Generic Patterns 6 50 6 54 Inserting Generic Patterns Sections 6 50 15 33 Section Picker 6 50 PDF Saving as 74 13 Performance Settings 4 23 Placing 72 42 Plant Images Finding and Inserting 73 4 Moving 173 15 14 6 13 15 No Images Found 3 2 Placing 73 6 13 22 14 6 Removing 3 19 Searching by La
88. changed so the output colors are always set to black Changing Output Colors to Black The output color of figures can be quickly changed by using the Revise Entity Attributes tool on the Advanced toolbar To revise the Output Color 1 Right click the tool button then click Output Color E Lery r List Di Daia iriz i Diri Euin Duron AeA ii ide Driveway q f Bye nackte 2 Select Display Black from the list of colors then click OK E 14 12 DynaSCAPE Software Printing and Saving as an Image File Sr Cher Sekr hir j x Be oray m SEEEEEER Red O00 Green 000 Bia 000 Oo Cancel Help 3 Press Ctrl A to select all objects on your drawing then right click on the a drawing The drawing can now be printed using the Output Colors setting and all figures on the drawing will save as black in a JPEG image Saving a Drawing as an Adobe PDF To save a drawing as an Adobe PDF image follow these steps 1 In the DynaSCAPE File menu select the Save as option and choose Adobe PDF 28 Edit Environment Entity Tables Ti New Open H Save ctrl s Save All Prototype Close Ctrl4 u ce Close All sisi all Adobe PDF d Import eo Export 14 13 DynaSCAPE Design Zi You will first be asked to give the file a name and a location to save
89. chapter Opening an Existing Drawing If you open an existing drawing and find the figure libraries have disappeared or appear empty even though they were available during your last drawing session try to insert a figure even though the preview boxes on the figure tab appear empty If the selection fails to insert close the drawing and open any other previously saved drawing file When this drawing loads check to see if the figure libraries are visible If they are open the first drawing again and check the figures tab The full library set should be visible and ready for use If they are still not there close and restart the software Open the first drawing again and check the figures tab If in the unlikely event the libraries are still not visible back up any customizations then uninstall DynaSCAPE Design and reinstall from the latest version disk Be sure not to delete any data including custom figure library files as you do so Libraries You Create Appear Missing After Downloading Library Files Figures in libraries you create yourself will disappear if accidentally erased or overwritten when re loading the complete set of figure libraries from DynaSCAPE Software formerly Garden Graphics Always back data up including libraries containing new figures you create yourself to avoid any accidental loss Figures are 11 12 DynaSCAPE Software Working with Library Figures always stored in the Symbols folder at C Documents a
90. click as this will detach your cursor from the previous line segment Left click to place each line Segment Aat click until all nts are drawn Enter the length of the second line press Enter or Spacebar and then use the mouse to set the direction and then click to drop the line into the drawing Remember do not right click as this will detach your cursor from the previous line segment To draw a window or door click on the Window or Door option enter the length press Enter or Spacebar and then click on the drawing to place the line Once placed the modifier automatically switches back to drawing 6 20 DynaSCAPE Software Basic Drawing Tools walls segments so you can continue drawing Remember do not right click as this will detach your cursor from the previous line segment Thick line Building Layer is drawn on the inside Thin line Base layer is drawn on the Windows and doors are drawn unfilled 7 Once all your line segments are drawn you can right click to end the process Once you right click all of the building line corners will automatically join together closing any open corners that appeared during the drawing process N Open spaces will appear while drawing inside corners Corners will close automatically after you right click 6 21 DynaSCAPE Design Using the Snap Lines Orthographically Option This option is most commonly used to trace a raste
91. click to finish the process and place the symbol 3 k Continue placing the other two rocks onto the plan Remember to rotate rocks as required Once placed on the drawing these symbols can be moved or rotated using the Move and Rotate tools They can also be moved by using the grips Inserting the Shrub Symbols The next group of symbols to add are the shrub and perennial symbols 1 On the Figures Tab select the C SHRUBS library E sHRUBSS Fl DynaSc APE gures Important Note If the options for Scale Rotate etc do not display below the list of figures it is likely because your screen resolution is set too low DynaSCAPE was designed to run at a screen resolution of 1024x768 or higher In order to view these options you will need to adjust your screen resolution accordingly This can be done by going to START CONTROL 15 40 DynaSCAPE Software Design Tutorial Part PANEL DISPLAY On the panel that opens select SETTINGS and use the slide bar under SCREEN RESOLUTION to adjust 2 Scroll through the list and find the 3FT_PYR EVG and left click on the symbol image to select it As you move your mouse onto the drawing you will notice that the symbol is attached to your cursor Move the mouse towards the corner of the stoop and the walkway Once the symbol is in the right position left click to drop the symbol into place Notice that now you have the option to rotate the symbol now If yo
92. code appears automatically in the Key Code field You can change any key code by entering a new one manually Once you manually create a key code for a plant Design will remember that code setting each time you use that plant Important In order for your codes to be generated automatically you must make sure you have a Botanical name in the Plant List Editor Plants with this fields left blank will have a key code of nnn which can be assigned a new code manually within the Softscape window Design does not have the ability to flag duplicate codes whereby the user will have to manually type in an alternative code before placing the label Key codes are limited to 3 characters maximum but can contain any characters including numbers Did you know Label Attachment settings have no affect on keyed labels Only quantity and key code will appear on the label at all times 12 51 DynaSCAPE Design 5 Tips amp Tricks Before placing keyed labels on your drawing it might be a good idea to create some guidelines to assist in placing your labels These can be drawn in the Temp layer where they can be easily removed later or turned off Keyed labels amp leaders cannot be manipulated once they are placed on the drawing since they are grouped as a single block Do not explode Softscape labels Exploded labels will NOT import into your quotation or materials list If no text is visible in the plant key once the label is placed i
93. com or browse your computer for a custom image Online Plant Database Searc i Search For AMETHYST MYST CORAL BELLS C Custom Image Browse Display Botanical Latin Names Common Names AMETHYST MYST CORAL BELLS Heuchera Amethyst Myst i Include Image Border Include Botanical Name M Include Common Name 3 Insert the image the same way as outlined in the previous steps Placing the Plant Image Did You Know There is a possibility that the plant you selected with this tool has no images or exact matches you can simply search manually for a similar variety or another plant in your drawing It is also possible that the plant has not been matched in the Plant List Editor or DS Manage online or your Legacy Q M database with the Online Plant Database This needs to be done in the Plant List Editor or DS Manage online or your Legacy QM database See the Labelling for Quotation section of this manual for matching plants in the Plant List Editor 13 12 DynaSCAPE Software Working With Raster Images Inserting a Raster Image from a File DynaSCAPE Design provides tools to let you insert plant images hardscape images or company logos into your drawing from files stored on your computer To get started click the Insert a Raster Image tool icon on the Imaging tab FA DynaSCAPE Design will open a dialog box asking for an image file to be inserted nter the image Mense Note
94. creates the heirachy that makes it possible to create outstanding printed plans Thus DynaSCAPE Design drawings become easier for your clients to understand The Tables menu sets the active drawing layer facilitates changing objects from one layer to another makes it possible to override the appearance of a specific object without changing any other object makes it possible to change the font used in a specific label without altering the default font selection and most important of all controls which mode you are working within Layers and Modes Modes group layers so that they can be turned on and off becoming visible or hidden to suit specific purposes i e in creating a dimensioned working drawing the Dimension Mode turns the softscape elements off so the hardscape is easily seen Thus modes become important to the elimination of multiple files needed to create separate types of working drawings 5 2 DynaSCAPE Software Using the Tables Layers The Importance of Layers Layers are a very important aspect of DynaSCAPE Design Not only do layers show the entities of your drawing in different colors but layers also set the line weights and line type style of the same entities making building lines thick and property lines thin and dashed Layers help to control the overall look and feel of your drawing providing depth through line hierarchy Layers Button Layers Select Revises Select and Revise Toggles Temp
95. database the easier it will be to WHITE FIR ARGENTEA WHITE FIR COMPACTA WHITE FIR WIOLACEA WHITE FIR SOUTHERN BALSA FIR er be manage and find plants you are looking for Each botanical name is a link to the image and cultural information online After your plants have been CAPITATA JAPANESE YEW EXPANSA JAPANESE YEW INTERMEDIA JAPANESE YEW MANA VARIDGATA JAPFANCSE WILSONE JAPANESE YEW selected click Finish If you have forgotten any plants you can always search for them at dynascape com and add them one by one as outlined in the first method 12 14 DynaSCAPE Software Labeling Plants amp Design Elements 7 Once the plants have been added to the Plant List Editor click Close The downloaded plants will be displayed in the Plant List Editor with a thumbnail picture of each plant and all the cultural information set E a AAE Pami List dto eer hondyk Dorureri ty Pland Lirtciot jnm List ark Open m Unt Fa e o Piani at 120 7 Bonka Hames Siir gliin Beri bed Search ee O Sort by Botarecal Mame Sort Gy Common Hare Corre Hage Fore ES RL CAT BL Spe Fey Wage a F TF re Aiea Sete WETTER hoer Gree APLAR MART hier are Cu o COLUMNAR Beer p Coden Fe Dee H ajin kcer pasro Crimean erir F REON 5 acer Patercetes erah a Fi iaer Peral hoar mibrum Sis MEPE Ee Diaa Dapopae Fet Sisde ie Orgun Mombure Hoat ie Masi hopr DI dep Se
96. defaults are pre set when the prototype is built and have been determined to be appropriate for the paper size and scale These settings can be changed Note If they are changed in this panel the changes will only 16 12 DynaSCAPE Software Design Tutorial Part Il remain as long as this panel is open Once the panel is closed the settings will return to the defaults ZA Modifier Insert Text L Space o Slant 0 00 l Justify Left Spacing Proportional l Active Text Font Architectural Fa a Le Manual Plain Simplex Text is entered in the white box at the bottom of the text panel Enter HOUSE DRIVEWAY and SIDEWALK on three separate lines in this box use the Enter key to move to the next line After the text is entered click the Multi button Multi allows you to insert each piece of text individually A Modifier Insert Text DER C Space o Width 1 1 L Space g Height 1 1 Slant 0 00 Rotation 0 00 Justify Left Spacing Proportional Actwe Text Font Architectural Horizontal Mirror Wertical Mirror HOUSE DRIVEWAY SIDEWALK 16 13 DynaSCAPE Design 2 To insert the text simply left click where you want the text to be placed on the drawing When using the Multi option once one line of text is entered DynaSCAPE will go to the next line that was entered Once you have placed all the text DynaSCAPE will return to the first line When you are finish
97. eeeeeeeees 6 22 ChOSIAG the BUI G LiNE eseina a A e a E A 6 23 Drawing PolylineS acs Gee ae ee a ae ee ee ee 6 27 SON VIS OO 5 dats tice ledatect tu tyiictiat yactuncne cosets doh a ka Oi ae ae PE aidan 6 27 Drawing a Smooth curved POlyline c ccc ccecee sees cece ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeas 6 28 Additional POVINNE TOOlS eeri aE EOE E a R AA EA 6 31 Drawing Rectangles oi 6 ease ire ates aaa S dE we Re ee eee ae 6 33 Drawing Polygons iar ena capresso a ee a 6 35 Drawing ACS so io ce oe DATE DE EERE EEO a 6 38 Insert an Arc Between Two Locations Defining the Chord ccceceeeeeeeee ees 6 38 SEE OMAN citrine EE E E E ae heed e ania eeidis 6 39 Insert an Arc Between Two LOCatiIOnS vac iiosisc Mate Sweet tbesc tibiae inst ete iiss 6 40 Insert an Arc Through Three Locations sssssserrrrsrerrrrrrerrrrrrerrrrerrrrrrne 6 40 Insert an Arc Tangent to TWO LocationS ssssseresrsrerrrrsrerrrrererrererrrrerne 6 41 Insert an Arc Using an Outside Tangent to an Entity cc cece cece eens eee 6 42 Using Bearings and DMS to Draw Property Line with AICS ccceeee eee eee ees 6 42 Drawing Circles sits ies waa ak Ae i ha ee a a 6 47 msert C rne r Radis ica asses ae ea A he ee ee es a nee a 6 48 TABLE OF CONTENTS 6 DynaSCAPE Software Table of Contents Hatch and Generic Patterns 0 0c cee ee ee 6 50 Inserting Generic Patterns SOCtIONS aisichcceasaseshecasdevieesderieesgauyauestadaennheds 6 50
98. ees AGE FAI DUE DAL SAL EID 1TRami HE C Finding Plants for Labeling In DynaSCAPE s Plant Label Panel it is not very efficient to scroll through a long list of your plants or one of the 9 000 plants in the Online Plant Database DynaSCAPE has a plant search and some advanced search options to help you find plants quickly Unlike previous versions you are not required to choose a USDA Zone to filter by unless you choose that option under More Search Options 12 34 DynaSCAPE Software Labeling Plants amp Design Elements Searching for Plants by Name You can search for plants in My Plants My Favorites and at dynascape com by typing in part or all of a botanical or common name There is a slight difference in how you search for plants locally versus online Rules for Plant Searching When searching in My Plants local and My Favorites local DynaSCAPE uses type ahead functionality that begins to display results as you type refreshing the list every two seconds mamm 1 snigh Punt List ET F irseryhadpl y Edit My Plant Lit E Settings Shyle Normal text with leaders F Carne D olanecal Hace Lemmen Mama HIS Plani ygs a STRINGA BAILBELLE SE TINKERBELLE ULAT STD iZsemLT STRINGA RAILAELLE STE TIMKEABELLE LILAC STO ISiemeT STRINGA LACINIATA ST GUTLEAF LLSG STO Tatami if STRINGA LACINLATA STO CUTLESF LILAC STO lsem T d STRINGA MEYERI PALANI STO MAARF
99. end of the left side of 15 10 DynaSCAPE Software Design Tutorial Part the driveway to the end of the right side of the driveway This gives us the first edge of the sidewalk End ri L ha Connecting the two ends of the driveway gives a line for the location of the sidewalk To place the second edge of the sidewalk and the curb use the Offset tool with the Copy toggle enabled Click on the Offset tool and first enter a value of 4 and press the spacebar Left click the sidewalk line and when it highlights blue right click Using the mouse move the cursor below the original sidewalk line and left click Repeat this process with an offset distance of 5 to place the curb Don t worry that these lines only span the width of the driveway you will fix that later Zi Modifier Offset E D R Distance 4 09 L Kopp 15 11 DynaSCAPE Design The Property Lines The next step is to add the property lines The site measurements show the property line is 4 from the side of the house on both the left and right hand side There are many ways to accomplish placing the property lines in this scenario however the technique shown here calls for the drawing of a reference line in the Temp layer from which a second line will be drawn that can then be revised to the Property layer The reference line because it is on the Temp layer can be removed immediately or left in place until the dra
100. entire drafting process After working with DynaSCAPE Design prototype drawings for a while you may come to recognize an entity s layer by simply noting its color or line weight You can display the attributes of a selected entity by opening the Edit Entity Attributes panel While holding Ctrl on your keyboard click on an object on your screen The Edit Entity Attributes panel opens presenting you with four tabs Click on the Display tab and the selection s layer and line attributes are revealed Close the panel by clicking OK You must click Apply before OK if you made changes After closing the panel in the step above Click the edge of one of the position circles A Layer Locked warning panel appears Layers are locked in order to prevent the accidental alteration of object attributes In the case of this exercise all layers were locked at the beginning Locking a Layer To prevent the selection of objects on any layer you can lock the layer down Layers are locked in order to prevent the accidental alteration of object attributes or from the object being deleted Locking has the effect of filtering out layers to prevent their selection and alteration To lock a layer to prevent it from being selected follow these steps 1 Under your layer list in the DynaSCAPE sidebar folder click on the Edit Active List button The Layer Table Editor is displayed 2 Select the Lock toggle for the layer you wish to Lock and p
101. few seconds to complete If your software fails to activate either because it cannot connect to DynaSCAPE over the Internet or because its use is found not to be permitted DS Design will not operate until activation has been successfully 2 2 DynaSCAPE Software Getting Started completed The activation process will only run the first time you open DS Design after installation What to do if your Activation is Declined If your software could not be activated it could be for the following reasons 1 You have installed the software on more computers than is allowed under the soft ware license agreement 2 Someone else is using your serial number and has already installed the software 3 You do not have an internet connection or your firewall is blocking the connection 4 The problem is on DynaSCAPE Software s end and needs to be rectified If you have installed the software on one or more other computers you can deactivate those installations to free up one of your activations and try again You can deactivate the license by going to Help gt Deactivate DynaSCAPE Design If you have problems connecting to the internet or you cannot deactivate the software on another computer or do not have a connection or if you believe you should be able to activate you can call DynaSCAPE Support at 1 800 710 1900 Ext 278 and request a Manual Activation Code Click Cancel to exit activation click Retry to retry activation or Manua
102. froma File 0000 cece eee eee e eee 13 13 Raster TEOUDIEGSNOOLING ccutiscicutocaatetindsina ed unde ENTA esa neste tureeteanianten oes 13 14 Moving and Resizing a Raster Image 0 000 cee eee eee eens 13 15 Moving a Raster Image NO border cece eeceece ects tees eeeeeeeeeeeeee nee eeeee eee 13 15 Moving a Raster Image With a Border ccceeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesenenennes 13 15 Resizing an Image to the Drawing Scale 00 0c eee een e eens 13 17 Editing or Removing a Raster 0 0 cece eee ees 13 19 Changing the Raster Name caicissicilisagvinkeGreaty telus cunieig aaa cera een 13 19 Adusting the Raster LOCAL Oarecare a O A EG 13 20 Turning Raster Visibility On and Off cc ccc cccccc eee e eee e eee eeeeee nese eeeeteeenes 13 20 Permanently Removing a Raster IMaQ cce cece eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenennees 13 21 Tips for Scanning Lot Plans 0 02 cee eee eee eee ees 13 22 1 4 Printing and Saving as an Image File 14 1 Printing DynaSCAPE Drawings no images 0 00000 e eee eae 14 2 Printing Drawings Without Images black output cc cece cece cece eeeee eee ees 14 2 Printing Drawings with Raster Images 00000e ee ee enna nena 14 6 Missing Figures When Printing ssesssssrererrsrerrrrererrrrerrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrerre 14 9 Saving a Drawing as a J PEG or Adobe PDF 000 ce eee eneanuas 14 10 Choosing an Image File Type to Save tO ssssrssrerrereerrerrrre
103. grips can be used to manipulate the entity s location and shape depending on the grip selected Se N al MU jo iT FEL E a Le el M A e a a stretches the BBQ thin lines represent ee new shape size h Grabbing this grip and moving the mouse 8 3 DynaSCAPE Design Lines and Grips The end grips of a line allow it to be stretched while the middle grip allows it to be moved Polylines and Grips Polylines although they may look like lines behave differently depending on the grip selected The end grips of a polyline allow it to be stretched but the middle grip will not move the entire line It will allow the line to be bent into an arc or allow the arc radius to be changed Text and Grips Like lines the end grips of text allow it to be stretched while the middle grip allows it to be moved Figures and Grips All library figures including hatch patterns will contain five grips four perimeter grips and one center grip The perimeter grips allows you to stretch the figure while the center grip allows you to move the figure Grip Tools Move Rotate Resize and Mirror Each grip contains four basic editing tools Move Rotate Resize and Mirror The following will show you how to access these tools 1 To use the grips and these tools you must be in neutral mode that is without a command being active use Esc key Once the grips are visible click on one of th
104. i Search Settings Result Columns Controls the Search Results Columns Shown C UsersVhordykiDocuments ABC Nursery dpl C Manage Website Legacy G M 3 Click OK on the Plant Label Settings panel and the list will appear in the Plant Label Panel Creating a List of Favorites You can narrow down your list of plants into a list the plants that you use most often called Favorites This list can be viewed and searched across in the Plant Label Panel To create a list of Favorites follow these steps 12 33 DynaSCAPE Design l ABELIA MOSANENSIS FRAGRANT ABELIA H BEEUWORYLUUM CIST TIC UM WRITE FORSYTH Open the Plant List Editor to view your list of plants Click on a plant you wish to add to your favorites Click on the check box beside the size you wish to be in the Favorites list Favorites check list IAB ABIES BLS eM mi Name BALSAM FIR ARELIGFHYLULUM GISTICHUM ROSEUM PINK FE Key Cede AB ABIES CONCOLOR WHITE FIR Plant Tyo a ae ST Pei SP ee re bees Pa Aural Fern Herb I Do this for all the plants you wish to add as favorites Exit the Plant List Editor In the Plant Label Panel choose in my Favorites to search across The entire list of plants you have assigned as favorites will appear in the panel ae menis AR Mursersorl ee cee Label Style Moral ftext with leaders trey Flari s J al dynaecape com Ez mmy Fewer
105. is turned on red letters on a white background a copy of the original entity will be created which can be repositioned anywhere in the Drawing Window When the Copy toggle is turned off black letters on a gray background the original entity can be repositioned anywhere in the Drawing Window but a duplicate is not created The state of the Copy toggle is also confirmed by a pop up message beside the cursor If the Copy toggle is turned on you will see a Copy pop up message If the Copy toggle is turned off you will see the message Original beside the cursor The Copy toggle is used in conjunction with tools in the Edit Modify toolbox and some of the tools in the Advanced toolbox The Sidebar Folders The sidebar comprises four folder tabs or Sidebar Folders explained below DynaSCAPE Design Figures Favorites and Imaging To display the contents of a folder click once on its folder tab 2 26 DynaSCAPE Software imaging Fees Figures Dees E ha eg t a 7 DynaSCAPE Sidebar Folder 7 C ALCES3OR ES Figures Sidebar Favorites Sidebar Folder Folder Getting Started Imaging Sidebar Folder 2 27 DynaSCAPE Design The DynaSCAPE Sidebar Folder This is the heart of the DynaSCAPE Design program and is the folder which will be displayed most often as you draw The sidebar folders are divided into four different areas in yellow on the screen Commands command icons L
106. layers Design Mode also sets the constraints to Polar which you will need to insert labels with leaders Right click on the Text with a Leader icon in the Draw toolbox As with the previous text tool the font style and sizes are pre set these settings match the Insert Text at a Location tool These settings can be viewed and altered in the Attributes and Text tabs First select the Edit tab click once in the box and enter ANNUAL DISPLAY There is no Multi option here Only one text element can be entered at a time Click the Apply button Tean inca Leader __ t aca Attributes Text Edt Edit the leader text to be inserted Press the apply button when the finished editting to activate the text ANNUAL DISLPAY HA wot Clear Active 16 15 DynaSCAPE Design 3 k Watch the prompt line at the top of the screen In this case the prompt line informs you to Select the Locations for Leader which is done using a series of left clicks The first left click is at the point where you want the arrow to start generally directly pointing at the item s to be labeled Once the arrow is placed use the mouse to move the label and leader to the desired location left clicking to set the point You can change direction of the leader line insert elbows or bends in the leader line Once the text and leader are in the final desired location right click to drop the text onto the drawing and end the p
107. length spanning the two arcs circles To use this tool 1 i Click on the tool shown above to open the modifier 6 15 DynaSCAPE Design 2 Enter the length of the line to be drawn if required If the line is to span the two circles Arcs then no value is needed and press the spacebar 3 Once the values are entered click on the circles arcs which the line is to be drawn tangent to The circles farcs will highlight blue during the process Once the second circle Arc is selected the line will be drawn Modifier Insert Line Oo xj 4 Left blank line will span the distance of the circles drawn tangent between the two circles Existing circles Draw a Line Tangent to an Arc This tool allow you to start a line anywhere on the drawing and have it drawn tangent to any arc or circle on the plan The modifier panel allows you to enter in the length of the line you want to insert into the drawing To use this tool 1 i Click on the tool shown above to open the modifier 6 16 DynaSCAPE Software Basic Drawing Tools Enter the length of the line to be drawn if required and press the spacebar Once the values are entered click where you want the line to be drawn to begin Click on the circle arc that you want the line to be drawn tangent to The circle arc will highlight blue and a ghost thin image of the line line will be placed on the drawing To complete the process Cl
108. lines the measure ment tools will measure to the center of the building line not the outside edge If you were to draw your building outline with the Building layer and then measure the outside edges of your house it will measure six inches wider than it should Try drawing a 10 x 10 square using the building layer and then print it out to scale Then measure the square on the printed sheet and you will see that the square is 10 6 x 10 6 6 line O line In order to overcome these issues the Building Outline tool was developed to draw a thin line on the outside edge on the Base layer and then a thicker line offset inside at half the thickness of this thicker line on the Building layer 6 19 DynaSCAPE Design How to use the Building Outline Tool The Building Outline tool is simple to use l 2 Click on the icon to open the modifier Choose your starting direction clockwise or counter clockwise and set your constraints usually to Polar If you are tracing a raster image of a lot plan you can do so free hand not entering measurements If you have any site measurements enter them in the length box as you draw each wall window or door segment Be sure to press Enter or Spacebar to set the number Once the values are entered click where the first end of the first line is to be placed and then use the mouse to set the direction A second click will drop the line into the drawing Do not right
109. new name C Documents and Settings User Name My Documents DynaSCAPEDS panels english TOOLSS Click OK to close the editor To use your new toolbox you will need to right click on the titlebar of an open toolbox and then pick your new toolbox from the list that appears It will open in place of the toolbox you just right clicked on Right Click a Edit Modify Advanced Tools Create Information Dimension Draw Creation Edit Modify Insert Entities My New Toolbox Quick Stark b Revise Entities Transform Entities 18 13 DynaSCAPE Design6 02 Hatch Pattern Scale Chart Drawing Scale 1 4 1 8 1 10 1 16 1 100 1 200 AR SHAKE 1 05 04 025 0 475 0 2375 AR SHAKE ANGLE LEFT 1 0 5 04 0 25 0 475 0 2375 RIGHT 1 0 5 0 4 0 25 0 475 0 2375 ARSAND f 065 0 325 0 26 0 1625 0 3087 _ 0 15435_ PEA GRAVEL 08 04 032 02 038 019 BARKMULCH 12 o6 048 os 087 0 285 GROUNDCOVER 0 09 0 45 0 36 0 225 0 04275 0 021375 FLOWERS 1 o5 04 025 0 475 0 2375 FIELDSTONE 15 0 75 0 6 0 375 0 7125 0 07125 FLAG RANDOM 15 075 06 0 375 0 7125 0 07125 FLAG ANGULAR 15 0 75 0 6 0 375 0 7125 0 07125 FLAGSQDRY 15 0 75 0 6 0 375 0 7125 0 07125 FLAGSQWET 15 075 0 6 0 375 0 7125 0 07125 TUMBLED BOND 0 9 0 45 0 36 0 225 0 4275 0 21375 TUMBLED HRBN_ 06 0 3
110. objects selected to be aligned These two locations should be on one of the lines on the key elements within the object that need to be aligned Once these two points Select two locations on the object to be aligned 7 14 DynaSCAPE Software Basic Editing and Dimensioning Tools are located a ghost image of all the selected entities will be attached to the cursor A ghost image of the objects will attach to your cursor 6 Using the inference settings select two locations on the line you wish to align the objects to the line drawn in Step 1 or an existing line The ghost image of the items on the cursor will rotate and the items will snap exactly to this location Selecting two locations on the line will align the objects to it 7 15 DynaSCAPE Design Offsetting Figures Along an Existing Line The offsetting figures along a line tool is a useful tool for creating hedges soldier courses and other landscape items that require a continuous line or pattern of materials This tool takes a library figure and spaces it equally along a path such as a line polyline circle rectangle etc at a defined distance The tutorial in this guide uses this method for the drawing of a boxwood hedge To use this tool follow the example of drawing a row of 3 shrubs on a 20 line l On a drawing create a path by drawing a 20 line Select a 3 flowering shrub symbol and insert the symbol so
111. of a selected figure this tool is a useful choice 15 45 DynaSCAPE Design Now that you have the basics on placing symbols continue placing the shrub and perennial symbols as per the sample that accompanies this tutorial Once you have completed placing the shrubs save your drawing Inserting the Tree Symbols There are three trees in this tutorial design that you can select and place at this time In DynaSCAPE there are two distinct tree libraries trees with shadows TREES 6 and trees with no shadow TREES_NO_SHADOW 6 It is important to note that the shadows do not automatically rotate based upon the direction of the north arrow on the drawing therefore when using symbols with shadows you must rotate each according to the orientation of the property or if preferred use the TREES_NO_SHADOW 6 library 1 For this exercise choose symbols from the TREES 6 library E w E ey 2 ARCH ACCESS gl B sunuasas E S ures 15 46 DynaSCAPE Software Design Tutorial Part The first tree to place is the tree to the right of the driveway It is roughly 7 6 down from the corner of the house and centered between the driveway and the property line You can choose to use reference lines here or just eyeball the placement of the tree From the TREES 6 library select the 9FT_DECID_TREE symbol and move your cursor to the location in which the tree is to be located Left click to place the tree T
112. once may contain polylines that may be exploded again into lines and arcs 7 9 DynaSCAPE Design Grouping Objects into a Named Subfigure Nested under the Explode tool is a Group objects into a named subfigure tool which allows any number of items to be grouped together into one object These items could be figures exploded figures lines arcs polylines patterns etc To use this tool l 2 Click on the tool shown above to open the modifier Name the group this name must be a unique name not previously used for a group or a figure even though the name itself has no relevance Select the items to be grouped together by clicking on them or using a selection window and then right click to end the selection process The prompt line will be asking for a location defining the origin of the group which is the main grip point of the grouping which is done with a click usually in the center or at a corner Modifier Group Entity Group entites as subfigure shrub _1 an 7 10 DynaSCAPE Software Basic Editing and Dimensioning Tools Rotating Objects There are two rotate tools in DynaSCAPE Design the Rotate object around a location tool and the Rotate objects by angle move copy or multiple tool Both tools allow you to rotate objects on the drawing however each works in its own way Rotate object around a location This is a freehand rotate tool and can be used with or without the
113. one end of the arc curve Grip points can be used to change the shape of the walkway that was drawn Congratulations You have now drawn the basic design elements of your landscapes Now is a good time to save the drawing Click the Save icon now DynaSCAPE Software 15 38 Design Tutorial Part Adding Library Figures to the Design The frame work of the design is now in place and you can begin adding the rock tree and shrub symbols to the design DynaSCAPE includes over 1200 pre formatted design symbols to be used in your landscape plans These symbols are drawn to scale and will be placed into your drawing at a pre determined size Inserting the Rocks One of the first library figures symbols to add to the design are the rock symbols in the planting beds 1 Open the Figures tab located on the left hand side of the screen Figures tab is home to the 1200 pre defined figures included with DynaSCAPE At the top of the Figures tab is a drop down menu All the figures in DynaSCAPE are broken into categories From the drop down list select the ROCKS 6 library 2 Click on the rock you want to use and move your cursor onto the drawing a e e to the location in which you want to insert the rock Rockss F Dynast APE SITE FURNITUF STRUCTURES Jurres 15 39 DynaSCAPE Design Left click to place the rock and then use the mouse to rotate the rock to the required angle and left click Right
114. option later to change the layer in which an object is displayed To revise the layer of an object l Property Select the Revise option at the top of the list and the layer list will turn yellow Revise Layers Building Base In Revise the background of the layers list turns yellow and selections do not remain highlighted Porch Step Drive Road Select the layer you wish to revise the object to and it will temporarily flash blue Next select the object or objects you wish to revise by clicking on them Right click to finish and the objects will adopt the properties of the revised layer 5 4 DynaSCAPE Software Using the Tables Tips amp Tricks The properties of individual entities that make up DynaSCAPE library figures will not change when the layer is revised To change the properties of any part of a figure the figure must first be exploded Once a figure has been exploded each entity can be revised separately You will need to revise the layer first it will appear that nothing has changed Then revise the color style and line widths to By Layer for each entity The Layer Table Editor The properties of the layers can be viewed by clicking on the Edit Active List button or by double clicking on the Layers icon Here you can go in and view or edit the properties of a specific layer or add in new layers d Layer Table Editor Layer On Lock Mame Color Gut Style Width
115. place the schedule Tips amp Tricks Once your schedule is placed it can be moved around and stretched like any other figure or block Plant schedules will appear in the active layer once placed Wherever possible schedules should be inserted or revised to the Text Label Layer to ensure it is visible in Design Mode If you prefer a heavier line weight for the schedule insert it while a heavier line thickness is selected Updating the Plant Schedule Once the plant schedule is placed on the drawing it will not update automatically if you make changes to plants labels on your drawing To update your plant schedule erase it and replace it with a new schedule 12 57 DynaSCAPE Design Inserting Text into the Remarks Column Plant schedules contain hidden text nodes under the remarks header These nodes will assist you in entering any addition information under the Remarks header of your schedule The nodes have already been pre set to match the attributes of the existing text within the schedule 1 To use the nodes you first need to make them visible To make the nodes visible left click on the Entity pull down menu and select Display The 2 DynaSCAPE Design C PROGRAM FILES DYNASCAPI File Edit Environment Begiivl Tables Tools Window Helg Oe lal id Paint Style gt Text GSH Drw Edit Dim Ady Figure g es Sgt Fillet a Chamfer Labeling Hatch O ba ra
116. plants with pictures A Online Plant Database Search f Search For azalea Custom Image lat dynascape com d Display e Botanical Latini CO Common Names Search Results kO o ooo o o Available Images Type name here 13 4 DynaSCAPE Software UJ Working With Raster Images Click Search and the results will be displayed in the panel below If there are no results check your spelling or shorten the name to get more results As with searching in the plant label panel you will get better results by typing only the first few letters of the plant you are looking for or by typing in part of a name that is unique If you see the plant name you are looking for click on it The image for the plant will appear in the panel on the right side Online Plant Database Search Sc Search For jazalea lat dynascape com search f Custom Image Browse Display Botanical Latin Names C Common Names Search results 90 found BRAZIL AZALEA Azalea Balaleika Azalea Balzac Azalea Baroque Azalea Frilly Lemoan Azalea George L T aber Azalea Gibraltar Azalea Golden Lights Azalea H H Hume Azalea Hardizers Beauty BRAZIL AZALEA Azalea Hardy Gardenia Azalea Herbert Azalea Brazil Azalea Hershev Red lf Include Image Border Include Botanical Name IY Include Common Mame Insert Image Cancel p a 13 5 DynaSCAPE Design P
117. radius has i been entered a semi circle will be drawn As with all the arc tools the radius will be drawn in a counter clockwise direction In some cases you may need to start with your second location first Insert an Arc Through Three Locations Click this icon to insert an arc passing through three locations on the circumference Select three locations and an arc will be drawn through them Generally nothing is entered into the modifier since the three locations will be determined by your mouse clicks To use this tool 1 Turn off your constraints E 6 40 DynaSCAPE Software Basic Drawing Tools 2 k Click on the first location where you wish to start the arc 3 Click the second location through which you wish the arc to pass E 4 Click on the third location you wish the arc to end As with all the arc tools the radius will be drawn in a counter clockwise direction In some cases you may need to start with your end location first Insert an Arc Tangent to Two Locations Ix alas Click this icon to insert an arc tangent to two entities Where more than one tangent exists the point of entity selection determines the tangents used to define the arc This is one of the more difficult arc tools to understand and use It requires you to have two arcs chamfers circles or lines already drawn to refer to 1 Turn off your constraints E 2 Click on the first entity you wish the arc to be tangent to E
118. s appearance is by opening the Edit Entity Attributes panel which is done by holding Ctrl and clicking on the entity to be revised This panel allows you to make the same changes as those in the example above and more The panel s Display tab allows changes to layer style weight and color properties but will also allow custom line weights to be set the Fill setting whether a line is filled or un filled to be toggled and multiple attributes to be changed at one time 8 8 DynaSCAPE Software Deleting and Revising Entities After the panel is displayed define the new settings and then click OK for the changes to take effect A Edit Entity Attributes Property Porch Step 0S Drive Road Walk Patio O07 Border Tips and Tricks With this method only one line can be selected for revision at one time but multiple settings can be changed at one time Revising Objects Using the Revise Entity Attributes Tool The third method for revising an object s appearance uses a tool located in the Advanced toolbox Click on Adv in the Toggle Bar to display the Advanced Tools panel The Revise Entity Attributes tool acts much like the tools in the other two methods and provides a Revise Attributes Modifier The Revise Attributes Modifier behaves much like the Edit Entity Attributes Modifier by allowing you to change the layer color line weight etc all at once as well as allowing you to toggle the line fill
119. search for and insert plant images in My Plants follow these steps 1 i Click the Search for Plant Images icon 13 7 DynaSCAPE Design 2 The Search for Plant Images panel will be displayed Click on the arrow beside at dynascape com and choose in My Plants Plant Database Searc Wal miele Olect a Ea f Search For la Ba lin bly Plants Search C Custom Image Browse at dynascapeicom in My Plants Display Botanical Latin Names Common Names 3 Type in a plant name and click Search and the results will be displayed in the panel below 4 If there are no results check your spelling or shorten the name to get more a results As with searching in the plant label panel you will get better results by typing only the first few letters of the plant you are looking for or by typing in part of a name that is unique 5 If you see the plant name you are looking for click on it The image for the plant will appear in the panel on the right side Fal Online Plant Database Search Bx Search For azalea in My Plants Search Custom Image Browse Display Botanical Latin Names Common Names Azalea Rosebud Azalea Golden Lig ROSY LIGHTS AZALEA Azalea s Rosy Lights Rosy Lights hybrid M Include Image Border Include Botanical Name iv Include Common Mame Insert Image Cancel l al 6 Insert the image the same way as outlined in the previous steps
120. simply anywhere along an entity where one of the other seven location options does not apply Important Note The list shown above is not an exhaustive list of all possible attachment locations for all the entities in DynaSCAPE Design but is meant as an introduction to the range of options in the system As you draft real plans you will discover the full range of options presented by this tool 4 20 DynaSCAPE Software Menus Settings and Controls As stated the various possible object attachment locations inference locations associated with the elements in your drawing are not normally visible In order to see these locations and make use of them we have to use Inference and Tracking both described below How to Set Inference on Temporarily When you are at the point of selecting a location during a drawing command and you wish to use Inference hold Shift and move the cursor over an object in the drawing As the object falls within the outer entity trap the outer box displayed around the cursor cross hairs the object s nearest attachment location will be displayed as a pop up message on the cursor As you move the entity trap along the selected object keep holding Shift watch the message it will change to correspond to the various features of the object When you find the attachment location that you want to use left click and the entity will snap to the selected location Release Shift Important Note
121. sssrsrsrerusrerrrrerrrrrrrrrrrrrn 2 9 RESIZING TOO DOXCS citi seusiesseileai ee A ES 2 9 Opening Nested Tl OOS i itvnsratiencieuniutatiehestietenh iat e A AEA ATEA 2 11 Working WIth Panels iii tac Gah an ae ee a 2 14 MOGITIC PANGIS lt scares anwantan A E N teeny ene 2 14 VISIOIIEY TOJO E Souerte na a ib pnwnia sonuiae Moana eeeuaeets 2 15 TAEPO am TINE ba a a oiaeaeraavehoa vale y teria A tania anaeens 2 19 THE PLOMELIN saarensa a E A O E E 2 19 Command Line Interpreter CLI unusssrerusrererrsrnrrrrrrererrrrrrrrrererrrrerene 2 20 A To r of the Button Bal se cs eera maiwa a ar aa aa a 2 22 TNE TOP BUCCON Bal eaa E a etas eee muti Reena nen 2 22 UNG FOGG Balpen ES A SA N 2 23 inference setting ereua A A EENE EAE TE AE 2 24 LHE CODY WO COIS onite E nE a EAEE TAEA 2 26 Tne Sidebar Folder Soana a a E E E AE 2 26 The DynaSCAPE Sidebar Folder 0000 eee e eee een e eens 2 28 Fables and Modes CONTOS iirinn a Melis child peta oleae eee ens 2 30 The Select and Revise Togo ES vt scucev hat nedsiwareshusariied net ieevaarecedesdateasedees 2 31 Editing LNG AC UVES ISH inenten ei e E A addy ton sabia ce a ES 2 32 The Figures Sidebar Folder vase late este eee eestaieie Mae E ad esl capsid ERE 2 32 The Favorites Sidebar FOC heiiainco easiest hater S eet enis hoy on id iiaGa ne sdoawiatd stated 2 34 Tae Imaging sl Gear Folde assos sseriaivdastude egane EE ENT CARa enaa tii 2 35 Drawing Navigation sssaaa erage aaa e ee ee a ee a ee 2 37
122. start the polyline outside of the plant bed in the driveway area so that the line you are drawing crosses over the edge of the driveway Using left clicks click around the area to be filled more or less clicking along the edges of the shrubs and rocks see image below Once you have clicked along what will be the boundary left and right click to finish the line outside of the plant bed line The image below shows the area is bounded by the line you just created the plant bed line on the bottom and the driveway on the right This is now a completely contained location which can be filled with a pattern ren L lt __ Polyline drawn in the detail layer notice that the line extends out past the driveway and plant bed lines To insert the pattern into this area first select the Annuals layer and then right click the Section a Bounded Area by Selecting a Contained Location tool to open its hidden modifier You may need to uncover the nested Section tools if they are not already visible Draw Creston Select the default pattern of ANSI_38 and use the default scale 0 5 and left click in the center of the area just defined The bounding edges should 15 48 DynaSCAPE Software Design Tutorial Part highlight blue When they do left click to insert the section pattern Notice Scale 0 5000 E Rotation 0 00 El MSI 31 NSI 32 NSL_33 NS _3
123. the Drawing Page Settings panel allows you to view or edit the default units of measure in the currently active drawing which is useful if you need to switch between imperial and metric measurements when working with property surveys or architectural drawings 4 10 DynaSCAPE Software A Drawing Page Settings Menus Settings and Controls Units Information Select the drawing units from the unit list If the unit you desire is not available in the list select the Add button to define a custom unit Unit List Inches Feet Yards Miles Millimeters Centimeters zE Remowe Edit Meters Settings here will correspond with measurements entered in the modifier panels of the DynaS CAPE drawing and editing tools In the example above the default measuring unit is Feet This means that when a numeric value is required when entering the length of a line for instance the software will interpret the numbers entered as feet Viewing and Editing the Data Format Settings From the pull down menu select Environment Data Format to open the Data Format Settings panel below A Data Format Settings Select the distance and angle formats to be used for editing and display Enter the precision for both the angle and distance Decimal Engineering Enter the base reference angle relative to absolute 0 degrees east with a positive CCW direction Angle 0 00 Select the positive angle direction
124. the distance from the center of a circular entity to its perimeter Dimension To use this tool 1 Click on the tool shown above Right clicking or double clicking will open a modifier The modifier is only used to override the dimension value determined by DynaSCAPE 7 50 DynaSCAPE Software Basic Editing and Dimensioning Tools 2 Simply Click on any radius circle or smooth polyline E 3 The dimension line and numeric values will automatically appear E 4 Move your mouse until you reach a desired position and click Right click E to complete the operation Dimensioning Tip Since dimensioning a drawing is a very quick procedure it can be very useful to the design build contractor A dimensioned drawing does not need to be printed to scale and as a result you can print it out on a reduced size of paper to hand out to your crews for installation Simply dimension your drawing and hand out letter size sheets of all the areas to be built instead of handing out large format drawings 7 51 DynaSCAPE Design Insert an Angle Dimension This tool allows you to dimension the angle between two lines or polylines not curved polylines Dimension SJE JE To use this tool 1 Click on the two lines you wish to dimension the angle between a 2 Click where you wish to place the dimension and text a 3 i Right click to end the process 1 Click on each line 2 Click to place the dimension 3 Right click to
125. the modifier panel are a number of toggles The Trim reference entities toggle when selected trims the overlapping lines to where the arc is placed The Associate to reference entities is used to connect the arc to the parent lines This toggle is generally left deselected and must not be selected when the item being drawn will be saved as a figure or if the arc created is going to be used independently i e offset moved copied etc of the parent lines To use this tool 1 f Click on the tool shown above to open the modifier 6 48 DynaSCAPE Software Basic Drawing Tools 2 Enter either the radius or the diameter one will set the other automatically and press the spacebar 3 Once the values are entered click on each of the lines defining the location of the radius once the lines are clicked they will highlight blue 4 Once the second line is selected the radius will automatically be placed If the Trim reference entities was selected the lines extending past the radius will be trimmed Existing lines Lines which were trimmed when fillet was drawn 6 49 DynaSCAPE Design Hatch and Generic Patterns DynaSCAPE Design contains a number of patterns and fills to insert into your drawings These are generally used to distinguish paved areas walls ground cover etc Both the Hatch Pattern and Generic Pattern Section tools are available within the Draw toolbox
126. this chapter v Using selection windows v Using layer controls v Learning to use entity filters 10 1 DynaSCAPE Design Selecting Objects This chapter will explore the methods for selecting entities using selection windows as well as how to use the Entity Filters feature In DynaSCAPE there are several different ways of selecting the objects entities on your screen Knowing when to use them depends on how many objects you need to select and the situation The following are the selection options that can be used in DynaSCAPE Design 1 Clicking on an object entity 2 Using a Left to Right Selection Window Using a Right to Left Selection Window Using the Pull Down Menu Edit Select All Using Ctrl A on your keyboard ol oe Selecting Objects by Clicking on Them This is the most basic and obvious method of selecting an object on your screen This is done by left clicking on the object you wish to select This is used for selecting a single object like a line or figure For figures you must select some part of the geometry within the figure in order to be selected Click on lines in the figure to select it 10 2 DynaSCAPE Software Selecting and Filtering Entities Using a Left to Right Selection Window If you create a selection window moving from left to right only objects entirely within the window are selected Objects that only touch the window or that are outside the window are not selected Wi
127. this functionality you must first link the Design Label panel to the application you are using for estimation Follow these steps to link a design label to a material or kit 1 Click on the Settings in the Design Label panel to open the Settings panel E CE O Edit My Labels O seins E Label Style Normal text with leaders AY Label Text Search PAVER BORDER MEGA BERGERAC 12 PAVER DRIVEWAY BRUSSELS BLOCK PAVER DRIVEWAY PALEO PAVERS PAVER PATIO BRUSSELS BLOCK IPAVFER PATI PAIL FA PAVERS 12 68 DynaSCAPE Software Labeling Plants amp Design Elements If you are using DynaSCAPE Manage360 Manage Website click on Manage Website and then click Change to open the Edit Manage Web Connection panel You will need to type in your Manage Web Url your ID and password When connected the Url will appear beside the Manage Website option If you are using a Legacy version of DS Quote or DS Manage click on Legacy Q M and then click Change to open DynaSCAPE Database Connection panel Connect to your database and make sure you test it When finished the database name will appear beside Legacy QM Note For more detailed instructions about connecting to a database from a labeling panel see the section earlier in this chapter called Choosing your Source of Plants for Labeling Once your connection is set up it will remain connected until you change it To start creating links t
128. tool of the same name When two entities intersect one another they can be broken at the closest point to the intersecting entity selected To use this tool 1 Click the tool shown above E 2 Left and right click on the entity to be broken 3 Left and right click on the entity at which it is to be broken E Break Lines Into n Number of Equal Segments This tool allows an entity to be broken into a set number of segments 7 33 DynaSCAPE Design To use this tool l 2 3 4 Click on the tool shown above to open the modifier Specify the number of segments to break the entity into Click on the entity to be broken Right click to end the process Modifier Divide Segme ts fo x One of the divided segements Break Lines at an Incremental Distance This tool allows an entity to be broken into segments that are a set length To use the tool l Click to open the modifier 7 34 DynaSCAPE Software Basic Editing and Dimensioning Tools 2 i Enter the desired length of the line segments 3 i Click the entity to be broken 4 i Right click to complete the process Modifier Increment lOl x Divided line segment Break Lines at a Specific Length This tool allows a line to have the end portion broken off at a set length To use the tool 1 i Click on the tool to open the modifier 2 i Enter the value for the broken length 3 Click the entity to
129. traditional CAD environment without sacrificing any power or flexibility DynaSCAPE Design addresses the shortcomings of complex CAD systems by providing you with many unique features including pre formatted drawing sheets more than 1 000 pre drawn pre scaled symbols that cover most common drawing elements intelligent labeling that automates the task of producing quotes and links to a comprehensive database of North American landscape plant records complete with color images DynaSCAPE Design is also distinguished by the quality of its output Drawing symbols are based on manual drafting standards so finished plans have an attractive professional appearance This manual is designed to help you get the most from your software investment It should be used in concert with the DVD videos provided with your purchase Please take the time to familiarize yourself with the information found here and on the DVD If you are unable to resolve a problem through the use of these resources please contact our support line at 1 800 710 1900 x 278 or support dynascape com Table of Contents Preface A OS VE INE 255 a whee tas Bp as T Gee te Sa pcaicee ata A Neal ae ge a a ACR Oise i Introduction to this Software 0 00 cee eee ees Al 1 Installing DynaSCAPE Design 1 1 HOw tE Use TIS Manel ririeor a E AAA AE AS 1 2 Typographi Ca CONVENTIONS er r a a N L NEF TEMIN Vera a O a a 1 3 Installation of DynaSCAPE Design 0 0000 cee e eee eee
130. type for sharing your drawing and preferred by most print shops It will produce a better printout than a JPEG Saving a Drawing as a J PEG Image To save a drawing as a JPEG image follow these steps 1 In the DynaSCAPE File menu select the Save as option and choose JPEG E Edit Environment Entity Tables Ti New Open d Save Ctrl 5 Drawing Save All Prototype Close Ctrl u Close All Adobe PDF Import Export d DynaSCAPE Software 2 Printing and Saving as an Image File You will first be asked to give the file a name and a location to save it to once it has been created so you can find it later Click Save Sinem it Co My Diaj ten cr EJ COLYaEl Al te i HREL Fiian m G E ia Wels Cheat Sheet Jeo eter a vet Type in file name here remember this l location so you can My Computar find the file later Ny Hak Fia rama Plas i Sarre 6 Eg J peng kra IP An options panel will open Choose these options Output Quality Always choose Medium High makes the file size large and the 0 line weights too thin Color Options Choose Monochrome This will ensure all the lines will output black Images will come out color Orientation Should match your drawing s orientation Paper Size Find the size that matches your drawing page size for the image to be printed to scale Fit to sheet Only use this if you wish to shrink the image to fit on a smaller sheet size for em
131. work 2 41 Saving As Choosing Image File Type 4 0 PDF or JPEG Image 74 10 Saving as a JPEG 4 10 Saving as an Adobe PDF 74 13 saving Drawings 2 4 File path length 2 43 Opening and saving 2 4 2 42 To a Removable Storage Device 2 42 Using the Autosave Command 2 45 Scaling Objects In a Drawing 7 6 scroll the Drawing Using Two Locations 2 40 scrolling Figure Library scrolling through 2 33 Tables amp Lists 2 30 2 12 Using the Overview Panel 4 36 Zooming Scrolling 2 23 Searching for Plants 2 35 Selecting Objects 0 2 By Clicking on Them 0 2 Using a Left to Right Window 0 3 Settings Changing on the Fly 4 3 Shortcuts Text 9 32 Sidebar About Folders 2 26 INDEX 7 DynaSCAPE Design DynaSCAPE 2 26 Favorites 2 26 Site Capture Pro 17 13 Skewing figures Distorting shape 7 Snap Lines Orthographically Building Outline Tool 6 22 Snap Toggles location Grid Axis Snap 2 24 Snaps see Inference Settings 2 24 4 18 Softscapes Searching Advanced Options 2 39 Software Activation 2 2 Symbols 5 52 Adding a Figure to a Library 2 Creating a Custom Library Figure 4 Symbols sub folder 27 Syntax Entering fractions 4 2 6 3 System Requirements 4 T Tab And Modifier Panels 2 15 Tables and Modes About 2 30 Controlling modes 2 30 Editing active lists 2 32 Select Revise Toggles 2 37 Templates Prototype drawings 2 4 Text Attached to a Leader 9 13 9 15 Changing Global settings 9 24 Editing with Gr
132. you click in the Overview This tool is especially helpful with large or complex drawings in which navigating around the plan can be tedious or time consuming If you have a large monitor and your screen display can be set to greater than 1024 x768 pixels the Overview panel is especially handy Important Note Using the Overview panel does not disable the visibility zoom controls in the Top Button Bar You may use either control while working Instream Commands Instream commands are a type of subcommunity that can be issued without exiting the current command Instream commands adjust or alter the drawing environment so that another command works more efficiently Instream commands allow you to reset a given parameter or parameters on the fly so that you don t have to waste time restarting a command 4 36 DynaSCAPE Software Menus Settings and Controls For instance while drawing a line you may need to magnify a specific area to attach a line to a previously drawn element After issuing the command to insert a line you can click on the instream command button Zoom Window Zoom the drawing using a window to magnify the desired insertion point without reissuing or interrupting the line draw command For a list of instream commands and the explanations of what they do press F1 to open Help In the Index type instream and follow the links 4 37 DynaSCAPE Design The Windows Menu The Window
133. you must include a proper cluster ring in the new figure Rules for the Cluster Ring Here are the rules to follow to ensure that a Cluster ring is correct 1 The cluster ring must be on the Cluster layer The Cluster tool can only trim lines that are on the Cluster layer 2 There can only be one cluster ring per figure with no other geometry on this layer 3 The cluster ring can only be a Circle Square N Sided Polygon or a Closed Polyline of any shape it can also be lines arcs and or polylines joined to form a closed polyline 11 18 DynaSCAPE Software Working with Library Figures A Important Note for Figures If your figure cannot meet all the rules mentioned previous do not use the Cluster layer The Cluster layer should not be used for anything other than the Cluster ring If used improperly in a figure it will be entirely removed during the Clustering process The Cluster Ring and Other Figures The Cluster ring can be used on any figure you choose Many tree and rock figures also use the Cluster ring for the purpose of blending during the Clustering process This is not immediately obvious because the line width and color have been revised Changing the Color of the Cluster Ring The color line style and line weight of the cluster ring can be revised to any variation you wish Since the line weight and color of the Cluster layer is the same as the Shrubs layer it does not need to be changed For trees or rocks
134. 0 24 0 15 0 285 0 1425 ee eed 1 0 x 8 y 5 25 _0 475 ars 0 1235 STONEHENGEG 0 96 0 48 0 384 0 24 0 456 0 228 UNIBRUSSELSH 08 04 032 02 038 019 UNIBRUSSELSP 3 15 12 075 1 425 07125 X 288 X 18 X 0 342 X 175 126 0 29925 _ 18 14 DynaSCAPE Software Customizing and Other Advanced Topics Scale 1 4 1 8 1 10 1 16 1 100 1 200 SER 3000F 0 09 0 45 0 036 0 225 0 04275 0 021375 L CAMPO C 1 os o4 0o25 0475 02375 L CAMPO F 2 1 log o5 09 0475 x 2 6 x 1 3 x 1 04 x 63 X 1 235 x 6175 PAR 575 ps6 289 054625 54625 ezr 7 ILCAMPOJ s J 0 75 15 1 1 4235 0 7125 7125 65 902 26 y 1625 y 0 30875 y 154375 UNIGRE 05 025 0 2 0 125 0 2375 0 11875 ER 3000 A 09 045 0 36 0 225 0 4275 0 21375 SER 3000B 09 0 45 0 36 0 225 0 4275 0 21375 ER 3000 D 09 045 0 36 0 225 0 4275 0 21375 PAVERSBOND 08 04 032 02 038 019 OCTAGON 018 0 09 0 072 0 045 0 0855 0 04275 DURA MAT_ 018 09 0 72 0 045 0 855 0 4275 18 15 DynaSCAPE Design6 02 18 16 DynaSCAPE Software Index A Activation Activating your software 2 2 Deactivating your software 2 3 Manual Activation 2 3 Adding Plants By Searching accross dynascape com 12 9 Downloading 72 11 Importing a list 72 15 Manually 2 20 Adobe PDF Saving as 74 13 Advanced searching for plants 2 36 Ali
135. 08 plants successfully processed nc 1 on the link below to view the your error log which will assist you in fixing yoU teas formatting your import file correctly If you are satisfied with these results and wish ti successfully processed plants into your Plant List click Finish Click here to a log Deacumentspleimpearternoes tt Notepad eal File Edt Format View Help Pe27 1L 20068 9 57 06 am Processing completed with 1 errors Line G8 The row was not in the correct format Line G8 cannot be parsed using the current errors and the line in which the error occurred so you can go back to the file to fix it If no errors occurred click Finish Once the import is complete the wizard will close and the imported plants will appear in the Plant List Editor 1 3 All imported plants need to be matched to the Online Plant Database You match them one at a time or use the Batch Matching and Update Wizard Note This feature will be available in a future update 4 Adding Plants Manually You can also manually add plants on at a time as you need them To add a plant manually follow these steps 12 20 DynaSCAPE Software Labeling Plants amp Design Elements 1 Open the Plant List Editor Click on New Plant to start adding a new plant record By default each blank list will have one lt New Plant gt which you can delete or just replace the botanical name to your new plant name 2 k Type in the Botan
136. 3 Click on the second entity you wish the arc to be tangent to The arc is now E constrained to be tangent to the selected entities 4 The starting angle will be at the intersection of the circle and the line Select the first location and click the left mouse button This location specifies the starting angle of the arc 5 The ending angle is at the intersection of the arc and this line Specify the ending angle and create the arc by selecting the second location 6 41 DynaSCAPE Design Insert an Arc Using an Outside Tangent to an Entity Click this icon to insert an arc tangent to a single entity This tool requires you to have one arc chamfer circle or line already drawn to refer to l 2 3 4 Turn off your constraints If you know the radius of the arc you wish to draw enter it in the modifier Click on the entity you wish the arc to be tangent to Select the first location and click the left mouse button This location anchors the origin and the radius of the dynamic circle A dynamic line from the origin of the circle to the current cursor position is displayed The starting angle is at the intersection of the circle and the line Select the second location and click the left mouse button This location specifies the starting angle of the arc A dynamic arc is displayed with the desired starting angle Again a dynamic line is displayed from the origin of the arc to the current cursor position The ending ang
137. 4 NS _35 NS _36 NSI_37 Section Picker Php prpr v Group section Yr that the section pattern just fills in the area defined by the line that was drawn A Selecting Certain Layers to Work On This part of the tutorial required you to select the Temp layer on which you then drew the boundary line used to define the fill that was inserted into the plan The Temp layer was purposely chosen because it is automatically turned off when you work in Design Mode by 15 49 DynaSCAPE Design being turned off anything drawn on a layer stops being visible for printing but is retained and can be displayed by turning All Layers On or activating the Temp Layer For more information on Modes see Chapter 2 In this way temporary objects can be managed without H gs io Awl Favores Dorene Mada Deed Miga Duki Teri Ling Shrube_Mose Trea Mnedt Pecks Wade i M ode 5 Li et 4 Design Hode F i Lahm Miche Wiring Mode Hadicape Ma Sofbecape Ma Al Label Oe higale Mode Pom Mode Leris Meie Edi Adiva Lel the need to move them or redraw them This becomes particularly useful when using the Hardscape Labeling panel where such lines are used to help calculate the specific area of certain regions of a plan With DynaSCAPE it is important to select the correct layer when inserting entities whether they are permanent driveways plant beds et
138. 4 Scaling 71 4 Width of height of 4 Library Manager and Figure Management 26 Controls 71 27 Lines Changing colors 5 5 6 Drawing 6 5 Editing with Grips 8 4 Freehand drawn 6 5 Line weight about 5 8 Style 5 6 Trimming 5 4 Using the Modifier 6 5 Lineweights Presets Limitations 5 8 Linking a Design Label 2 68 Lot Plans Scanning Tips 3 22 M Making backup files 3 15 Manage Website Connecting to Manage360 2 4 Manage360 Estimating Labels 72 72 12 8 Manage360 Linking To a Material or Kit 12 68 Markers The purpose of Markers 2 Matching Plants To the Online Plant Database 2 22 Using the Batch Matching Wizard 2 24 Material List Exporting 12 75 Measuring Area By Drawing a Closed Polyline 7 37 7 38 Index 7 39 Measuring Distance Between Two Locations 7 4 Measuring Length Of Selected Lines 7 42 Measuring Perimeter Of Selected Lines 7 42 Measuring Tools Command Line Interpreter where results are displayed 2 2 Measuring Units Set to Architectural 4 2 6 2 4 12 6 3 Menus About 4 2 Environment 4 3 Tools menu 4 34 Mirroring Objects 7 8 Modes About 5 13 5 15 2 31 Color Layer Mode 5 16 5 15 Design Mode 5 5 5 14 5 15 Editing 5 16 Grading Mode 5 5 Hardscape Takeoff Mode 5 15 Irrigate and Piping 5 15 Lighting Wiring 5 15 2 30 On Site Plants 5 6 Perennials 5 6 Quick Text 5 6 Review Mode 5 6 Shrubs 5 16 5 15 Temp 5 16 10 9 5 16 Why drawings can go
139. 5 0 Imp Landscape B 11X17 SCALE 1 20 v5 0 Imp Landscape C 18x24 SCALE 1 04 v5 0 Imp Landscape C 18X24 SCALE 1 08 OK a Cancel Remove Help Save Drawing As Save in O My Drawings a Pe TuToRIAL DPD Recent i i J Drawing the House Outline 1 Next print out the field measurements that accompany this tutorial in order to draw the base plan These measurements are found in C Program 15 3 DynaSCAPE Design Files DynaSCAPE Design Resource Tutorial in a file called LOTPLAN jpg that looks like the one below Click on the file to open it SPE ALK Core The first item to draft is the house since this forms the baseplan for the drawing and all the existing components on the property are measured from it Start working with the Building Outline Tool in the Draw toolbox and set the constraints to Ortho In the Draw Building Line modifier set the Start Direction to CW clockwise so you can start from the right hand side of the house garage side and work to the left The length of first line is not given however you can insert a 13 6 line to show a portion of the garage 15 4 DynaSCAPE Software Design Tutorial Part wall Click on the Building Outline tool in the Draw toolbox When the modifier opens insert 13 6 into the length box and press the spacebar Start Direction i CCW G Start drawing walls in a coun
140. 5 x at the end of the name Conversion Successful Your changes will be saved to a new file Note The process will turn all your layers on to show that they all have been converted You can now use any of the modes to view the items you wish to see Click Ok and then Save the drawing under a new name Limitations of Converted Drawings Once a drawing is converted to the new version you will be able to edit and print as usual You will also be able to perform functions such as creating Material Lists in Word or Excel generate a Plant Schedule import into DS Quote or DS Manage and the new DS Manage360 Manage Website However there are some limitations you need to be aware of 3 10 DynaSCAPE Software Opening a DynaSCAPE Drawing Creating Material Lists in Word or Excel You can create material lists without prices Prices were not embedded into 3 x and 4 x drawings and therefore cannot be extracted for this function Generating Plant Schedules Plant Schedules can be generated but the old plants types will not be recognized All plants will be placed under a Other Plants heading Generate a Plant Picture Catalogue Since v4 x drawings are linked to the old Plant Encyclopedia plant picture catalogues will not be able to be created after conversion to 5 x and newer Import into DS Quote or DS Mange for Quotation All links to materials and kits in DS Quote or DS Mange will be maintained allowing you to gener
141. APE Software Design Tutorial Part Il Creating a Material List Once the drawing has been completely labeled you then create a list of materials automatically in your choice of MicroSoft Word or Excel Only labels from the Plant Label and the Design Label panel will appear in the list To generate a material list follow these steps 1 Click on the Export a material list from this drawing button on the E Commands ET 5 Lal ra ie amp A lea DynaSCAPPE sidebar folder to open the Export Material List to Word Excel wizard 2 k Here you can choose which columns you wish to appear in the exported list how you wish to arrange the plants as well as choose MicroSoft Word or Excel If your drawing was labeled with both the Plant Label panel and the Design Label panel choose the Export Option Plants and Materials 16 21 DynaSCAPE Design Design automatically puts the name of the drawing in the Client Name Project Title text box which you can modify to suit your needs Export Maternal List eames omenon Fa k ae 3 Click Export and Design will open Word or Excel and insert the list of f plants labeled on your drawing into it 16 22 DynaSCAPE Software 4 Design Tutorial Part Il If you labelled the drawing the same way as shown in this tutorial your material list should look like the following July 10 2009 DynaSCAPE Tutorial Drawing Plants Quantity Botanic
142. Automatic centered text placement Append unit abbreviation Superscript last decimal place Prefx Cear Sux ear with rt O Height 1 1 Slant 0 00 Justify Left l Spacing Proportional Active Text Font Architectural geen es es Fraction rounding Sample ABCPS Architectural threshold Sealed Hep 3 Change the values for text Width and Height e g 11 in the Global Dimension Text Settings panel to your new values You can also change the Global text font style if you wish 4 Select OK to save the change and close the panel From now on as long as you are in this drawing each time you open the Insert Text with a Leader tool these will be the default settings As with the previous exercise where we reset text Width and Height for Inserted Text this panel allows us to edit the default values for the text that is associated with the labels in DynaSCAPE Design Changes made here to text height width font etc will become the new defaults for all new label text in the drawing currently open Changing Leader Settings The diagram below shows a sample of Leader text 9 28 DynaSCAPE Software Inserting and Editing Text Leader Text The next diagram shows the component parts of a sample of Leader text Leader Text Leader Text Extension Tail Elbow Leader Line Arrow To edit the length of the Extension Tail in a label with leader text select the Leader button in the Global
143. CAPE Design When no commands are active as in the example above the Prompt Line reads DynaSCAPE Professional 2D Computer Aided Design and Drafting This Prompt Line message is referred to as the neutral message If the Command Line Interpreter CLI see below is turned off the Prompt line acts as a one line CLI If the CLI is closed and no commands are active the Prompt Line will read Command Command Line Interpreter CLI The Command Line Interpreter CLI is located just below the Drawing Window atic Reae JF FEFEKK The CLI is a text based interface or communication channel It provides a textual record of any command you enter in creating a drawing including information you were required to enter as well as DynaSCAPE Design command prompts All tasks that you perform are recorded by the CLI even if you use panels buttons or the mouse to initiate them Advanced users can use the CLI to instruct DynaSCAPE Design to perform tasks by entering commands and data via the keyboard Understanding the CLI operation simplifies your overall drawing operations and enables you to use some more advanced DynaSCAPE Design features Full Screen and Normal Sized CLI Display To open the CLI to full screen view right click inside the text white background area of the CLI To restore the CLI to normal size right click again anywhere within the CLI text field area Use the scroll bar on the right side of the CLI to re
144. CAPE Pattern Scale Rotation 0 00 X Scale 0 3250 z ae Y Scale 0 3250 Random Spin ee w AR_CONC AR SAND AR SHAKE AR SHAKE LEFT AR SHAKE RIGHT BARK MULCH CONTOUR DIAG SQUARES F name or can be viewed as a group by clicking on the Hatch Picker button The scale of the hatch pattern can be entered with differing X and Y values to give the pattern a warped look or with the same value to maintain the pattern A rotation angle can also be set You also have the option to Group Hatch which is generally checked this inserts the hatch pattern into the drawing as one piece much like a figure A second option for a Random Spin is also available allowing the pattern to be inserted randomly into the area selected As with the sectioning tools there are two Hatching tools the Hatch an area by selecting the bounding entities and the Hatch an area by selecting a contained location options Both of these tools have the same modifier panel however they utilize different methods of selecting the area which is to be filled Multiple Hatch Pattern Libraries New By default DynaSCAPE now has it s Hatch library divided into two main libraries DynaSCAPE Patterns and Unilock Patterns The DynaSCAPE Patterns library contains all the generic patterns of pavers mulch concrete etc while the Unilock Patterns library only contains Unilock specific patterns If any other manufacturer 6 52 DynaSCAPE S
145. Changing Settings 4 25 4 26 9 24 Dimension settings text with leaders 4 28 9 26 Grid Axis and Snap Tool Settings 4 3 Grips Using Grips to Edit Entities 5 3 Groundcover Patterns 15 47 Grouping Objects Into a Named Subfigure 7 10 H Hardscape Labels 6 7 Hardscape Labels Design Labels v5 INDEX 3 DynaSCAPE Design 12 61 Hatch Pattern Scale Chart 18 14 Hatch Patterns 6 50 About 6 52 Color by layer 6 56 Excluding areas 6 57 For Groundcover 15 47 Grouping 6 52 Hatch Picker 6 52 6 54 Inserting 6 53 Multiple Libraries 6 52 Random spin 6 52 Tools 6 52 Hatches 6 50 Hatching Patterns Borders and Patterns 5 27 Hidden Nested tools 6 5 How to Convert a Drawing to Version 5 Format 3 9 How to Show File Extensions 3 3 I Images File Types 73 2 13 4 Rasters About 73 2 13 3 Changing Assigned Name 173 19 13 20 Editing or Removing 73 19 Fitting to a Rectangle 73 3 Inserting 73 3 13 13 Moving and Resizing 73 15 Printing Drawings Containing 174 6 Resizing Surveys to Drawing Scale 13 17 Supported File Types 13 13 Tools specific to 13 2 13 3 13 14 2 35 Imaging Sidebar Folder 2 35 Important 71 22 Importing 17 13 Importing a List 72 15 Importing an AutoCAD Drawing 17 2 Importing DWG amp DXF Files 77 2 Inference 2 24 Keyboard shortcut 4 21 Sample types 4 20 4 21 15 6 Toggle Button 4 21 Insert an Angle 7 52 Inserting plant labels 72 42 Inserting Images 2 35 13 3 Inserting Patterns Complex area
146. Clicking and dropping points will create window segments 0 Door Clicking and dropping points will create door segments 3 Using inference trace the building outline You can use the window and j door modes now if applicable 4 Once the building has been traced click on Temp_Mode to isolate the a e e Temp layer and erase the original building line For more detailed instructions on how to use the Building Outline tool see the section called Basic Drawing Tools 17 16 DynaSCAPE Software Customizing and Other Advanced Topics Topics covered in this chapter v Creating custom prototypes Vv Creating custom titleblocks v Customizing Toolboxes 18 1 DynaSCAPE Design6 02 Creating Custom Prototypes templates When you begin a DynaSCAPE drawing you select a prototype drawing in which to start from Each prototype drawing in DynaSCAPE comes pre loaded with many settings already in place For example when you start a new drawing using the DynaSCAPE prototype the layers are predefined for color weight and style The font style and size are predetermined Arrows leader line and other dimension settings are preset In short all the basic drafting principles have already been set out for you However you may wish to customize your drawing sheet prototype Perhaps you don t like the font we have set or want to add more layers you are using on a continual basis You may also want to include your compa
147. Current fonts list Edit Active List if Edit fonts toggle For information on how to change the font setting both on the fly and globally for a particular drawing see the previous chapter called Menus Settings and Controls 5 10 DynaSCAPE Software Using the Tables Display Colors All layers in DynaSCAPE Design are displayed in different colors on screen These colors are used so that layers can be picked out quickly and easily and to make the drafting process simpler eS Display Colors Display Colors Button Current Display Colors List Edit Display Colors Toggle By default the Default Colors list is set to By Layer this means that the layer in which you are working with take on the properties of default color preset in the layers list If you select any of the other settings i e select Continuous all lines you draw will take on that default color characteristic We recommend you always leave this setting on By Layer Editing the Color List Display colors can be altered by double clicking on the Display Color icon or by clicking on the Edit Active List button The colors of figures cannot be changed by setting a new display color for a specific layer The color of figures is controlled when the figure is built which will be discussed later in this manual 5 11 DynaSCAPE Design Color Selector 5 12 DynaSCAPE Software Using the Tables Modes How Modes Work When yo
148. Date modified yip Size LIGHT PHOTOMETRICS 5 LIB SITE FURNITURE 5 LIB PALMS 5 LIB STRUCTURES 5 LIB PAVERS 5 LIB T BLOCK 11X 17 5 LIB PERENNLALS 5 LIB T BLOCK 18X 24 5 LIB PERGOLAS 5 LIB T BLOCK 24 36 5 LIB POND ACCESS AQ 5 LIB T BLOCK 36X 48 5 LIB POND DETAILS 4Q 5 LIB T BLOCK ACCESSORIES 5 LI PONDS GRANDE AQ 5 LIB T BLOCK HORI 5 LIB PONDS MINI AQ 5 LIB TREES 5 LIB PONDS STANDARD AQ 5 LIB TREES NO_SHADOW 5 LIB POOLS 5 LIB TROP DESERT 5 LIB ROCKS 5 LIB VEHICLES 5 LIB SCREENS FENCE 5 LIB WATER FEATURES 5 LIB SECTION LIB WATER PLANTS 5 LIB SHED CABANA 5 LIB SHRUBS 5 LIB Favorite Links E Documents y Recently Changed I3 al Recent Places More Folders M m resource di samples m seeds d styles m symbols m ver 2 di Manage di Quote di File Scanner Lik Li Lael Li Li L a Li Li Ld Led ae a a a a a a al File name To create a new figure library in the File name field type your new name and then click Open DynaSCAPE Design will now create a new figure library with that name You can create as many new libraries as you wish You may find you wish to take some of the existing figures and move them to new libraries to make finding certain figures easier Before Adding a New Figure Before adding a new figure to the libraries it is important to learn how the existing figures were made and the layers the geometry was put on Lets first examine how figures are made The Importance of Using
149. Dimension Settings panel to open the Leader Settings panel 9 29 DynaSCAPE Design E1 Leader Settings Changing the value for the length of the Extension Tail here will change the tail length for all labels in the program Deselecting the Extension Tail toggle will suppress the tail extension so that Leader text will have no tail Select OK to set any new values and close the panel Changing the Arrow Style of Leader Text To change the Arrow style of Leader text select the Arrows button in the Global Dimension Settings panel to open the Dimension Arrow Settings panel Global Dimension Settings Set the dimension style by selecting from the list of 9 30 DynaSCAPE Software Inserting and Editing Text Dimension Arrow Settings X Set the dimension arrow style attributes Length Style Triangle Ratio 0 2500 Flipped Adjusted Diameter 10 W Arrowhead filled Flipped open DynaSCAPE Design provides a number of style options for the arrows of Leader text In the diagram below we show samples of the different arrow styles valable rrow Styles To change the default arrow style select a type from the Style pull down list in the Dimension Arrows Settings panel then select OK to set the Style change and close the panel In addition to arrow style settings the panel also includes controls for the Length of the arrow and whether or not the arrow is Filled solid or just o
150. Drawing Manually You can manually initiate the Save command by either selecting the save button Ef J 2 42 DynaSCAPE Software Getting Started or by selecting File Save from the pull down menu Note The keyboard shortcut for the Save command is Ctrl S If you have not previously saved your drawing the Save Drawing As panel will open if you have previously saved your drawing the file will be updated to reflect all changes made since the previous save Important DynaSCAPE has a maximum file path length of 128 characters This includes all the folders in the path e g C Documents and Settings computer name My Documents My Drawings Drawings 2008 Completed Smith Residence is a file path with 102 characters This means that if you wanted to have a file name longer than 26 characters the drawing cannot be saved It is recommended to keep folder and files names short 2 43 DynaSCAPE Design Save Drawing As Save in E Drawings d 4 My Recent Documents Ls Desktop My Computer My Network File name Places pave as type Drawing DPD Cancel Choose or create a storage location folder name your drawing and select the Save button in the lower right corner of the panel to complete the Save routine 2 44 DynaSCAPE Software Getting Started Saving a Drawing Automatically The Autosave Command To set up the Autosave command choos
151. E Design user If you decide to proceed with editing Dimension settings beyond the three controls named above do so in small steps testing the results of each change as it is made To change text size default globally so that the revised text sizes or fonts will appear each time you open the Insert Text Attached to a Leader tool follow these steps 4 28 DynaSCAPE Software l 2 3 Menus Settings and Controls Select the pull down menu Entity Dimension to open the Global Dimension settings panel Select the Text button on the panel This will open the Global Dimension Text Settings panel 2 Dimension Text Settings Architectural Sample ABCIS Change the values for text Width and Height e g 11 in the Global Dimension Text Settings panel to your new values You can also change the Global text font style if you wish 4 29 DynaSCAPE Design 4 Select OK to save the change and close the panel From now on as long as i you are in this drawing each time you open the Insert Text with a Leader tool these will be the default settings As with the previous exercise where we reset text Width and Height for Inserted Text this panel allows us to edit the default values for the text that is associated with the labels in DynaSCAPE Design Changes made here to text height width font etc will become the new defaults for all new label text in the drawing currently open Changing Leader Settings
152. HITE FIR ABIES FRASERI FRASER FIR ABIES FRASERI FRASER FIR ABIES FRASERI FRASER FIR JABIES FRASERI FRASER FIR CEDRUS ATLANTICA GLAUCA CHAMAECYPARIS NOOTKA AURI ESSN 3FT_B amp B 55 Each 60007 CHAMAECYPARIS NOOTKA GLAUCA BLUE NOOTRA FALSE CYPRESS 3 T B amp B 57 Each 70127 14 CHAMAECYPARIS NOOTKA GLAUCA BLUE NOOTKA FALSE CYPRESS 4FT B amp B 65 Each 70157 14 ICHAMAECYPARIS NOOTKA GLAUCA BLUE NOOTKA FALSE CYPRESS 5FT wB 49 Each 70117 14 ICHAMAECYPARIS NOOTKA PENDULA WEEPING NOOTKA FALSE CYPRESS 3FT B amp B 160 Each 8080 PUAMAPCYNARTO KWATA NOAM A WOO TA BOOT A CAD or Oomwnerece APT Pee 7A rarh 0NI G7 First row must contain column headers 85 Each 50979 14 Note If using a Text file instead of an Excel file the file must have column headers and each column must be separated by a comma Each plant must be on its own row If column headers do not already exist add a new row with the header names mentioned above This row must be the first row If the file contains multiple worksheets you must copy all the data to one worksheet Only data on the tab that was visible at the time it was saved will be imported 12 17 DynaSCAPE Design oF 6 New List Blank JOpen List gj5ave List As qj Remove any blank or incomplete rows Remove any plants or plants with sizes that you do not wish to import The more plants you import the more you will need to manage Save the file as a CSV Comm
153. I 2 20 Property Lines Drawing Acrs 6 42 Using bearings 6 8 Prototypes Changing background color 4 16 2 25 18 2 Drawing Limits 2 6 2 5 Global Settings 4 25 New Drawing window 2 4 Opening a prototype template 2 4 Selecting 2 5 Understanding 2 5 Q Q M Linking To a Material or Kit 72 68 Quantity Entering Manually 72 43 Using Measuring Tools 2 43 Quotes Before you create an estimate 2 78 Creating a Material List 76 21 12 78 Exporting to Legacy Q M 12 681 Grouping Labels 72 78 Work Areas or Phases 72 78 R Raster 6 22 Raster Images 3 2 About 3 2 13 3 Changing Assigned Name 73 19 13 20 Editing or Removing 73 19 Fitting to a Rectangle 3 3 Inserting 3 3 13 13 Moving and Resizing 73 15 Printing Drawings Containing 4 6 Removing a Raster Image 173 21 13 17 Supported File Types 3 3 Tools specific to 73 2 13 3 13 14 13 2 Rasters Images Scanning Lot Plans 3 22 Rectangles Drawing 6 33 Registry Cleanup Index Effects on toolbars 2 18 11 4 11 19 11 29 Potential Problems With 2 8 Re sizing Objects by Scale Ratio 7 6 Re sizing figures 11 6 Resource Files How to find 3 16 Restore Previous Zoom Level 2 39 Revising Text no leader 9 17 9 21 Revising Objects Appearances and Settings 8 7 Revising Entities Within A Figure 8 70 Using the Edit Entity Attributes Panel 8 8 8 9 8 7 Revising Text 9 17 Rotating figures 6 Rotating Objects 7 11 7 12 S Saving 15 51 Creating Backup Files 3 5 Saving your
154. IB CLRACCESSORIES LIB CLRROCKS LIB CLRSHRUBS LIB CLRTREES LIB CONSTRDETAILS LIB lt File name Files of type Library LIB C PALMS LIB C PAVERS LIB C PERENNIALS LIB C ROCKS LIB C SHRUBS LIB C TREES LIB C WATERPLANTS LIB E DICKERSON LOGO LIB EXREMAIN LIB fl EXREMOVE LIB FENCESCREENS LIB GRDMARKER LIB HATCH1 LIB HATCH LIB IRRIGSPRAY LIB IRRIGSUPPLY LIB NIGHTSCPACCESSORIES LIB NIGHTSCPFIXTURES LIB NIGHTSCPPHOTOMETRICS LIB PALMS LIB PAVERS LIB EJ PERENNIALS LIB PERGOLAS LIB SHRUBS LIB sl TELOCKSHORIZONTAL LIB TBLOCKSVERTICAL LIB 11 28 DynaSCAPE Software Working with Library Figures 4 The library you selected will appear in the Library Manager panel and all its figures will be displayed At this point you can re arrange the order or delete any of any figures in that library Now you need to set the correct override layer for that library as explained in the following steps Setting the Library Layer Override Important Note for Override Layers Setting the Library Layer Override is important as it controls which layer your library figures get put in when it is inserted into a drawing Keeping figures on their appropriate layers is essential when using Modes to turn specific layers on and off while performing different tasks and when creating Dimension Lighting or Irrigation plans from your drawing You can set different override layers for each library You cannot set indiv
155. INE LOCATION 2D LOCATION Length 10 Angle 30 after the prompt in the CLI 2D LOCATION is merely informational and can be ignored In addition to the command itself a command alias requires a prefix and a suffix either Space or Space r The suffix depends on whether more input is required If as with INSERT LINE LOCATION the user must click on the drawing or make some other input the command alias should include the Space code Otherwise as with REPAINT the command should end with Space r If a command requires separate inputs for different options use the space code after each option Refer to the table presented earlier on in this section for examples 4 8 DynaSCAPE Software Menus Settings and Controls The Drawing Page Settings From the pull down menu select Environment Drawing Page to open the Drawing Page Settings panel This panel can also be opened using a keyboard shortcut hold the CTRL key and press H Important Note DynaSCAPE Design allows you to change any or all of the default settings in Environment Drawing Page at any time during a drafting session For instance you may change a drawing that was originally set up in metric units to imperial units or vise versa which can be very useful if you must work with data in both units at the base planning stage drafting stage or estimating phase of a landscape plan Changing the Sheet Size Paper Size of a Drawing The Shee
156. Line at a Location This tool allows a line to be broken at a specific location This is useful when no other lines intersect the object or when you want the line to be broken at a certain location To use this tool 1 Click the tool shown above to activate the command 2 i Click the line or object which is to be broken it will highlight blue 3 i Right click to end the selection process 4 Click again at the point at which the line is to be broken Left click at point where line is to be divided 7 31 DynaSCAPE Design Break Two Lines at Corner Intersection This tool works much like the trim tool by the same name Two lines that overlap one another are broken into four lines where the lines intersect To use this tool 1 Click the tool shown above 2 k Click the two lines which are to be broken at the corner 3 f Right click to end the command Lines are divided at the comer 7 Break Lines Between Selected Lines This tool allows for lines or objects to be broken at a specified intersecting point To use this tool 1 i Click the tool shown above 7 32 DynaSCAPE Software Basic Editing and Dimensioning Tools 2 Left and right click on the lines to be broken E 3 Left and right click on the cutter edge to be used as the division point a When selected line becomes the division point Break Line s at the Intersection of Another Line This tool works like the trim
157. Location Local This is the default setting when you open DS Design version 5 for the first time and until you change it to another option As outlined earlier in this chapter the Local plant list is used when operating in Standalone mode with no connection to any other DynaSCAPE application If you have more than one Local list you can switch to any of them here My Plants Location Manage Website If you are using DS Manage360 Manage Website you can connect to it here Click on the Manage Website option and then click Change Type in your web Url your user ID and your password to connect Click OK to complete the connection This will become your default location of your plants until you change it to another option You 12 4 DynaSCAPE Software Labeling Plants amp Design Elements will only need to do this once unless you wish to change the database you are connecting to My Plants Location Legacy Q M If you are using a legacy version of DS Quote or DS Manage you can connect to it here Click on the Legacy Q M option and then click Change Find your server and database if it is not already set and then click Test to make sure it is connected Click OK to complete the connection This will become your default location of your plants 12 5 DynaSCAPE Design until you change it to another option You will only need to do this once unless you wish to change the database you are connecting to
158. My Design Labels dib New Label Design Labeling List eS Descriptive Labels 0 Selected ltem Details New Descriptive Label gt Descriptive Name New Descriptive Label gt Units B f Price to create your new Design Label Material Kit Linkage Data Source None aa Nove Er 4 k You may add a price and select a unit for this item as well Price and units are needed if you wish to create a material list with these properties included You do not have to on a Save button since everything you type will be automatically saved Just click on New Label to add your next one As you add them they will appear in the list 5 Add the following items needed for this plan If you wish you can change them to whatever you prefer to use PAVING STONE WALKWAY FLAGSTONE VENEER LANDSCAPE BOULDERS 16 8 DynaSCAPE Software Design Tutorial Part Il C Wsers lhordyk Documen PAVING STONE WALKWAY 51750 an l Soo o 6 Click Close to close the editor and the Design Label Panel search will show the new design labels added Design Labeling z 16 9 DynaSCAPE Design Labeling the Design Elements Labeling the design elements is very similar to labeling plants With Design Labels you can also use the measuring tools to add a takeoff quantity to the label which can be used when generating a material list later on To label the design elements follow these steps 1 The first step is to decide wh
159. Placing i the Plant Image 13 8 DynaSCAPE Software Working With Raster Images Searching for Custom Images If you prefer to use a custom image of a plant or any other item you can use this panel as well To find a custom image follow these steps 1 i Click the Search for Plant Images icon 2 The Search for Plant Images panel will be displayed Click on the Custom Image option and then click Browse 3 You will be able to browse your computer to find any JPG file you wish to a P s insert Select the image and click Open Mare 4 YEEJ e p e aio aia Folders k Tutonal Rarters LOT 500 jpg 214 S00jpq oid Tiag aff 50 Ui Adobe a dt Shead dt Apple solar Updabe J Arc Sait dd ATI Technologies d Autodesk D AutoPlay Media Studio Bue Baa Goldstar Krossa Regal tiple Potentillaz ipg Horts jpq dd Bonjour d borada Folder i Cisen Syrterns E dJ Citric E Peters Bilas l 4 The image will appear in the panel on the right side along with image file E name This is the name that will appear with the image when you insert it 13 9 DynaSCAPE Design into the drawing If you wish to change the name click Change Image Caption change the name as needed and click OK Use the text box below to enter a caption to be displayed underneath your custom picture Caption Mexican Bush Sage M Include Image Border Include Botanical Name IY Include Common Name 5 Insert the image the same way
160. Quick_Text layer is the default layer for all Quick Text notes inserted into the drawing This mode allows you to isolate and erase the Quick Text notes when they are no longer needed Rocks Mode functions exactly like the other single layer modes Use it to isolate your rocks for clustering Color Layer Mode is also used to assist in setting your drawing for color render ing It turns only the Color_Setup layer on so you can see if you have created closed polygons for all the areas you wish to color Editing Modes Modes can be edited to turn different layers on or off Editing the layer list is fairly straight forward However adding or removing the other information is something that should only be tackled by an experienced user To add or remove layers in a mode 5 16 DynaSCAPE Software Using the Tables 1 Select the Edit Active List button at the bottom of the modes list to open the mode editor Select the mode you wish to edit 2 The main panel will display the controls Macros for that mode Under or i beside Show Layers is the layer or list of layer numbers the mode will turn on Add or remove the layer numbers you wish the mode to control A Mode Editor Select a mode name to edit the associated macro To edit the mode name double click on the name in the mode list or select the Edit button Dimens_Mode Detail_ Mode Quick Text_Mo Shrubs_Mode Trees_Mode oTt Help 3 Add or remove any Macro
161. R PATIO BRUSSELS BLOCK PAVER PATIO PALEO PAVERS PAVER POOL DECK BRUSSELS BLOCK PAVER POOL DECK PALEO PAVERS PAVER WALKWAY BRUSSELS BLOCK PAVER WALKWAY PALEO PAVERS RANDOM FLAGSTONE WALKWAY CONCRETE RIVER STONE BORDER SHREDDED PINE MULCH SODDED LAWN 50 CT FLAGSTONE ON EX LANDING WOOD DECK amp STEPS Selected Item Details Descriptive Name PAVER WALKWAY BRUSSELSBLOCK Price Units 17 00 Sq Ft Materal Fit Linkage Data Source None Material Kit None To edit a Design Label in the list click on it and you can modify the Descriptive Name Price or Units on the left Click Close to close the editor and refresh the Design Label Panel search results Finding and Inserting Design Labels Over time your list of Design Labels may grow fairly long but initially it should be easy to find the one you need in the list If the list is long you can use the search box to 12 64 DynaSCAPE Software Labeling Plants amp Design Elements find the label you need Like plant labelling this search box uses type ahead functionality allowing you to find labels quickly Sree x Edit My Labels C3 Settings Label Style Normal text with leaders Label Text Search bruss lt Clear Search PAVER BORDER BRUSSELS BLOCK i PAVER DRIVEWAY BRUSSELS BLOCK PAVER PATIO BRUSSELS BLOCK PAVER POOL DECK BRUSSELS BLOCK Start typing and the list
162. SCAPE Software Getting Started Main Features of the DynaSCAPE Interface Overview In the following image we have labelled the main features of the DynaSCAPE Design program window A DynaSCAPE Darian untittea Drawing o KJ AE Ad Inference 6 Constraint Copy Limit Ende Fil Org Commands I goei Labeling Labeling A A Be Related Tasks i Figure CO Settings e ta d r Fi F Layers 19 Select Revise Bing i Building Base Property Porch step Drive Drive 1 Border Pattern _ A Pattern 6 Deck Fence 4 Fence_B Cluster Ret _Wall_ Face Edit Active List 9 a i Li E Command lt Cancel gt 1 Program Titlebar 2 Pull down Menus 3 Visibility Toggles 4 Prompt Line 5 Top Button Bar 6 Toggle Bar T DynaSCAPE Sidebar Folder 8 Figures Sidebar Folder 9 Favorites Sidebar Folder 10 Imaging Sidebar Folder 11 Table Modes Tables 12 CLI Command Line Interpreter Command ZOOM DRAWING WINDOW ow ld d Window jin 2D Location Command Working with Toolboxes DynaSCAPE Design includes four main command toolboxes used to perform a host of design operations The most commonly used toolboxes are be opened or closed using the Qk St Quick Start Drw Draw Edit Edit Dim Dimension and 2 7 DynaSCAPE Design Adv Advanced buttons on the Toggle Bar show
163. ST CORAL BELLS i o 7 BRESSINGHAM BLUE PLANTAIN LILY CATHERINE WOODBURY DAYULY IF FOREVER PINK FLORISTS HYDRANGEA BLUE STAR FLAKY JUNIPER E CHANTICLEER CALLERY PEAR EF WEE BEE RHODOCENGAON Hemerocallis Catherine Wozdbuny 4 Press Next to open the settings panel where you can change the catalogue title the file name appears automatically and choose which names you wish to appear with the picture Common or Botanical Click Finish Tk F Y 5 You will be first prompt to give a name and a location where you wish to save the catalogue to on your computer It is recommended to choose the same location where the drawing is stored Click Save Design will 16 25 DynaSCAPE Design download and process all the information needed from the Online Plant Database which make take a few minutes 6 Once processing is complete your Plant Picture Catalogue will open as a i PDF for you to view or print out You can close the PDF and reopen it from i F Eeg Pan ki ated CL Adobe Arona Prz Fa mn LF a Scere Ei combine ties lipote jE eae seating f ewet gM tage B fone SP Review di Comment Tepe es me EG ms of El Pw Pr DERES a pini CILS SA ee Tes Pa HAAT Ue oa gs F aT ia hiia Lie da r Boe eto eee Cee ie eee Slope SLi Tes e Cees Tee Bard Se er mn SS LP ee Bee eat SH Bae Sey a Te PO oe kain Sor Marins ana See A Ae Cee ae i Sera et ee ee ee ne e
164. Section Related Tasks Dimension Ctrl F p i i I Entity Display Settings window will appear Select the Node option to make it active and click OK Your plant schedule should now have nodes visible along the left hand side of the Remarks column Entity Display Settings Select the entities to be displayed from the list of base entity types ee oe Select All Elliptical arg Lune i Line iw Fillet Dimension Select None W Circle wv Chamfer v Figure iwert w Are geo v Face asaanaana Ellipse v Node 12 58 DynaSCAPE Software Labeling Plants amp Design Elements 2 Now that your nodes are visible in the Draw toolbox you will have to access the nested tools under the Insert Text at a Location tool Draw Creation les 4 ZF Anea aly Viele oA oTERT STENT 3 k Right click on the Insert text attached to a text node tool shown above By right clicking on the tool a modifier window will appear To enter the text you wish to attach to the first node left click into the white space and begin typing Once this is complete left click the Apply button and then select J Modifier Insert Text Seles Insert Text Herel node in the plant schedule you wish to attach text to by left clicking on it once You will notice that the text has automatically been attached to the node Node Text Attached to Node 12 59 DynaSCAPE Design 4 Repeat the
165. Syntax 4 8 9 33 Command Line Interpreter CLI and the prompt line 2 20 Display 2 20 Measuring Tools and the CLI 2 2 Opening Closing 2 20 Re sizing 2 2 Scrolling 2 20 Commands Disappearing 2 5 Instream 4 36 Undo Redo 2 45 Constraints Disengaging 2 26 Converting A drawing to Version 5 and newer 3 7 Converting drawings to AutoCAD 17 10 Converting to DWG 177 10 Coordinate Tracking Panel 5 2 Uses 4 35 Copy Toggle About 2 26 Corner Radius 6 48 Associate to reference entities 6 48 Trim reference entities 6 48 Creating a Material List From a Drawing 72 75 Creating Custom Figures 11 14 Creating Custom Titleblocks 8 5 Cursor Movement Constraints 2 25 Custom Images For My Plants 2 28 D Data Selection By Layers 10 8 Filters 10 7 Using Modes 70 9 Data Selection Panel 4 34 Deleting a Drawing 2 47 Design Labels Creating 12 62 For takeoffs only 12 67 12 65 Hardscapes 6 7 Inserting 12 64 Linking to a Material or Kit 72 68 Setting up your list 72 61 Design Mode 5 4 Differences Between a 4 x anda 5 x and newer drawing 3 8 Dimension 7 52 Inserting a horizontal 7 46 7 48 7 45 7 50 7 47 7 49 Dimension Mode 5 4 Dimension Settings Changing 4 28 9 26 Dimension Text Changing global settings 4 27 9 26 Display CLI Full size Normal size 2 20 Distance tracking tool 5 2 Dividing Lines 7 30 DMS Degrees minutes seconds 6 8 For property lines 6 8 Property lines with arcs 6 42 Drafting the Base Plan 5 3 Draw
166. TE FIR 4 Acer negundo Bob s Glory FLAMINGO BOX ELDER Acer negundo ASH LEAFED MAPLE Acer neela Mired mainaa AUREO MARGINATA ASH LEAFED MAPLE 9 Acer negundo Variegatum VARIEGATUM ASH LEAFED MAPLE Acer palmatum Bloodgood BLOODGOOD JAPANESE MAPLE Acer palmatum Bloodgood BLOODGOOD JAPANESE MAPLE Acer palmatum var dissectum Crimson Queen CRIMSON QUEEN JAPANESE MAPLE Once you have chosen your best matches click Finish A screen with a progress bar will show that the matched plants are being updated Dreankoad Planks fron the Ondine Part Pamiers 12 27 DynaSCAPE Design 7 When the process is completed the Finish button will change to Close Click Close to complete the matching process Your matched plants will now have images visible and updated cultural information ao naa ee E B New Plant Match Plants Download Plants Import Plants Settings Plant List 1361 Botanital Na Search Show All Show Al Common Na Sort Botanica 2 by nical Name ee C Sort by Common Name Abies concolor WHITE FIR Ly Size Acer negundo Bob s Glory FLAMINGO BOX ELI _ Re Match Plant 150 Acer palmatum Bloodgood BLOODGOOD JAPA Key Code ApB L 175 Acer palmatum var dissectum Crimson Queen a Using Custom Images for My Plants New If there isn t a match for a plant you have in your list you can use yo
167. Tab to enter Ly Size Re Match Pl Pla nt x 2 gal Key Code MS Note DynaSCAPE will automatically convert your price to currency This means it will add the dollar sign and required zeros Finding a Plant in My Plants If your plant list is long it may be difficult to scroll through the list to find a plant You can use the Search option to find a specific plant or a group of plants The Plant List Editor use type ahead functionality which shortens your list as you type refreshing 12 31 DynaSCAPE Design the results list every two seconds To clear the results and return to viewing the entire list click on Show All Creating and Managing Multiple Lists The Plant List Editor allows you to create and label from multiple plant lists A designer working for multiple contractors or nurseries can create and work from a separate list of plants for each of them Important If you are using Design version 5 x and are working with a contractor with whom you share your drawings it is important that the contractor is also using Design version 5 x It is not recommended to work with version 5 x drawings on older installations and vice versa To create a new list of plants follow these steps 1 Open the Plant List Editor and click on New List Blank E DynaSCAPE Plant List Editor C Users Ihordyk Doc ai z Blank Open List save List As 71 New Flant Match Plants Download Plants Import Plants 2 Yo
168. Text Justify Left Spacing Proportional Active Text Font oe oe EA Horizontal Mirror Sarr ple a ra Architectural Complex GothicGerman GothicEnglish GreekComplex GreekSimplex g E 9 3 DynaSCAPE Design C Space the distance between characters letters L Space the distance between lines of text when multiple lines are inserted as block of text Slant the angle at which text will be slanted giving an italicized look Justify can be set at left right or center and controls how text is inserted onto the drawing in relation to the margins Width the width of the individual characters letters does not have to equal the height Height the height of the individual characters letters does not have to equal the width Rotation the angle at which the text appears on the drawing Spacing determines how the characters and words are spaced when inserted Active Text Font is the current font being used for the text being placed on the drawing Horizontal Vertical Mirror displays the text mirrored either vertically horizontally or both when inserted Successive Increment adds a numerical value to the end of each word in increments of which the value is set with this option Zero means this option is disabled Apply places the text onto the drawing as a block of text Multi places the text onto the drawing one line at a time Clear erases all text
169. The edges of each area will light up blue Right click after each area is found to insert the pattern Lines intersect through all points of the table and chairs as wellas the patio outline This creates 4 distinct selection locations 6 58 DynaSCAPE Software Basic Drawing Tools Drawing Ellipses Drawing an Ellipse Ellipses can be created in DynaSCAPE Design and is the very last tool in the standard Draw toolbox Ellipses are drawn by defining two lengths the distance across the widest part of the ellipse and the distance across the shortest part of the ellipse These distances are commonly referred to as a the major and minor axis A modifier panel for the ellipse is available which allows you to be more exact regarding the size and rotation of the ellipse to be drawn then if the ellipse was drawn freehand When the ellipse tool is right clicked a modifier panel appears with the following options Modifier Insert Ellipse Oo x R Major is the radius dimension of the widest part of the ellipse this value sets the D Major as well D Major is the diameter dimension of the widest part of the ellipse this value sets the R Major as well R Minor is the radius dimension of the shortest part of the ellipse this value sets the D Minor as well D Minor is the diameter dimension of the shortest part of the ellipse this value sets the R Minor as well 6 59 DynaSCAPE Design
170. There are other tools that use other methods of insertion for these patterns nested beneath these tools Inserting Generic Patterns Sections The Generic Patterns are based on mathematical calculations Generally speaking new section patterns are not easily created The Generic Patterns tool is generally used in conjunction with it s modifier Right clicking on the tool opens the modifier which allows you to select the pattern which is being used The patterns are listed and can be viewed one by one by clicking on the name or can be viewed as a group by clicking on the Section Picker button A scale for the pattern to be inserted can be set making it smaller or larger as well as a rotation angle You also have the option to Group Section which is generally checked this inserts the pattern into the drawing as one piece much like a figure Modifier Insert Section Ioj x Seale 1 5000 ey Rotation 0 00 6 50 DynaSCAPE Software Basic Drawing Tools As previously mentioned there are two Generic Patterns tools the Insert a generic pattern into an area by selecting the boundary and the Insert a generic pattern into a con tained area options Both of these tools have the same modifier panel however they utilize different methods of selecting the area which is to be filled Insert a Generic Pattern into an Area by Selecting the Boundary The Insert a generic pattern into an area by selecting the boundary t
171. Tricks The inference settings can be turned on in two ways The simplest way is to hold your Shift key down and move your mouse over the end of a line While holding the Shift key down whenever your cursor moves over an object text such as end mid point etc will appear so that you can attach to a precise location This way your inference settings only work while the Shift key is pressed To have your inference stay on all the time click on the Inference button in the toggle bar Select a location defining the end of the line aCe rarer mE inference Constraint Copy 3 k Now that the line for the first section of wall is drawn the next portion of the wall is an 18 inch section from the corner of the garage to the garage door In the modifier enter in 18 inches this can be done by entering 18 you can also type 1 5 or 16 followed by pressing the spacebar Notice that the new line is connected to the line drawn earlier Once the line is oriented in the desired direction move your mouse left left click to insert it on the drawing page Again do not right click or press esc at this time If you have made a mistake in the direction of the line use your Delete key to undo the last step and redo the direction 15 6 DynaSCAPE Software Design Tutorial Part 4 The next line is the garage door To show a door use the drawing mode in the modifier to Door This will create an unfill
172. Turn Constraints On Off Turn Inference On Off Line and Drawing Environment Toggles Lmt nts ao E Turn Drawing Origin On Off Turn Fill On Off Turn Line Ends On Off Turn Drawing Limits On Off Inference Settings Drafting with DynaSCAPE is made easier by using a small but powerful tool called an Inference Engine As the name suggests this tool allows the program to infer specific reference points found on existing objects in a drawing By referencing these locations such as endpoints and midpoints of lines or origins and quadrants of circles you can create accurate arrangements of entities without having to enter 2 24 DynaSCAPE Software Getting Started precise location coordinates By turning the Inference toggle on tools and functions that can use inference will automatically snap to available inference points that it finds as your cursor gets close to them The controls that govern Inference can be seen or edited by right clicking on the Inference toggle and selecting Properties or by opening the Inference Settings panel Environment Inference Settings See Chapter 4 for more detailed information about inference and how to use them Constraints The Constraint button Select the active constraint mode assists various commands by defining a particular path angle or direction This tool effectively duplicates the function of a T Square and triangles used when drafting on a drafting board For example wi
173. a 3 k Once the values are entered click where the line is to be placed and then use the mouse to set the direction either above or below the initial left click A second click will drop the line onto the drawing 4 Return to the modifier and enter in the length of the next line to be drawn and press the spacebar 6 12 DynaSCAPE Software Basic Drawing Tools 5 The new line will be attached to the previous line and can be placed by moving the mouse to set the direction and clicking to drop the line in place Each corner is a leftclick Draw a Line Parallel to Another Line This tool allows you to draw a line parallel to an existing line on the drawing at a set distance away offset A modifier panel allows for the length of the parallel line and the distance it is set from the existing line to be set ensuring accuracy To use this tool 1 Click on the line tool shown above to open the modifier i 2 Enter the length of the line to be drawn and press the spacebar i 3 Enter the offset distance how far the new line will be away from the i existing line and press the space bar 6 13 DynaSCAPE Design 4 Once the values are entered click on the existing line to which you want the new line to be parallel to the line will highlight blue 5 Click on the side of the line where the new line is to be placed and the use the mouse to set the direction of the new line A second click will drop the l
174. a monthly basis or whenever the software is re installed Updating DynaSCAPE To check for updates select Start All Programs DynaSCAPE Design Check for Updates If an update is available click Yes to begin the update process Important If you are running a version that is more than one year old you may need to check for updates several times to download all the available updates DynaSCAPE will usually releases two or more updates each year Updating to DynaSCAPE Version 6 from an Older Version If you are running a version older than 5 you cannot update to version 6 via an internet update Version 6 can only be obtained by a fresh install with a DynaSCAPE Version 6 install CD You must uninstall any older versions of DynaSCAPE before installing Version 6 Make sure you back up any customizations first If you are running version 6 you can check for and run updates from your Start button 1 10 DynaSCAPE Software Installing DynaSCAPE Design Uninstalling DynaSCAPE Design To remove DynaSCAPE Design from your computer follow these steps l 2 3 Back up any customizations i e library figures prototypes hatch patterns Go to the Windows Control Panel The Control Panel can be found either directly in the Start menu or in the Settings submenu of the Start menu Programs se Favorites t Pa Documents b ie Settings b E TaT Panel N i Network Connections L n Er Printers gt He
175. a Line 6 6 Draw Toolbox 6 4 Drawing Arcs 6 38 Building Outline 6 18 Circles 6 47 6 48 2 4 Ellipses 6 59 Goes Blank 5 17 Hedges 7 16 Points Along a Line 7 18 6 27 Soldier courses 7 16 Drawing Limits 2 6 Drawing Lines 6 5 6 6 15 21 Bearings 6 8 15 5 Close Polyline 6 27 Filleting corners 6 48 6 5 Horizontal 6 10 Inserting a line from a tangent 6 1 6 6 14 6 13 Parallel to Another Line 6 13 6 14 6 31 6 28 6 32 6 28 Smooth Polyline 6 27 15 34 6 12 Tangent to an Arc 6 16 6 15 Using a tangent 6 5 6 5 Vertical 6 11 Drawing Navigation 2 37 Drawing Page Architectural Format 4 2 6 3 Background color 4 5 Changing Drawing Scale 4 9 4 16 Data format settings 4 Entering fractions compound numbers 4 12 6 3 4 25 How to see inference locations 4 2 Inference Settings 2 24 4 18 Sheet size settings 4 9 Viewing Drawing Settings 4 9 Drawing Polygons 6 35 Drawing Rectangles 6 33 INDEX 2 DynaSCAPE Software Drawing shapes Circles 6 47 Drawing squares 6 33 Ellipses about 6 59 Polygon tool 6 35 Rectangle Tool 6 33 Drawing Units Viewing and Changing Units 4 0 Drawings Opening a Version 2 0 2 5 3 4 Working with Multiple drawings 3 3 DynaSCAPE Drawings Conversion 3 5 E Editing Label Text Settings 4 27 9 26 Editing Leader Settings 4 30 9 28 Editing lines Dividing tool 7 30 Trimming Extending 7 23 Editing Modes 5 16 Editing objects Aligning other objects or lines 7 14 Inserting points along
176. a PDF file using an external driver vY Sending a drawing out to a print shop 14 1 DynaSCAPE Design Printing DynaSCAPE Drawings no images Printing Drawings Without Images black output Follow these steps to print a DynaSCAPE drawing with a standard black and white output 1 Before you print make sure you know the paper size and the scale of your drawing If you know the size and scale go to Step 2 To find your drawing page size and scale go to the Environment menu and select Drawing Page Here you can find the drawing page and scale of your drawing ntity Tables Tools ings Command Alias CLI Logfile Drawing Tools Le T Page Color Entity Grips Drawing Properties Library Properties Data Format Inference Settings 2 Click on the Printer icon or select the Print option in the File menu to open j the Print Drawing panel 3 Click on the Printer Setup option to open the Print Setup panel a A Print Drawing Settings Cor bemde Scale Fios nef Ti Ea Ce pipi di me qed oe Le meee p pi Wiig wih ep aT D Center printable ares on paper Print in M Print sree ctfest Xoo Bre ern weih y 14 2 DynaSCAPE Software Printing and Saving as an Image File 4 Select the printer you wish to print to from the list a Print Setup BM iieo desorset 200ps d2 P51 Tyee Mireio HP Coe let NOPE Aage dihp Larda 130 PLL E 5 Choose the correct paper size In order for your drawing
177. a delimited csv type This is the file you will import into the Plant List Editor Save As E Lees Nursery a J x Ci ED Ttr Save as a CSV Comma delimited csv file type To import the csv file open the Plant Label Panel and the Plant List Editor Edit My Plant List Click on Import Plants to open the Plant Import Wizard se as A AF Plant st Editor Caers t nk Parafia Peth Plant List ers i lat ay Lele Tools O Wy E Plant List 1 Botanical Mame cNew Plants Sench Show all ean Sort by Botanical Name No Image Een C Sort by Common Name Available 12 18 DynaSCAPE Software Labeling Plants amp Design Elements 1 0 Click Browse to find the csv file to import Locate the file and click Open 2 Open Plant Import File ef Eee Date modified Type 27 11 2008 9 21 AM Micre eee Perret re ERE eA ES 27 11 2008 9 17 AM Mlicre ETETEN File name Files of type Comma Separated Value file csv nd 12 19 DynaSCAPE Design 1 1 _ _ Click on the Import button Plant List File Ales WA Dyna SCAPE Dyna SCAPE Standalone Plant List Editor Local Nusery 1 2 The process will complete awaiting your confirmation If there were any errors click on the link to view the Error Log The error log will explain the Processing Complete with 1 Error s Processing of your file is complete with 38
178. a line 7 78 Mirroring 7 8 7 2 Offset tool 7 4 7 16 Rotating 7 11 Scaling 7 6 Ellipses 6 59 Entering Lengths With Feet and Inches 4 12 6 2 4 12 6 2 4 12 6 3 Entity Filters 70 7 Environment Menu 4 11 Erasing Objects 8 2 Estimating Labels 2 72 Exploding Grouping exploded objects 7 10 Objects 7 9 Exporting Drawings to AutoCAD 177 10 Extending Lines 7 24 F Favorites Plants 72 33 Figure Clustering About 71 8 Figure Library Activating 77 28 Figures About layers in figures 71 15 11 28 11 21 11 23 11 26 11 18 Index Closeup View 71 3 11 18 4 16 11 19 11 12 Defined 2 32 Edit Entity Attribute panel 6 5 4 Favorites sidebar folder 2 34 11 2 Ghost image of 5 How figures are made 5 Inference Engine effect 4 22 Libary Layer Override 71 29 11 12 11 26 Modes 71 15 Navigating libraries 71 2 Positioning controls 71 27 Removing Libraries from sidebar 11 27 11 6 Selecting 71 2 11 21 2 32 Testing New Figures 71 24 the Cluster ring 71 19 Viewing larger size thumbnail 2 34 File Extensions Resetting Windows to show 3 13 File Management Current version vs earlier versions 3 12 Methods 3 12 Saving Old Drawings 3 2 Finding Plant in the Plant List Editor 72 31 Finding Plants Advanced search filters 72 36 Finding Plants for Labeling 2 34 Fonts Preloaded fonts 5 0 Fractions Entering fractions and inches 4 2 6 3 G Generic Patterns sections Methods 6 5 Getting Started 2 2 1 2 Global Text
179. a window Io diine The print area required Tht immedale sees of a defining window Use the amiina bolion fo ral up the panel if the drawing area E Gorrenth covered Of Print tne area defines by me drawing bim s othe Anaa Currently wiht Print the area defines by Pe database extents P Print the area defined using a scipcion window 1 0 In the Scale tab choose the option Print using the active drawing scale This means that everything that gets printed will be set to the scale of the drawing If you are printing to a smaller sheet size than your drawing 14 4 DynaSCAPE Software Printing and Saving as an Image File choose the Print the selected area using best fit option keeping in mind the drawing will not print to the drawing scale A Print Drawing Setings Cohr Bounds Sese Fim Se tat priat scale Laie Eral AG te BUSS easi the AREA drawing arga FD print aithe karat Pea SS n te prirni mejia ubro he active drawing beil nied at Hue maze deale 1 1 T Print uiing an abeowie acab ef 9 0716 p Enger a virteal pape witth or haghi and ihe printedie area will be pdjusisd to fi into ihe entered ge The caculeled aca wil be decayed A he ateouie cals fe El vege af 1 1 The last step before printing is to check the print preview to see if the j drawing is going to fit on the paper size chosen Click on the Preview printable area option at bottom of the print panel A red box should appear on the drawin
180. abeling labeling controls Quotations cost quotation controls and the fourth area called Tables Control which changes its name for example between Layers Styles Weights etc depending on which icon is active beneath it Commands Dynast AFE Labeling kad 7S Related Tasks Figures Favorites Layers Select Revise Imaging Porchstep DriveJRoad Walk Patio Border Fattern_ amp Fattern_B Deck Fence A Fence BF Cluster Ret vVall_ Face Edit Active List 2 28 DynaSCAPE Software Getting Started Command Icons Said Enter Quick Text Edit Titleblock Text Cluster Figures Labeling Controls L a nie tL Plain Text Labels Design Labals Plant Labels Quotation Material List Controls Related Tasks 2R to Place a Plant Schedule Export a Material List from the drawing Group Labels work areas or phases 2 29 DynaSCAPE Design Tables and Modes Controls This area of the DynaSCAPE folder changes its name to one of five different Tables or to Modes depending on which icon is active Note In order to see any content in the Tables or Modes list below the icons you must have a drawing open In the i to the left the L button has b lected n the image to the le e Layers button has been selecte arg Labeling kaal P Related Tasks ORT Settings DynaSt APE Figures Layer
181. able of Contents 5 Using the Tables 5 1 TADIES OVERVICW isi saat alah eae a tie Ge eS ad ee et 5 2 Layers and Screen Colors vacadvensanicnnaxtude aa aa a EEAS 5 2 Layers and MOQO Se irina dictenk ran e a n e O E EE 5 2 Layers orana ranan aR aE E E E ee a EA 5 3 The IMpPOrbanCerOr Layers Seriar on ai ad ead one bh AEEA TAE I3 The Layer Table Editor snoeien ee eaa a a a a a S Se LiNE SUV IOS x arias thts Bite aana a r ENE ee a 5 6 Creating NEWLINE SUGS sesiones sn en EAA NAE EAREN ANE E AE ONEA 5 6 Line WelghtS acen with Oh OP ee E 5 8 The Line Weight Table Editor susseruernsrererrererrrrerrrrererrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrere 5 8 FONS of 65 4 ate oe Re ee ek aoe a aaa ee ew i a ay 5 10 Display Colors siais a 70 ee hed oe BPE a a ee aa a 5 11 EGItING Ue COOK El Statatcctateiaw inet acts a aa ea earners 5 11 MOGGS 6 sce c a sud etd aed a a Se eras ao a Se we a 5 13 OW MOGCS WOR uaria naa a a hast orcs She bet ice toe coat ea eats iA 5 13 When to Use MOGE edoh rengar e ET A a E OEE EARD 5 14 The Drawing Mode Selector andre insdidsisidedeiicesatn todos in comeuetakaersa renin ns 5 14 Display Modes Multi Layer sssssererrsrsrerrrrererrrrrrrrrrrrrerrrrrrrrrrrerrrrrrne 5 14 Display Modes Single Lay oarrik a e a Erda aaa aAA 5 16 EMEN MOGCS tet itil cadienuseetudantasuinsuadntinhdanecthistewedidaceete tuceeeeneaatawans 5 16 Why Drawings Gan GO Blan ait casi cobieentitve nies cidydicilatiys orem icannmeneminets 5 17 O Basic Dra
182. age in import 12 15 DynaSCAPE Design export format first To do this open the Softscapes section of the Price List in DS Quote or DS Manage and click on Export to Excel in import export format Download Plants Ll Plant Type Ferns and Plant Info w Plant Type Flowering Shrubs E Plant Type Hedges a Plant Type Herbs Dyna SCAPE Design Plant Type Hybrid Roses JZ Edit Softscapes Hotlist Reports FR Print currently displayed price list Exnert iu excel Important Setting up the an Excel File for Import In order for Design to import a plant list into the Plant List Editor the file must be set up correctly Design can only import a csv type of file Comma Separated Value or a comma delimited txt file A csv file can be created using Microsoft Excel and can be modified using Microsoft Excel and Notepad The following plant Information is the only information that can be imported 1 Botanical Name Common Name Size Price SKU ae oS Botanical Name and Common Name are required while Size Price and SKU are optional Follow these steps to prepare the file for import 1 Open the file in Excel a 2 If column headers already exist make sure they match the following exactly Any columns not matching these names will be ignored 12 16 DynaSCAPE Software Required Column Labeling Plants amp Design Elements
183. ages in a DynaSCAPE Design drawing can increase the memory requirements for the printer Usually the tell tale symptom of printer memory problems is that certain figures are not printed at all If this happens you have several options The most obvious is to contact your printer manufacturer about details on increasing the memory of your printer or obtain access to a printer with more memory installed Another option is to save the drawing as a PDF or JPEG file and attempt sending the file to the printer If the other two options are not feasible a third option is to save the drawing as a PDF or JPEG file and bring that file away to be printed at a print shop 14 9 DynaSCAPE Design Saving a Drawing as a J PEG or Adobe PDF Creating an image file from a DynaSCAPE drawing has many advantages and uses Saving a drawing as a JPEG or Adobe PDF file type allows you to share a copy of your drawing with your clients by email or send it to your print shop for printing Choosing an Image File Type to Save to Choosing which image file to save to is quite simple Image files can easily get too large to email or work with By knowing what file type to use you can produce the smallest file size at the best quality 1 JPEG Image File JPEG images are not the highest quality and file size may become large with large paper sizes Use this option if you wish to use the draw ing on a website or publication 2 Adobe PDF File This is the best file
184. ailing to a client Save As Jpeg Options Output Quality C Masmum Print Quality Maximum Resolution Largest file size E Medium Average Quality and Resolution Average file size f Dral Low Quality Minimal Resolution Smallest file Size Color Options Monochrome Output in Black and White E Jupu Colors Qutput using the drawing output color settings C Display Colors Output using the drawing display color settings Orientation Preview f Portrait Landscape Paper Size Ic Size ARCH 18x24 al Fit to sheet Cancel 14 11 DynaSCAPE Design 4 Once you have chosen your options click Ok You may see a small panel temporarily as the image driver processes the JPEG Print Document Eg Sending To Print Spooler Smith ResidenceD PD DPD Cancel 5 Once processed another panel will appear to say the process is complete Click OK This may take some time to appear if the drawing is large 6 Now you can find the saved file to open and view or to send to a client or i print house Note If your image file has some objects that come out in dark red as apposed to black it is because the output colors for those objects are not set to black Older figures in DynaSCAPE Design were originally composed with an output color of dark red and unless this is adjusted manually prior to printing those figures will print that color rather than the desired black All the new figures in DynaSCAPE have been
185. ained a message will appear in the CLI stating Hatch has no boundary Locate the problem area correct it and try again 6 53 DynaSCAPE Design Note You will notice that when you apply a hatch to the drawing that the line style in which it ts inserted into the drawing is grey scale This has been done so that when hatches are applied to a drawing they do not appear to be overpowering or as solid as the other lines e g plantbed walkway etc on the drawing This grey scale look cannot be changed Regardless of which layer you choose to insert your hatch patterns on they will always appear in this grey scale style This does not apply to section patterns Solid Fill Tools DynaSCAPE Design also has a solid fill tool This allows you to insert a solid color fill into an area using the same methods as above The color the area is filled with will be determined by the layer which is selected A modifier panel does exist and allows the scale of the fill to be changed this only necessary if the fill does not completely fill in the area selected at which time a smaller scale can be set to better fill in the area Using the Hatch and Generic Pattern Tools Insert a Hatch Generic Pattern by Selecting the Boundary To use the Insert a Hatch Generic Pattern by selecting the boundary tool follow these steps 1 Click on the tool shown above to open the modifier E 6 54 DynaSCAPE Software Basic Drawing Tools 2 Select t
186. aining all the rasters that have been inserted into your drawing 3 Select the raster name corresponding to the raster you wish to move E Revise 4 Using inference select the top left inside corner and the bottom right inside E e e corner to set the new location of the image Make sure constraints are off Using inference click on the top left and then the bottom right inside corner to decide the new location of the image F 13 16 DynaSCAPE Software Working With Raster Images Resizing an Image to the Drawing Scale The tool described in this section will allow you to scale an inserted image so that the scale of the image matches the active drawing scale This will allow you to trace the image using the Design tools obtaining exact measurements where possible and very close estimates otherwise To resize an image to match the drawing scale 1 Click the Revise an Existing Raster Image to Active Drawing Scale icon a Zi 2 From the drop down list that appears select the raster name corresponding a to the raster image you wish to scale 3 Enter a known length of a line on the raster e g a property line in the modifier box that appears Use the longest known line on the raster for the greatest acuracy 13 17 DynaSCAPE Design 4 Click on each end of the line with the known length and the image will resize to the drawing scale Tip In step 4 above use the zoom tools get
187. al Name Common Name Acer palmatum dissectum Crimson Queen CRIMSON QUEEN JAPANESE THREADLEAF MAPLE 4 Ajuga reptans Burgundy Glow BURGUNDY GLOW BUGLE CARPET 3 Berberis thunbergii Aurea Nana AUREA NANA JAPANESE BARBERRY 1 Buxus Green Mountain GREEN MOUNTAIN BOXWOOD 16 Buxus microphylla Winter Gem WINTER GEM BOXWOOD 3 Calamagrostis x acutiflora Overdam OVERDAM FEATHER REED GRASS 3 Hemerocallis Catherine Woodbury CATHERINE WOODBURY DAYLILY 7 Heuchera Amethyst Myst AMETHYST MYST CORAL BELLS 5 Hosta Bressingham Blue BRESSINGHAM BLUE HOSTA 3 Hydrangea macrophylla Forever Pink FOREVER PINK FLORISTS HYDRANGEA 3 Juniperus squamata Blue Star BLUE STAR FLAKY JUNIPER 2 Pyrus calleryana Chanticleer CHANTICLEER CALLERY PEAR 3 Rhododendron Wee Bee WEE BEE RHODODENDRON Materials Quantity Description 23 sq ft FLAGSTONE VENEER 3 LANDSCAPE BOULDERS 84 sq ft PAVING STONE WALKWAY 16 23 DynaSCAPE Design Creating a Plant Picture Catalogue PDF If your drawing has been labeled using the Plant Label panel you can also generate a Plant Picture Catalogue This function places pictures of the plants from your drawing onto a sheet with six images per page that you can print out to give to your clients to show them the plants you have used in your design You must have plant labels on your drawing in order to use this function You also need to have internet access and a current s
188. al settings for text outlined previously does not change the default settings for text attached to labels In order to change the default text settings for labels we must edit the Global Dimension Settings panel All DynaSCAPE Design labeling options involve what is called Leader text that is to say labels text or numbers that optionally include arrows and leader lines The default settings for Leader text in all its forms is also controlled by the Global Dimension Settings panel 4 27 DynaSCAPE Design Changing Global Dimension Text Settings Text with Leader To change the default settings for labelling and dimensioning select the pull down menu Entity Dimension to open the Global Dimension Settings panel Global Dimension Settings Set the dimension style by selecting from the list of dimension attribute buttons Symbols E AIrOWws Suppression Tolerance Je Center Line Leader Resize Cancel ep This panel gives you access to 13 different subpanels that control the default settings for dimensioning in DynaSCAPE Design Leader labels the type of labels produced by the Softscape Hardscape and Services labeling routines involve three different controls accessed through this panel Text Leader and Arrow A Important Note We do not recommend that new users edit Global Dimension Settings these controls are necessarily complex and can be a challenge even to a seasoned DynaSCAP
189. ale Chart 202 cnet eee ees 18 14 TABLE OF CONTENTS L6 DynaSCAPE Software Installing DynaSCAPE Design Topics covered in the Preface v Disclaimer v Installation of DynaSCAPE Design v Checking for Internet Updates v Uninstalling DynaSCAPE Design 1 1 DynaSCAPE Design Introduction to this Guide How to Use This Manual This manual is meant to be read from start to finish and contains information necessary to familiarize you with the basic features found in DynaSCAPE to give you a high level of proficiency with the program Typographical Conventions Italics are used for new terms whose definition will follow the introduction of the term Boldface is used for emphasis Terms in square brackets such as Ctrl Esc Shift F1 refer to keys on the key board Keyboard sequences are described in the following manner Use the short cut Ctrl A Hold Ctrl and press A Or Hold the Ctrl key and press H Command paths are described as follows Environment Drawing Page means click the Environment button from the menu and the Drawing Page from the pull down menu displayed Notes Notes call your attention to important points and are formatted in italics Instructions or other information displayed in DynaSCAPE s Prompt Line or Com mand Line Interpreter CLI are given in Arial font for example Select from translate location Mouse and Keyboard Conventions In Dy
190. all active drawings will be controlled by this setting Initiating the Save Command by Exiting a Drawing or the Program As stated above closing a drawing all drawings or exiting the DynaSCAPE Design program will activate the Save routine if you have made any changes in the drawing s since the last time that you saved In any case when you close a drawing or drawings the following panel will be displayed Save Changes 2 Do you want to abandon all changes et to SAMPLE DRAWING Save Abandon e Selecting the Save button will update the drawing file to reflect all recent changes or will cause the Save Drawing As panel to open if the drawing has not been previously saved e Ifyou have no additional significant work worth saving in the drawing select the Abandon button the drawing will close and the drawing file will revert to the pre viously saved version Don t worry the Drawing file will not be deleted by select ing Abandon e Selecting Cancel or selecting the X control will cancel the Save Changes pro cedure and you will return to the drawing How to Close a Drawing Use any of these three methods to close the active drawing e Select the Close button or press File Close All from the File pull down menu e Select the X in the upper right corner of the window e Type the Ctrl U keyboard shortcut for the Close command Once you have initiated the Close command and
191. an as well as a company logo For detailed instructions for inserting rasters see Chapter 13 Working with Raster Images There are three tools under Revise the first two allow you to move resize and rescale an image referred to as a Raster The move and resize tools are excellent for repositioning images inserted from the on line plant database so that they fit better into the drawing layout The rescaling option is always used in conjunction with images entered from your computer such as property surveys Using this tool you can take any image and provided you know a distance or length of a line on the 2 35 DynaSCAPE Design image resize the image to match the scale of the prototype you have selected This saves valuable time when tracing the information to create the base plan The last tool is the Raster Editor which is what you can use to remove images from your drawing or to change the look of your drawing by toggling the visibility of an image on and off or to double check what you are tracing to ensure you have all the objects included before you remove the raster 2 36 DynaSCAPE Software Getting Started Drawing Navigation DynaSCAPE Design has seven zoom tools for navigation and for v5 4 a new zoom command was introduced making use of a mouse wheel and the Shift key Zooming Using the Mouse Wheel The quickest and easiest way to zoom in and out in a drawing is to use the mouse wheel option
192. and choose plants for your drawing s labels Using the DynaSCAPE labeling panels is the only way to get the automatically generated Material Lists and Plant Picture Catalogue from your drawings The next step is to label the plants on your design plants 1 k For this exercise you will be using the plant labeling tool and picking our plants from the Online Plant Database so you need to ensure that you are connected to the internet If you have a dialup connection connect now If you have hi speed or cable you are already connected If you wish to use your own plants and want to include sizes and prices you will need to first add those plants to your local plant list the Plant List Editor See Chapter 12 Labeling Plants amp Design Elements O Note If you do not have an internet connection you can manually create your own custom list of plants to label with or import a list from Excel This needs to be done in the Plant List Editor as outlined in Chapter 12 Labeling Plants amp Design Elements 2 On the DynaSCAPE tab left click the Place a Softscape Label icon 16 2 DynaSCAPE Software Design Tutorial Part Il 3 This will open the Plant Label Panel For this exercise you can search for plants on the Online Plant Database Click on the arrow beside in my Plants and choose at dynascape com from the menu Gy Softscape Labeling Ondine Plant Database www dynascape com o Edit My Plan
193. and press the spacebar 6 10 DynaSCAPE Software Basic Drawing Tools 3 Once the values are entered click where the line is to be placed and then use the mouse to set the direction either to the left or to the right of the initial left click A second Click will drop the line onto the drawing Modifier Insert Line IOl x Lenath 15 0 amp a Draw a Vertical Line This tool allows you to insert a true vertical line between two points Using this tool there is no concern for constraints To use this tool 1 Click on the line tool shown above to open the modifier E 2 Enter the length of the line to be drawn and press the spacebar E 3 Once the values are entered click where the line is to be placed and the use the mouse to set the direction either above or below the initial left click A second click will drop the line onto the drawing 6 11 DynaSCAPE Design Z Modifier Insert Line Ioj x Length 15 0 amp S Draw a Line Vertically or Horizontally Snapped This tool allows you to add true horizontal and vertical lines in succession to one another without the need to switch between the horizontal and vertical line tools Lines are always joined at the end ensuring that all corners will always meet at 90 degrees To use this tool 1 Click on the line tool shown above to open the modifier a 2 Enter the length of the line to be drawn and press the spacebar
194. and will be able to make changes to it 4 Make the necessary changes to the text and then click on the Save Changes button on the panel This is the only way to apply the changes to the text Apply will not work in this panel for text changes Cancel will not undo changes you have made here either Fal Edit Entity Attributes Information Display Properties Data Edit leader text Click Save Changes to commit your changes Changes to leader text must be manualy ASPHALT DRIVEWAY WITH STONE BANDING You must click Save Changes for the new text to be applied a 5 i Click Ok to finish 9 21 DynaSCAPE Design Revising Text and Properties of a Multiple Labels The tool used for revising multiple labels text attached to a leader is the Revise Leader Attributes tool found in he Advanced toolbox idyanced Tools Sa Clicking on this tool opens the Revise Leader Modifier that has the same three tabs as the Insert Leader Modifier 1 Attributes 2 Text 3 Edit The Edit tab The Edit tab allows you to type new text that will overwrite existing text on selected labels Existing text on your drawing will not appear in this panel You can used command alias to insert text here The Attributes tab The Attributes tab includes settings associated with the leader line Here you can change leader tail length elbows constraints arrow style and size The Text tab The Text tab allows you to c
195. anel will automatically reappear maximize so you can choose the next plant to label with First click here second click here and then right click 1 0 Continue labeling the rest of the drawing as per the tutorial outline All the E plants in the design can be found by searching DynaSCAPE s Online Plant Database at dynascape com or if you prefer you can find your own plants to label the design with If you have added plants to your plant list My Pant List you can label the drawing with those plants By using plants from My Plants you can also include sizes with your labels and create a material list at the end that can include prices Here are the plants used to label this tutorial design GREEN MOUNTAIN BOXWOOD BURGUNDY GLOW BUGLE CARPET AUREA NANA JAPANESE BARBERRY WINTER GEM BOXWOOD OVERDAM FEATHER REED GRASS CATHERINE WOODBURY DAYLILY AMETHYST MYST CORAL BELLS BRESSINGHAM BLUE PLANTAIN LILY FOREVER PINK FLORISTS HYDRANGEA BLUE STAR JUNIPER CHANTICLEER CALLERY PEAR WEE BEE RHODODENDRON CRIMSON QUEEN JAPANESE THREADLEAF MAPLE 16 5 DynaSCAPE Design You can follow the sample here or choose your own plant names Once all the plants are labeled save your drawing 16 6 DynaSCAPE Software Design Tutorial Part Il Labeling Design Elements Hardscapes Once plant labels are completed it is time to label all the non plant items in your drawing These are referred as design el
196. arch Show All Common Name BLOC Sort by Botanical Name Sizes C Sort by Common Name Acer palmatum Atropurpureum ATROPURPURI Lf Size Acer palmatum Atrovanegatum Dissectum AT Use Online Image _ 5 POTTED Acer palmatum Bloodgood BLOODGOOD JAPA 228s Custom Imane __ 6 POTTED Acer palmatum Crimson Queen CRIMSON QUE Key Code ApB Acer platanoides Crimson King CRIMSON KINI f Plant Types eee Iran Plant Sizes in the Plant List Editor You can add multiple sizes to each plant in the Plant List Editor in order to label with specific plant sizes The best way to do this is to first set up a master list of the different sizes you would typically use and then add them to your plants Creating a Master List of Sizes To set up a master list of your different sizes follow these steps 1 In the Plant List Editor click on Settings to open the Plant List Editor Settings panel iz DynaSCAPE Plant List Edit vor Px vL ersten ayes Lee babel Plant List lps hew List Blank Open List gj5ave List As gy j Tems Botancal Mame MISCANTHUS 51 Show All Common Name MAIDEN GRASS 12 29 DynaSCAPE Design 2 In the New Size text box type in a size and then click Add Start with your smallest sizes first to created an ordered list that will help you find these sizes when adding them to plants Plant List Editor Settings Eh 3 Siz
197. as outlined in the previous steps Placing the Plant Image Note The image name or caption will appear under the image If you prefer not to have a name appear click on Change Image Caption and delete the caption and click OK before inserting 13 10 DynaSCAPE Software Working With Raster Images Searching for Plant Images by Label If you have already labeled all the plants on your drawing using the plant labeling tool DynaSCAPE provides a shortcut to finding a plant image that makes use of those labels Click the second imaging tool the Search for Plant Images based on a Plant Label icon to use this feature fe sa To use this tool follow these steps 1 Click on the Softscape label you wish to find images for and then right a click 2 The Plant Search Images tab will open and display the image that the plant label is matched to If the plant was labeled from your local database My Plants the image chosen for that plant will appear If the plant was label by searching at dynascape com the image found in the Online Plant Database will appear If the plant was labeled from your local database My Plants and assigned a custom image the custom image will be the default image that appears You can switch to the image from dynascape com if the plant has been matched to the Online Plant Database in the Plant List Editor 13 11 DynaSCAPE Design If no image appears you can either search for one at dynascape
198. ase as well as all title text layers This is an easy way to ensure all labels are active before creating a quote Sets the active layer to Text_Labels Lighting Mode is used for creating lighting plans in conjunction with the land scape lighting symbols and the various lighting layers Much of the detail in the drawing is turned off to better reveal your fixture symbols Print your lighting pre sentation plan using this mode Sets the active layer to Light_Fixture Wiring Mode is used for laying out your wiring diagram using the various Light_Run layers Print your lighting and wiring diagram for your crews using this mode Sets the active layer to Light_Run_1 Hardscape Takeoff Mode is used for putting your takeoff notes on your drawing for the purpose of estimating All softscape labels and plant symbols are turned off Sets the active layer to Takeoffs Softscape Mode is for separating hardscape or softscape material lists The draw ing elements are displayed with the respective label layers showing Sets the active layer to Plant_Labells Irrigate and Piping Modes are used for creating irrigation plans in conjunction with irrigation symbols and various irrigation layers Sets the active layer to Irrig_ Layout and Irrig_Zone_1 5 15 DynaSCAPE Design e On Site Plants Mode displays the on site plants both those to remain and those to be removed that have been inserted into the drawing using the EX_REMAIN and EX_REMOVE libra
199. at the top SHRUBS 5 Dynast APE Figures 2 To access the list of available figure libraries click on the library name or on the down arrow next to the library name Use the scroll bar next to the list to see all the library names 11 2 DynaSCAPE Software Working with Library Figures Dynast APE Figures PERENNIALS 5 TREES 5 TREES NO SHE PALMS 5 TROP DESERT4 ROCKS 5 PAVERS 5 Ex Select a library name from the list to show the figures in that library Use the scroll bar next to the list to view all the figure thumbnails eight at a time A short descriptive name is included under each figure thumbnail To see a larger image of a figure right click on the thumbnail and select Toggle Figure View A window will pop up showing a larger image of the figure and its descriptive name pon to favorites Toggle figure view i Figures Zi 3FT_FL SHRUB_a EOIR p To select a figure click on the thumbnail in the list or click on the figure s Inserting a Library Figure Library figures are all drawn to scale and can be inserted unchanged into your drawing You can insert them one at a time or multiple times without having to go back a select again provided you are in the same command You can set a scale a rotation angle a width and a height prior to inserting a figure or you can modify it after you have inserted it into your drawing 11 3 DynaSCAPE D
200. ate quotes and material lists in Quote or Mange DS Quote or DS Mange will need to be update to the new Design 5 x and newer compatible version in order to perform this function Import into the New DS Mange web version for Quotation All links to materials and kits in DS Quote or DS Mange will be maintained allowing you to generate quotes and material lists in the new DS Manage web version 3 11 DynaSCAPE Design File Management How DynaSCAPE File Management Differs from Older Versions If you are a first time DynaSCAPE Design user and you are not likely to receive any drawing files saved in a previous version you can ignore this section of the chapter And because we showed you how to save your work in Chapter 1 you re ready to go If on the other hand you are upgrading to DynaSCAPE Design or have received a dpd file in a previous version of DynaSCAPE Design read on DynaSCAPE uses standard Windows file management for the storage of drawing files This system is different from earlier versions of DynaSCAPE Design that used a file management model called Project Management With DynaSCAPE Design there is no longer any Project Management panel or Project Management functionality This change has only one small negative impact there is no more drawing preview window Switching to a standard file management system means the following 1 A dramatically simpler filing system 2 No need to create a
201. ate section of line Revise this section of line to the Border layer to show a thinner line between the two even surfaces Section of driveway has been divided and is it s own segment Delete any of the reference lines that were created during the above process by selecting the delete icon and left and right clicking on the objects to be removed When complete click the Save button Inserting the Walkway Border and Patterns The walkway in this case includes a soldier course The soldier course is constructed using an eight inch long paver You will be able to use the lines you have already drawn to construct the soldier course making this step very quick and easy The Walkway Border l Click on the offset icon and enter in a distance of 8 Left click on the line representing the step all lines representing the outside edge of the walkway and the lines that create the interior planting Make sure you select them in the correct order see diagram below Do not select the step line or the segment of walkway against garage wall in the first step Once all the lines have been selected right click to end the selection process To 15 27 DynaSCAPE Design complete the offset left click into the center of the walkway Keep the offset tool and modifier active Note Click on each line in this order to offset for our soldier course 2 The last two lines to offset have to be done separately because
202. aw the drawing numerous times For example Design Mode is the most common mode that user work in and the mode that automatically opens when you start a DynaSCAPE Design project Design Mode shows all the elements which are generally shown in a masterplan such as the labels trees shrubs rocks patio furniture etc Dimension Mode on the other hand turns off the elements of the design not relevant in a working drawing such as the canopies of the trees and shrubs which are replaced with markers or symbols signifying the centers of these objects Plant labels and other various layers are also turned off while the major players in a dimension plan are left on building driveway walkway deck etc making it easier to place dimension lines and leaving the drawing cleaner and easier to read The benefit here is that from just the one drawing you can print a Design Plan and a Dimension Plan for layout and staking Other possible drawing views could be a Lighting Plan a Grading Plan and an Irrigation Plan The Drawing Mode Selector In our discussion of Tables and Modes Controls we said that layers are like transparent sheets of paper stacked one on top of another Much like using transparent overlays in hand drafting we can ask DynaSCAPE Design to display some or all of these overlays at a time by using the Mode selector Display the mode list button By choosing a Mode from the list in the scrolling table you will see only certain layers of
203. awing and prw files if you are importing a project bundle To open the file you want to import select the file from the display list then select the Open button or simply double click the file name If Your Drawing Will Not Open If you are using the Open command to view a dpd file and DynaSCAPE Design cannot display the drawing the drawing won t open then you are likely trying to open a file from an older version of DynaSCAPE Design Try using the Import method described above If you are using the Import method to view a dpd file and get the an error message like the one below your drawing was most likely created using a more current version of the DynaSCAPE Design software To open this drawing file use the standard method described at the beginning of this chapter Drawing Encrypted 3 The file SAMPLE DRAWING OPD has been encrypted with a password not belonging to the project The drawing cannot be opened Deleting Unneeded Project Management Files After upgrading to DynaSCAPE Design from an older version of the program some files in your computer where you stored your previous drawing files become unnecessary For example files with a prt extension or bmp extension used under the old Project Management filing system can be deleted Note The deleting of old project management files is not required but deleting them will free up disk space Caution Be careful not to delete old files before
204. awing as only the visible items are selected when using the move command Does not change the active layer Dimension Mode Dimens_Mode is used to set up the drawing so you can insert or display dimensions before printing the project for installation crews In this mode the drawing is temporarily cleared of graphic detail and softscape labels Plant labels are also turned off which makes applying the dimensions easier This is the view of the drawing that will be presented to the installers of the project along with a design mode version Sets the active layer to Dimension Grading Mode is used when creating a grading plan turning on contours and grade markers while turning off shrubs perennials plant labels and patterns to make room for grade markers and grading notes Sets the active layer to Grades Color Setup Mode is used to assist in setting a drawing up to import into Dyna SCAPE Color for rendering It turns off the shrubs layer to make it easier to create closed areas for color and sets the active layer to Color_Setup for immediate draw ing Color Ready Mode is used when your drawing is ready to be colored in Dyna SCAPE Color This mode turns the Color Setup layer off as well as the Pattern lay ers Save your drawing after clicking on this mode before opening it up in Color Sets the active layer to Text_Labels All Labels On Mode displays all labels applied to the drawing such as all hard and softscape labels regardless of ph
205. b click Find If this section of Price List has a lot of items in it you may need to provide some search criteria in the Search field or filter by Profit Center Category or Supplier that may be found in each tab Design Labeling E oE 7 Edit My Labels i Settings Label Style Normal text with leaders C Use Design Labels Use Estimating Labels Kits Hardscapes Labor Equipment Subs Gen Conditions Profit Center All Profit Centers ha Search paver rec Clear Search Kits Found Variable Component Soldier Course 300 Pavers Na PVR 225 TUMBLED GREY 1 50h 5660 Paver Edge Restraint Installed PVR 225 TUMBLED BUFF 150x225x500 Pedestrian Pavers Installed p PVR 240 TUMBLED BUFF 240 1 20060 Soldier Course 300 Paver aie PVR 180 TUMBLED BUFF 180x1 20x60 PVR 180 TUMBLED BROWN 180x120x60 PVR 180 TUMBLED GREY 180x120x60 PVR 150 TUMRI FD RUFF M SO wAn The Kits tab and Hardscapes tab will be divided into two sections The Kits tab will have a Kits section on the left and Materials on the right When you select a kit any lead items in the kit will appear on the right You are required to select a lead item when labeling the first item will be selected automatically The Materials tab will have a Materials section on the left and a Kits section on the right When you select a Material the Kits that this item is a lead item in will appear on the right You can but are not required to select a Kit
206. bar displays the name and storage location the file path of the currently active file if it has been saved The words Untitled Drawing will be displayed for drawings that have not yet been saved See How to Save a Drawing later in this chapter As in all Windows based programs Program Window Controls located on the far right of the Titlebar allow you to minimize maximize and close the program window Note The Close control X in the Program Window Titlebar gives the same result as choosing File Exit With either selection you will be prompted to either save or abandon unsaved work in any open drawings See How to Save a Drawing later in this chapter The Prompt Line LAP A MD Constraint Copy Limit lends Fill Org Many commands in DynaSCAPE Design require multiple pieces of information to be provided to perform a task For example when drawing a line you must click the Drawing Window to indicate the start and end locations of the line in moving an entity you must select the entity and then define the location it is moving from and the location it is moving to The Prompt Line displays messages from the program about what type of action or input is required from you to perform a command During any procedure you can look at the Prompt Line for instructions about how to proceed through each step New users will find this feature especially helpful while learning command procedures 2 19 DynaS
207. be broken 4 f Right click to finish the process 7 35 DynaSCAPE Design Modifier Length IOl x Divided segement 7 36 DynaSCAPE Software Basic Editing and Dimensioning Tools Area Measuring Tools In the Edit toolbox in DynaSCAPE there is only one area calculation tool visible However there are three area calculation tools available Two other area calculation tools are nested beneath the visible tool giving you more calculating options These tools will allow you to calculate the total area measurement within a location When you are using these tools the final measurement is displayed in the CLI so you must have the CLI open to at least three rows high in order to view the measurement result You can turn on and off your CLI by holding the Shift key and then pressing the Tab key ATES gt 4 10 33764 20 Location All of these tools are also available in the hardscape and softscape labeling panels in which case they are used for material take offs Measure Area by Drawing a Closed Polyline This tool allows you to use your mouse to click around an area in order to calculate the area Using the Shift key will allow you to be more accurate when tracing around an area in which you want to calculate the area To use this tool 1 Click on the tool shown above 7 37 DynaSCAPE Design 2 Use the mouse to click around the area to be measured Using the inference s
208. bel 3 16 18 13 9 13 4 13 7 Plant Label Panel 2 7 Plant Labels AutoCount 72 43 12 42 Keyed Labels 2 50 Labeling Styles 72 49 12 42 Measuring Tools 2 43 Placing labels 72 42 12 54 Quantity 12 43 Settings 12 46 Text and Key Size 72 52 12 2 Plant List Editor Adding prices 72 51 12 29 Favorites 12 33 Plant Picture Catalogue Creating 72 85 16 24 Plant Schedules Inserting 12 54 Line Thicknesses 72 60 Remarks Column Text 2 58 Updating 12 57 Plant Searching Rules 72 35 Plant Sizes 2 29 Plants Adding Prices 72 31 12 29 12 9 Creating a Database of Plants 72 8 12 33 12 85 16 24 Downloading from Dynascape com 1241 Exporting a material list 72 75 Finding plants for Labeling 2 34 Matching to the Online Plant Database 12 22 Plant List Editor 72 8 Searching 72 35 12 36 Viewing at DynaSCAPE com 12 40 12 39 Polygons Drawing 6 35 Polylines About Inserting 6 27 Drawing 6 27 Editing with Grips 8 4 For Plant Bed Lines 5 34 Turning Lines and Arcs into Polylines PP Printing 4 17 Black and White 4 2 Color Images 4 6 Missing Figures 4 9 Prints Are Too Light 4 6 Sending to a Print Shop 4 6 Using Output Colors 4 7 With Images 3 22 14 6 Printing your Drawing 16 27 Program overview 2 7 INDEX 6 DynaSCAPE Software Program Titlebar About 2 19 Program Window Dragging Panels 4 36 Overview 2 5 Project Management Files Deleting old files 3 5 Prompt Line 2 19 Prompts Command Line Interpreter CL
209. c or temporary reference lines so that ultimately you end up with the correct layers turned on at the right times 6 Repeat the process used in the previous step to define the area for the eround cover area under the tree Create a polyline in the Temp layer to be used as the boundary Once the boundary line is drawn switch to the Groundcover area 15 50 DynaSCAPE Software Design Tutorial Part Perenn GrCvr layer and using the Section tool select the ANSI_35 pattern at a scale of 0 5 A Modifier Insert Sec Sieg Seale 0 5000 El E Rotation 0 00 ANSI 31 ANSI 32 ANSI 33 ANSI 34 ANSI 36 ANSI 37 ANSI 38 W Group section Congratulations The softscape elements are now complete and the drawing at this point is nearing completion Click Save Now is a good time to save the drawing and make a backup file Making a Backup File for a Drawing 1 To create a back up go to the File pull down menu and select Save As Edit Environment Entity Tables Ti New APE Design 20 Con Design 2D Con Open rae E AS Save Ctl 5 Save As Drawing Save All MNR T Close Ctrl U Close All aie B Adobe PDF Import j Save this backup as a Drawing Be sure to save this drawing with a new name i e TutorialBU DPD Once you have clicked Save As this will now become the active drawing 15 51 DynaSCAPE Design 2 Now you will need to go back to File and select Open and find your
210. cable DynaScC2Pe 6 k Type in the valid serial numbers you have been given Note Serial numbers are case sensitive Important Attach your serial numbers to the back of your DynaSCAPE Design CD case and store your case somewhere safe and accessible You will need your serial numbers should you ever be required to reinstall DynaSCAPE Design 1 8 DynaSCAPE Software 8 Installing DynaSCAPE Design Select the Next button when you are ready to proceed The fourth panel called Choose Destination Location allows you to either proceed with the default installation of the program to the C drive in your computer or to use the Browse button to choose an alternative location for the installation of the program It is recommended it use the default drive C Click Next DynaSC4Pe DynasScCePre Click Finish to complete the installation DynaSCAPE Design is ready to use Check for updates by going to Start All Programs DynaSCAPE Design Check for Updates If an update is available click Yes to begin the update process 1 9 DynaSCAPE Design Checking for Internet Updates Periodically DynaSCAPE Software will release updates to the DynaSCAPE Design These updates are free for all users with an active subscription Typically updates will provide bug fixes product enhancements or increased usability Besides updating after the initial installation we recommend that you check for updates on at least
211. cal name your browser will open to that plants detail page online Click OK to complete the match A thumbnail picture will appear in the picture placeholder confirming the plant has been matched Piatt riar Uw CPS LpA Fiat SOLIS Botanical Name MISCANTHUS SINET ue ommon Name MAIDEN GRASS i F Ly Size None ISIS MAIDEN GRASS a 12 23 DynaSCAPE Design 4 If the match is not correct click on Re Match Plant E eF m Name A Important When the Plant List Editor is opened for the first time in a session the images will load slowly the first time you click on a plant After that they will load quickly because DynaSCAPE saves the image in memory If you are not connected to the internet or you do not have a valid DynaSCAPE subscription no image will appear Matching Plants Using the Batch Matching Wizard To match all your plants at one time follow these steps 1 Click on the Match Plants icon to open the The Batch Match and Update E Wizard 4New List Blank SOpen List pjSave List As n Tods m New Plant Plan Plant List 1361 Search Show All Sort by Botanical Name No Irr 12 24 DynaSCAPE Software Labeling Plants amp Design Elements 2 The wizard will open with an explanation of the process and the total number of plants in your list that are not matched Click Next to start the matching process r Downloa
212. cebar If using decimals instead of the foot symbol DynaSCAPE will assume any number before the decimal is for feet and any numbers after the decimal is a percentage of a foot and will be converted to inches e g for 1 6 enter 1 decimal 5 and press Enter or Spacebar If the default measuring unit is set to Decimal both the feet and inch symbols must be used or the software will assume the value is in decimals It is possible to change your default units from Imperial to Metric and back again This is often done when creating a base plan using a metric property survey for a design that will be drawn in feet and inches Entering Lengths with Feet Inches and Fractions Since most users will employ the Architectural format the following table shows the proper syntax for entering a fractional length into the system 4 12 DynaSCAPE Software Description Menus Settings and Controls Type this 3 Foot 5 and 3 4 Inches gt 3 5 3 4 Grid Axis and Snap Tool Settings The default settings for the visibility of the reference grids available in DynaSCAPE Design as well as the snap locations can be found in the pull down menu Environment Drawing Tools These can be used to show a visible grid on the drawing page similar to graph paper in addition to allowing you to snap your line to this grid These can be used to assist in the drawing process if E File Edit Entity Tables Tools W a n
213. cel 5 Now you can go to the location you saved the file to open and view or to send to a client or print house 14 15 DynaSCAPE Design Sending a Drawing Out to a Print Shop If you need to send your drawing out to a print shop to get printed consider some of these options Since your print shop will not likely have a copy of DynaSCAPE you cannot send them a DynaSCAPE drawing file Instead you can send them a JPEG or PDF file of the drawing It is recommended that you send an Adobe PDF since this is the type that provides the best quality output and one that most print shops prefer Depending on the size of the file created you can email the drawing file to your print shop or copy it to a CD or memory stick Print Shop Prints Are Too Light If your drawings printed by your local print shop are coming out too light it is likely that they are converting your JPEG image files to a PDF format for printing In doing so quality is lost If this is the case save the drawing as a PDF file and have them print the PDF instead The results will be much better Saving a drawing as a JPEG or PDF using Maximum quality may result in the line weights becoming extremely fine especially the 0 line weights Use Medium quality for the best results Print Shops vs Your Own Printer The best quality prints will always come from a printer large or small format An Adobe PDF image will print just as well as directly from DynaSCAPE De
214. ches or convert the compound value entirely to inches If using decimals instead of the foot symbol DynaSCAPE will assume any number before the decimal is for feet and any numbers after the decimal is a percentage of a foot and will be converted to inches i e entering 1 decimal 5 will result in DynaSCAPE converting it to 1 6 6 2 DynaSCAPE Software Basic Drawing Tools If the default measuring unit is set to Decimal both the feet and inch symbols must be used or the software will assume the value is in decimals It is possible to change your default units from Imperial to Metric and back again This is often done when creating a base plan using a metric property survey for a design that will be drawn in feet and inches Entering Lengths with Feet Inches and Fractions Since most users will employ the Architectural format the following table shows the proper syntax for entering a fractional length into the system Description Type this 3 Foot 5 and 3 4 Inches 3 5 3 4 6 3 DynaSCAPE Design The Draw Creation Toolbox The Draw Creation toolbox contains a variety of tools used in DynaSCAPE Design for the drafting of entities These tools are the backbone of the DynaSCAPE Design program allowing you to create the building lines walkways plant beds all the components that make up your drawing This section will walk you through these various tools and how they are used Examples of w
215. ck the Revise button the background of the Layers List will turn yellow Next select the layer to which you want to revise the line it will flash blue quickly but will not remain highlighted Next Click on the line s to be revised then right click to complete selection and to finish the revise command The line previously in the Plantbed layer will now take on the attributes color weight and style of the Driveway layer 8 7 DynaSCAPE Design 5 Tips and Tricks With this method multiple lines can be selected for revision at one time but only one setting can be changed at a time Alternatively individual attributes of the layer can be revised in this way for example the Weight of the line can be increased or decreased The Color can also be changed which is especially useful when using the Print using entity display colors output option File Print On the Print Drawing panel select the Color tab The Style of the line can also be changed from Continuous to Stitched to Gray scale etc As mentioned above each of these options has its own table accessible by selecting the icon for the attribute then clicking the Revise toggle Select the new setting for example a new color line style etc Click to select the entity or entities to revise then right click to end selection and finish the revise command Revising Objects Using the Edit Entity Attributes Panel The second method for revising an object
216. click on the icon once and the drawing will immediately zoom out from the centre of the workspace If you are in the middle of a drawing or editing function you will need to click on the icon again to activate it again Scroll the Drawing Using Two Locations This zoom tool is the closest thing to a pan tool in DynaSCAPE Design To use this tool click on the icon once and then click on the screen Move your mouse and you will see a line follow your cursor from the location you clicked on the screen If your constraints are turned on you will be limited to their settings Click on the screen again in a different location from the first and your drawing will be centered on the last location clicked If you are in the middle of a drawing or editing function you will need to click on the icon again to activate it again Zoom the Drawing using a Window This tool allows you to zoom in on your drawing using a window drawn with the mouse To use this tool click on the icon and then click once on the screen The idea here is to create a temporary window or rectangle around the area you wish to zoom into After your first click move your mouse in a diagonal direction and you will see a temporary window or rectangle being drawn Click again and DynaSCAPE will zoom the drawing to best fit the geometry that is in this rectangle inside the workspace 2 40 DynaSCAPE Software Getting Started Opening and Saving a Drawing Exercise Thi
217. d x To use this tool 1 i Click on the tool shown above to open the modifier 2 In general the text width and height as well as all other settings will be left at the defaults so that all text will be the same on the drawing 3 i Select a new font if required 4 k Enter the required text into the box at the bottom of the panel 5 k Click on the Apply button and text is to be applied to the drawing as one block of text 6 k Click on the line in which you want the text to run parallel to The line will hi light and the text will attach to the cursor Use the mouse to set the location of the text with a click Did You Know If you have multiple lines of individual text to place on a drawing enter it in the modifier as individual lines by using Enter after each line Use the Multi option on the panel instead of Apply and you can place each line of text individually on the drawing Insert Text Above Existing Text This tool allows you to add text above a line lines of existing text The new text is entered into the modifier and then the existing text is clicked on in the drawing and the new text added above Multiple lines of text can be entered 9 7 DynaSCAPE Design To use this tool 1 Click on the tool shown above to open the modifier 2 Enter the required text into the box at the bottom of the panel 3 k Click on the Apply button and text is to be applied to the drawing as one bloc
218. d Plants from the Onl 3 F a m n e gi ey 4 Downloe q Plants trom the Un finished a panel will open showing the matches found for the plants in your list It will tell you how many single matches were found 12 25 DynaSCAPE Design d Plants fron the Online Plant Database Choose Plant Matches Plant List Editor able to find 31 rina pear J for this group of plants For the other plants in this let thara may ba GOURDS e ka e ia te The list below shows the plants you attemipi Number of L indscates a plant m your plant let thi single matches indicates a plant in the Online Pia indicates a plant in the Online Plant Datebe 9 Undo Motch EJ Reset All Matches CP Abes concolor WHITE FIA G Acer negundo Bob s Glory FLAMINGO AOX ELDER E acer palmatum Bloadgocd OLOTO JARANE SE MAPLE acer palmatum var dissectum Crimson Queen CAIMSON QUEEN JAPANESE MAPLE E cer pilmstum wer diasectum Cnmson Queen CAIMSON QUEN JAPART OE MAPLE g Acer platanoddes Royal Red ROYAL RED MAPLE GB acer rubrum AEO MAPLE E Acer ium Franke AED SLs eTy A MAPLE acer saccharum Endowment CXOOMMENT SUGAR MAPLE G Achillea agerstumn Moonwalker MOOVIVALEES FARROW Fi beklen elewesnes CH eS KAY The color of the check mark beside each plant name will indicate whether your plant has one or more matches Dark blue means a single match has been found while light blue means more than one match ha
219. d is exactly five feet long so enter 5 into the modifier and left click on the stoop line to select and then right click Left click again below the line to offset The planting bed is 18 wide so 15 24 DynaSCAPE Software 10 11 Design Tutorial Part enter 18 into the modifier and left click on the driveway line and then right click Left click again to the left of the garage to offset step 1 Offset 4 Step 2 Offset 5 Step 3 Offset 18 The planting bed is almost finished You just need to extend the driveway line to create the bed and trim off the excess lines First the bed needs to be closed in creating a planting pocket next to the garage Select the Trim or extend lines to another line tool and then left and then right click on the driveway line to set the line to be extended Now left click on the top line of the planting bed and then right click This will complete the process Edit Modify Now you need to trim the excess lines not needed Select the Trim clip lines to closest intersection tool and left click on the two horizontal lines just drawn the offsets of the stoop line and then right click Edit Modify The last part of the walkway that needs to be drafted is the step at the stoop This is done simply by offsetting the stoop line 1 Using the Offset 15 25 DynaSCAPE Design tool insert the measurement in the modifier Left click on the stoop line to se
220. degrees minutes and seconds and a direction e g N43 32 09 W 6 43 DynaSCAPE Design e If the degrees are over 90 you must use the DMS format DMS Showing degrees minutes and seconds only no direction e g 169 54 06 e This format does not allow the use of a direction N S E or W The first step to begin this process is to change the format in which you enter your data 1 Under Angle choose the Bearings or DMS option and click OK E A Dala Format Settings Sainet the distines and angle formatia tho Ester the base piferenes angie reisir in be used foe editing and display Enter the stelle O degrees east wih a pesdive Preteion for both mE angie end distance COW areton Aaga 0 00 fA Ciockwise Comer Clockwise 3 In the Length box enter the length of the Chord C from the survey E 4 In the angle box enter the bearing angle of the Chord CB from your survey in this format Using the Bearings Format NO 0 0 W the represents the degree symbol Note If the degrees are over 90 you must us the DMS format 6 44 DynaSCAPE Software Basic Drawing Tools Note The letter d can be used in place of the symbol A Modifier In T E R Ange na5 5330E E S Note The W may automatically switch to E but this will not affect the results If there are no numbers for seconds use 0 Using the DMS Format 0 0 0 the represents the degree symbol
221. derstand the consequences Click the Revise toggle in conjunction with one of the icons for layers line styles line weights colors or fonts to change the attributes of existing objects Revise mode 2 31 DynaSCAPE Design allows you to change the attribute of a previously drafted object or objects in your drawing without having to erase and replace That is you can leave things drafted as they were and simply revise any attribute that needs to be changed For example a plant bed accidentally drawn in the Walkway Patio layer can be revised to the Plantbed layer without redrawing the object Attributes of figures cannot be revised in this manner however Editing the Active List The button immediately below the scrolling table is the Edit Active List button Pressing that button will bring up an editing panel for whichever list table or the modes is being displayed The editing panel shows and allows you to change the characteristics of any attribute For example you would use the Edit Active List button while in Layers to change the characteristics of a particular layer or to create a new layer The Figures Sidebar Folder The Figures Sidebar Folder controls all of the currently active pre drafted symbols called figures in DynaSCAPE Design Much of the look and feel of DynaSCAPE Design drawings is achieved by using figures Much of the speed efficiency and flexibility of the DynaSCAPE Design drafting p
222. details However once Figures are introduced to the design or when working with Smooth Polylines you may find that there is a significant slowing of the software if Inference is on all the time Essentially the software can become overwhelmed by the vast number of potential object attachment locations in a complicated drawing As your drawing increases in complexity it is recommended that you deselect the Inference and Tracking toggles in the Inference Settings panel The Inference Engine will still be available to you if you need it by holding Shift on the keyboard 4 22 DynaSCAPE Software Menus Settings and Controls Performance Settings Performance settings were added with v6 to coinicde with changes made to the DynaSCAPE rendering engine Most users will not have any reason to change the performace settings but those with higher performance computers will my wish to adjust these setting to get better performance Changing your performance settings To access the Performace Settings panel Select Environment Performance Settings Rendering Method i Default graph Uses your computer s processor for rendering the drawing page graphics i Hardware Uses your computer s video card for rendering the drawing page graphics Note May cause some bluniness on the drawing page with lower quality video cards Legacy Uses the legacy rendering method Note This may improve the drawing screen quality but will affect
223. e Unikom Nene Zone Mode _ _ usm iy 2 Choose your filters click Clear Search This will also remove any text in the Plant Search text box To close the advanced search options click on Less Search Options Any search options chosen will still remain active as filters until you press Clear Search 12 37 DynaSCAPE Design Search Results Columns The columns that appear in the labeling panel can be customized to suit your needs You can turn columns on or off and you can rearrange their order To change your columns follow these steps l 2 Click on Settings in the Plant Label panel Plane Type inv l In the Plant Label Settings panel that appears click on Edit beside Result Columns under Search Settings abel Settings Search Selings My Planes Lons gn Local C eershordyki Documents My Plant Lisidpl In the Plant Search Result Columns that appears you can check columns on or off and you can move them up or down in the list by clicking on the column name and move them with the arrows on the right side of the panel Note The columns at the top of the list will appear on the far left of the search results panel The Supplier column is only available when connected to My Plants Manage Website F 7 5 Da vil t Colur FING Check columns on or off Use arrows to rearrange columns To reorder your Search Results columns be meve it up or dawn the let
224. e Environment Systems Settings from the pull down menu A System Settings User Profile Cache Environment Panels CU Prompt Command wl Save workspace on exit When DynaSCAPE Design is first installed the default will be set at 0 zero minutes Setting an new value greater than zero will activate the Autosave command For example if you enter a new value of 10 into the panel the Save command will be automatically initiated after 10 minutes have passed and will repeat at 10 minute intervals for as long as a drawing is active open Note Setting an Autosave interval of less than 10 minutes is not recommended when you are just learning to use the software One of the most useful features of DynaSCAPE Design is the unlimited Undo and Redo command But you cannot Undo past the last Save command so if you have the Autosave interval set too low you will not be able to take full advantage of Undo while you are learning to use the software When you open a new Prototype Drawing the Autosave interval begins counting down When the first interval elapses the minutes set as the Autosave interval you will be prompted to choose a name and storage location for your work After a name and storage location are set the Autosave command will simply re save the drawing automatically at the Autosave interval for as long as the drawing is active 2 45 DynaSCAPE Design A Note Autosave is a Global Setting meaning that
225. e a a a a 7 44 Measure the Angle Between 2 LINGS cccccccecceeee sees eee eeeeeneeeeeeeeeneeenas 7 44 DIMENSIONING TOONS icra aaa ee RO oe ee ee 7 45 insert a Linear DIMENSION cea aare ot atten re eae pits eda Pelee Seen eegenest 7 45 inserta Horizontal DIMENSION ieee ee E EE aE 7 46 Insent a Vertical DIMENSION stoned nist eh a be a a a A aad 7 47 Insert a Horizontal Baseline Dimension wiitsssesereadedeecewensers denieserenawrs bev aaxdin 7 48 Insert a Vertical Baseline DIMENSION cccceceee eee e sete eeeeeeeeeneeeeneeeteteees 7 49 Inserta Radius DIMENSION feat ou rey fics cca A E Ved ena nthe ate tubeceieas 7 50 Insert an Angle Dimension ssssssrerrsrerrrrsrsrrrrererrrrrrrrrrrrrerrrrrrerrrrrrne 7 52 O Deleting and Revising Entities 8 1 Erasing ODJeCiS uc rikere eu e n RRR ee em Pa aes 8 2 THe Delete ENCES TOO danerii E A EEA EE 8 2 ODJECE GPS iira eo ete eee Re eee ee Ea ad A EA 8 3 Stretching OBjects WSING GFIDS oeren ai aa E EO 8 3 Grip Tools Move Rotate Resize and Mirror ssussserernsrsrerrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrreren 8 4 TABLE OF CONTENTS 8 DynaSCAPE Software Table of Contents Revising Object Appearance and Settings 0 00 0c eee e eee eee 8 7 Revising Objects Using the Settings TablesS c cece cece ce cseeee sees eeeeeeaeeeees 8 7 Revising Objects Using the Edit Entity Attributes Panel cc ccc eeeee eee es 8 8 Revising Objects Using the Revise Entity Attributes Tool
226. e background page color select Environment Page Color 4 15 DynaSCAPE Design E1 Page Color Select the drawing background color The crosshairs will be displayed in the complementary color tis recommended that one of the base colors is selected to insure a hi The default background color for the Drawing Window is black in all DynaSCAPE Design Prototype drawings a color many find easy on the eyes and one that provides the best contrast for other screen colors However you have the option to change the background color to any of the 256 colors This option is not a global setting and will only effect the current drawing Changing the Background Color When Using Color Figures Most DynaSCAPE Design users print their work in a simple black on white format DynaSCAPE provides the ability to print in color and Color Figure Libraries are provided If you would like to use the Color Figure Libraries you may wish to reset the background color of the Drawing Window to white This way you will see the elements on your screen exactly as they will appear when printed on white paper To change the Drawing Window background color click the Background Color button in the Page Color panel to open the Color Selector panel Color Selector Base Gray Render GE DisplayBlack ERNEREN B i WE Dark Red nal Green IER Dark Green Using this panel you can reset the background color of the Drawing Window to a
227. e based on a set increment The increment length of each line segment is set by right clicking on the tool to open the modifier The default increment is 1 but is often changed to give the line being drawn a more structured look There is a limitation to how long these lines can be so it is a good idea to use this tool sparingly or use the right mouse button to break end the line during the drawing process To use this tool 1 Click on the tool shown above to open the modifier 2 Enter the Increment this the length of each line segment that will be i drawn and press the spacebar 3 Click on the drawing page where you want the line to start as you move j the mouse around on the drawing a line will follow and be drawn onto the page 4 When finished right click the mouse button to break the line a Ea JA Modifier Insert Pol Freehand Polyline to create outline ofa groundcover area 6 32 DynaSCAPE Software Basic Drawing Tools Drawing Rectangles Draw Creation ale ae The rectangle tool allows you to insert both rectangles and squares into your drawing The tool work both freehand and with a modifier It is important to note that if you are working with the rectangle tool freehand it is recommended that the constraints be turned off Entering values into the modifier will however over ride the constraints Important When working with freehad rectangles make sure the co
228. e ee giia ey the location it was saved to during the process of creating it Note If you do not have a PDF reader you can download and install Adobe Reader for free from the Adobe website www adobe com 16 26 DynaSCAPE Software Design Tutorial Part Il Printing the Drawing The final process left to complete in the tutorial process is the printing of the drawing 1 Return to DynaSCAPE and click on the Zoom Drawing Limits to Best Fit button this will show the entire drawing area on the screen 3 k One of the more crucial aspects of printing is selecting the correct paper size and orientation for the drawing In order to print the drawing to scale your paper size and drawing orientation for your printer must match your drawing Click on the Printer Setup button to open the panel to set these settings x Print Drawing Set the printer paper settings Use the multisheet option if the drawing area does not fit on the paper at the required scale Note The center option is not available during multi sheet printing T Use multi sheet paper tiling with an overlap of 0 W Center printable area on paper Print to file Print area offset x r i E Er B Minimum print width g Copies 1 4 On the Print Setup panel you must select the printer you wish to print to as well as set the Paper Size from the drop down list and lastly set the 16 27 DynaSCAPE Design Orientation For this drawing
229. e happy with the look of your titleblock you must erase all the temporary text that was used but be sure to leave the text nodes the small triangles Saving a Custom Titleblock Before saving though be sure that your nodes are still visible otherwise they will not be included in the figure 18 7 DynaSCAPE Design6 02 l In the Advanced tool box and click on the Create a new Library Figure tool Advanced Tools First choose your library you wish to save it to by clicking on the Select library button and picking a library from the list If you wish to create a A Modifier Define Figure Figure name 24x36 1to25 Type name here CAPROGRAM FILESIDYNASCAPEVDESIGMS YMBOLSITBLO new library see the section called Working With Library Figures Next name your title block remember no spaces and press Enter Select the title block geometry and all the nodes and then right click Next choose the insertion point perhaps lower right hand corner and then right click when you are finished When you are done try testing your title block by inserting it as a figure then use the Title Block Editor to fill in the fields Important Notes About Creating Titleblocks e Make sure you do not use any punctuation or special characters in your figure name or any spaces i e do not use 1 8 TB use instead 1 8in_TB e You must turn the nodes ON when building a titleblock They must also be ON when sav
230. e icon in the DynaSCAPE sidebar folder Click on Edit My Labels in the Design Label Panel You can also start typing in the Label Text Search and then click New This will open the Design Label List editor Label Style Normal text with leaders 12 62 DynaSCAPE Software Labeling Plants amp Design Elements 3 To add a Design label to the list type over the lt New Descriptive Label gt Since all common names for plants are upper case you may wish to do the same for your Design Labels sv C Users lhordy uments My Design Labels dlb Design Labeling List eS Descriptive Labels 0 Selected ltem Details lt New Descriptive Label Descriptive Name New Descriptive Label gt Type over this text to create your new Design Label 4 You may add a price and select a unit for this item as well Price and units are needed if you wish to create a material list with these properties included You do not have to on a Save button since everything you type 12 63 DynaSCAPE Design 6 will be automatically saved Just click on New Label to add your next one As you add them they will appear in the list Descriptive Labels 20 Fics Descriptive Label gt CELTIK STONE RETAINING WALL LANDSCAPE BOULDERS LARGE LANDSCAPE BOULDERS MEDIUM PAVER BORDER BRUSSELS BLOCK 12 PAVER BORDER MEGA BERGERAC 12 PAVER DRIVEWAY BRUSSELS BLOCK PAVER DRIVEWAY PALEO PAVERS PAVE
231. e left or the right The toolbox changes size and shape as you drag its corner The number of tool icons remains the same but the number of rows and columns changes 3 Release the mouse when the desired size is reached E DynaSCAPE Design remembers how you have configured the toolboxes and will retain this configuration even after the toolboxes are closed 2 10 DynaSCAPE Software Getting Started Opening Nested Tools If you examine the Draw Creation toolbox you will see that some of the tool buttons have a small blue triangle in the bottom right corner This triangle indicates that other buttons are nested or hidden below the button you can see Two methods can be used to display or use the nested tools the tear away method and the scroll method each described below The Tear Away Method Al T Indicates there are nested tools 1 Click and hold the left mouse button on a tool that has a small blue triangle in the bottom right corner e g click on the Insert text button above 2 In this example a series of tool buttons is displayed in which each button controls a different option for i
232. e left side of the panel under Property Tag that you wish to complete for example Client_Name The selection will highlight To fill in the information click in the white area under Property Text and type in the Client s Name i e Mr amp Mrs Smith 2 Titleblock Editor 5 Once the text for that tag is complete click on the next tag for which you wish to enter text to activate the previous tag s text 15 55 DynaSCAPE Design 6 Continue with adding the address information Click on Street_Address under Property Tag on the left to highlight the selection In the white area under Property Text type in the street address only i e 32 Oak Lane A Titleblock Editor Edit the text fields of each of the predefined titleblock property entries T Title properties P Invisible drawing properties Property Tag Property Text T Chent_Name T Street_Address T Town T Contact s T Plan_Designer T Phone_ T Plan_Editor OK 3 Cancel Continue completing all the information that is preceded with a T under Property Tag Notice that as you type in this information and go to the next selection the information last entered is shown in the titleblock When all the information has been completed you must click the OK button for the information to be permanently entered into the titleblock You can return to the titleblock editor at any time to correct any mistakes or add any incomplete information
233. e library click on the Select library button on the modifier a panel Select library N v Attach library Ea A new panel appears showing all the existing libraries in DynaSCAPE Design that are stored in the C Documents and Settings User Name My Documents DynaSCAPEDS symbols folder If this folder does not appear navigate to this location and a list of the existing Figure Libraries in DynaSCAPE will appear 11 22 DynaSCAPE Software Working with Library Figures 3 Select the Library you wish to add your new figure to by clicking on the library name and click on the Open button This will activate the selected library Keep the modifier panel open for the next step Step 3 Add Your New Figure to the Active Library The next steps will take you through the process of adding your figure to the active library Once this figure is in the figure library you will have quick access to it and be able to insert it into any drawing new or old 1 Choose a name for the new figure and type it into the space beside Figure Name The figure name chosen cannot duplicate a figure name already in use If you wish you may examine the figure names now in use in the shrubs library in the figures folder lt lt Modifier Defies go amp 4 z Since using spacebar in DynaSCAPE Design is the same as Enter you must use or _ between words in the name in place of a space Use spacebar or Enter at the
234. e second icon Open an existing drawing in the Top Button Bar will display the Open Drawing panel which will allow you to open any previously saved DynaSCAPE Design drawing files Although the panel will display all of the folders found on your computer it will show only DynaSCAPE Design files those with the dpd file extension Open drawings by selecting a file and clicking the Open button in the lower right corner of the panel or double click the file name in the directory If you do not see the file extensions you may need to change your folder settings using the procedure described later in this chapter See section Resetting Windows Explorer to Show File Extensions Opening a DynaSCAPE Design Sample Drawing Use the Open Drawing panel to find and open the sample drawings we provide Find them in the Drawing Samples folder at C Program Files DynaSCAPE or Garden Graphics Design or DynaSCAPE Samples assuming that the DynaSCAPE software was installed on the C drive of your computer as suggested Important Note Depending on your version of DynaSCAPE Design you may not see exactly the same list of sample drawings shown in the images below but the sample drawings will be in the same folder location Some versions of DynaSCAPE Design may not have this folder 3 2 DynaSCAPE Software Opening a DynaSCAPE Drawing There are a number of sample drawings stored in the Samples folder select Drawing L
235. e to narrow our search down Type name here Label Style Moral text wilh leaders ja at dynascagce com Eeancal Hanra Lemnmen Hane H Flani ypas Eag 12 9 DynaSCAPE Design 3 Click Find or press Enter on your keyboard The results will be displayed in the panel Note If your request is not specific the list returned may be long and take a few seconds to appear If the request is too general the list returned will get extremely long and you may get a message suggesting you refine your request 4 Choose a plant from the list displayed and right click on it A menu will appear with two options Choose Add plant name to my Plant List al Plant Shr Shr Shu Shr Shr Shr Shu Shr 7 f 4 Right click on plant name 12 10 DynaSCAPE Software Labeling Plants amp Design Elements The plant will now appear in the plant list editor with all the cultural information added as well as a thumbnail image 5 k Continue adding as many plants as you wish the same way When you switch to searching in my Plants these plants will appear in the panel Click Clear Search to clear any plant names in the search box or any filters you may have set 2 Adding Plants by Downloading from Dynascape com Plants can also be downloaded in larger numbers to build your database This method will get you all your plants at one time but the tendency is to download more plants
236. e unstable if more than one drawing is open at a time DynaSCAPE s drawing recovery can only recover one drawing in the case of a power failure or crash 3 3 DynaSCAPE Design Opening a Version 2 0 2 5 Legacy Drawing or Project Bundle Drawings that have been created and saved in an older version of DynaSCAPE 2 x will have the file extension dpd or prw To Import an older legacy version of a DynaSCAPE drawing version 2 0 or version 2 5 select the pull down menu File Import DynaSCAPE 2 5 Drawing or File Import DynaSCAPE 2 5 Project Bundle to open the Select Legacy DynaSCAPE drawing file panel AutoCAD dwg dxf as a new drawing AutoCAD dwa dxf into the current drawing Important Note If you cannot see any file extensions for your drawings you may need to change the view of your files by clicking on the Open an existing drawing icon View Menu icon on the far right of the Open Drawing Panel Details If you still cannot see the file extensions follow the instructions in the section of this chapter called Resetting Windows Explorer to Show File Extensions ahead Open Drawing Lesk mc gt Hp Orewa M e FE J Fo SMITH RESIDENCE CPO 9 T My Network Fie namie Piscara Fies olipa Drg DPD 3 4 DynaSCAPE Software Opening a DynaSCAPE Drawing Notice how this file management panel displays only dpd files if you are importing a dr
237. earings Format NO 0 0 W the represents the degree symbol Note If the degrees are over 90 you must us the DMS format Note The letter d can be used in place of the symbol A Modifier in EEX Length 173 6 ae Ar N45 53 30 E Note The W may automatically switch to F but this will not affect the results If there are no numbers for seconds use 0 Using the DMS Format 6 9 DynaSCAPE Design 0 0 0 the represents the degree symbol Note The letter d can be used in place of the symbol A Modifier In EOK Length 153 5 Be Angle 169 56 4 00 a If there are no numbers for seconds use 0 4 Drawing in a clockwise direction is usually the way you will need to draw You may need to try it first to determine the direction you need to go 5 When you are finished placing the property lines on your drawing be sure to go back to the Data Format option and change the Angle back to Decimal To using bearings with property lines using arcs follow the instructions described later in this chapter called Using Bearings or DMS to Draw Property Line with Arcs Draw a Horizontal Line This tool allows you to insert a true horizontal line between two points Using this tool there is no concern for constraints To use this tool 1 Click on the line tool shown above to open the modifier E 2 Enter the length of the line to be drawn
238. ed line when the door is drawn Drawing Mode Wall Clicking and dropping points will create wall segments 0 Window Clicking and dropping points will create window segments Clicking and dropping points will create door segments Enter 16 into the modifier and press the space bar Again notice that the line is attached to the previously drawn line and when it is going in the right direction left click to place it Keep the line connected and the modifier open do not right click or press Esc Length 16 0 Angle 5 k Continue drawing the rest of the house lines using the measurements from the field measurements Remember to set the drawing mode in the modifier to Door or Window when needed The modifier will automatically switch back to Wall mode after the line has been placed if you made a mistake you can press the Delete key once to back up a step and redo it There is a front door and a window in this base plan that need to be shown as well 15 7 DynaSCAPE Design 6 Once all the lines of the house have been drawn right click and press esc to end the line drawing process Your drawing should look like this The first step is done The house is drawn Now is a good time to click the Save button since you have completed a milestone Drawing the Other Base Plan Elements There are a number of other elements on the site sketch you need to add The Driv
239. ed press Esc to end the command Apply vs Multi When using the Insert Text at a Location command there are two options to place the text One is Apply and the other is Multi Apply places all the text entered into the box as one single block of text whereas Multi enters each word that appears on its own line as individual lines of text on the drawing Tips and Tricks This type of text can be a very useful tool within the drawing Use text to insert a Title to your drawing such as Smith Landscape Plan include notes on the drawing provide a legend or 16 14 DynaSCAPE Software Design Tutorial Part Il any other useful information A variety of text tools exist in DynaSCAPE Refer to Chapter 6 the Basic Drawing Tools for more information Inserting Text With a Leader The next type of text is Text with a Leader where text is applied with a leader line and arrow so that you can point directly to the item s on the drawing This text is generally used for items other then plant materials and design elements that are on the drawing For example Annual Display is not usually an item you need to estimate and include in a material list This type of text should also be drawn in the Text_Labels layer The quickest way to turn on the Text_Labels layer is to click on Design Mode in the Modes list on the DynaSCAPE tab or switch the active layer to the Text_Labels layer remember you must be in Select to change
240. eeee eee 12 75 Creating a Quote from a DynaSCAPE Drawing 0000 eeu enna 12 78 Grouping Labels into Work Areas for Manage360 Manage Website and Legacy Q M 12 78 Exporting to DS Manage360 Manage Website ccc eececee cece eee teen ee ee enna 12 81 Exporting to Legacy Q M DS Quote or DS Mange ccceeec cece cece eee ae 12 81 Creating a Plant Picture Catalogue PDF 0 00 cee eee n anaes 12 85 1 3 Working With Raster Images 13 1 About Raster Images in DS Design 000 ce eee eee ees 13 2 Best Practices for RastermimMages wis eios eset cser ie aus ldavaeelatese lee ed eeeriads 13 2 Unique Tools for Raster ImageS 1242 iasacs vente hii icoheiiete vg eh aaa 13 2 Raster Image Names wise nctiiedineieuluscicudcdu a ees bonds r a n 13 3 TABLE OF CONTENTS 12 DynaSCAPE Software Table of Contents inserting Raster lIMaGes serenan acca aaa nese tukia pe das er EA TRS 13 3 Raster Image Files and DS Design DrawingS cccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeenesneeneueens 13 3 Finding and Inserting Plant Images 0 00 00 eee eee eens 13 4 Searching for Plant Images at dynascape Com ce ecccceecc cece cess eeeeeeeeeeeenenas 13 4 Searching for Plant Images In My Plants ccccceceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 13 7 Searching for Custom Mages 2 nc220Gheid teeta esi l is eb snl as inidig uate ulead 13 9 Searching for Plant Images by Label 0000 eee e eee e nanan 13 11 Inserting a Raster Image
241. eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenes 7 23 TUN OF EXtend WINGS arerio aa Guinn Aa SOE E EA A 7 24 Timor Extend Lines to Form a Corner 2c druseinwatirreetecvinuere teense decoetasts 7 25 TAM BetWwWeen Selected Linesin a U 7 25 Trim or Extend Lines to Another Line ccccccccececeeeee eee eeteeeeseseennaneas 7 26 Trim shorten Lines by a Specific Distance ssssssrsrrrrererrrrerrrrrrerrrrrrre 7 27 Trim or Extend Lines to a Specific Length cc cece cece eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 7 28 Break Divide TOOlS rsca ata e ee ea ee a ee 7 30 TABLE OF CONTENTS 7 DynaSCAPE Design Breaking Dividing ONGS nesrin ren a canes veda niveaaa en nenws 7 30 Break Lines at Closest IMTeErs ctiON ersinnen a e AEE A 7 30 Break Eine ata LocatiON seinere rnis e i A e ENA Ai 7 31 Break Lines at an Incremental Distance ssssrssssssrerrrerrerrrerrerrerrrrrrere 7 34 Area Measuring Tools i crac th eee naaa A 7 37 Measure Area by Drawing a Closed Polyling cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 7 37 Measure an Enclosed Area by Selecting the Boundary ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 7 38 Measure an Enclosed Area by Selecting an Interior Location cccccee eee ees 7 39 Length Measuring ToolS 16 8 6 40 wa hha foe d a e 7 41 Measure the Distance Between Two Locations cc cc eeeee eens 7 41 Measure the Length or Perimeter of Selected LINGS ccee cece cece eee eeeees 7 42 Measuring PNIQIOS ish inshore hac Sica Gee G
242. eehand and still control their size or position pre cisely 3 Speed up base plan drafting by using Coordinate Tracking in combination with Grid or Axis location snaps Used in conjunction with Entity Grips Coordinate Tracking can help do the following 1 Bend polylines by a precise distance 2 Stretch lines by a precise amount 3 Change the size of a circle by a precise amount etc Tip In most cases the Coordinate Tracking tool will work best with its display parameters set to Relative and Polar To set these display parameters select the settings button in the lower right corner of the panel then select Relative from the displayed list Select the settings button a second time and select Polar from the displayed list 4 35 DynaSCAPE Design The Overview Panel The Overview panel displays the entire drawing in miniature The primary purpose of the Overview panel is to quickly zoom and scroll through the drawing while seeing both the full drawing in Overview and whatever detail in the Drawing Window that you are working on Select Tools Show Overview Panel from the pull down menu to open the Overview panel RE In effect the Overview panel combines both the Zoom and Scroll functions into one view management tool Use your mouse to drag the Overview panel to an out of the way spot on your screen and then use it to zip around your drawing with ease The Drawing Window will show a close up of any point
243. een converted to create a Plant Schedule How to Convert a Drawing to 5 x and Newer Format To convert a version 4 x drawing to version 5 x and newer follow these steps 1 Open the version 4 x or 3x drawing E 2 From the File menu select Convert gt version 4 x drawing to 5 x Format E File Edit Environment Entity Tables Tools Window Help New 2D Computer Aided Design amp Drafting CO i F F ES a A re G oi ORAE Save Ctrl S fence Constraint Copy Save As Save All Close Ctrl U Close All SketchUp gt P Convert Import p 3 A message box will appear warning you that this conversion cannot be E undone There is not need to worry here because you will be saving the 3 9 DynaSCAPE Design oF converted drawing as a new one allowing you to keep the original drawing as 4 x drawing in the case that you may need it Convert drawing E This operation will convert this drawing to version 5 x format and F cannot be undone Are you sure you wish to proceed a ae Te Click Yes The process will go very quickly and a message box will appear to say the conversion is complete It also says you changes will be saved to a new file This means that you will need to click Save and save the drawing under a new It is recommended that you save the drawing under a name that will help you recognize that the drawing has been converted to version 5 x and newer e g add
244. ees 1 4 INStAMELION OVE VICW Giiiosud cndwrat ettacen ota ceameneteaeat a a e suse testes a sa aie 1 4 System Requirements sserusnsrsruerrererrrrrrrrrrrerrrrrrrrrrrrrerrrrrrrrerrrrerrrrrn 1 4 REGU FOC SKIO enr a n a E A aa R hataanensautese 1 5 PresINStallat OM CNeCKIS 2 euscetrnucncUaadecneneecenetne tenet hernia ivertaruetnantasness 1 6 Checking for Internet Updates 000 cece eee es 1 10 Uninstalling DynaSCAPE Design 0c cece eee eee ees 1 11 2 Getting Started 2 1 Starting DynaSCAPE Design kedcalw wate fee ae ae we ewe 2 2 Starting the DynaSCAPE Design PrOOrai aiwsai invaded vtieemangveweanvetadinveeawwiaer 2 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 DynaSCAPE Design SOC Ware ACUIVALONssiiinisicsebielaie ment inchoate ee ohio keane at sito 2 2 When DynaSCAPE Design Opens for the First Time cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 23 What is a Prototype Drawing 0000 eee eee ee es 2 4 Opening a Prototype Drawing Template c ccc cc cece cseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneneenees 2 4 Understanding Prototype Drawing NaAMeS cceee cece cece eeeeeeee sees eeeeeeeees 25 How to Choose a Prototype Drawing aitsiaieicsieiocs seid ohana 2 5 Main Features of the DynaSCAPE Interface Overview 0 00000 as 2 7 Working WIE TOOIDOXES ju advsusnnietacnaivdatie aA n a S renner EREA 2 7 Opening Closing and Minimizing Toolboxes susssrusrsreresrerrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrne 2 8 Switching Between Rolling Over ToolboxeS
245. el Help 3 k Click Ok 4 In the Data Selection Entity toolbox click on the second tool Select All E Data Selection Entity Eg iy fa ial DynaSCAPE will only select all the objects on the layer selected in the Entity Selection Filters panel This Filter by Layer method is an excellent way of extracting a precise group of entities from a complex drawing 10 8 DynaSCAPE Software Selecting and Filtering Entities Note For a complete description of any of the panels and buttons that we examine during this exercise simply press F1 when a panel is open or after a button has been selected DynaSCAPE On line Help will start up and take you to a detailed Help file on the panel or command in question This feature can guide you through the features and procedures for virtually all of the buttons and panels in DynaSCAPE Design Isolating Layers Using Modes In DynaSCAPE Design prototype drawings contain layers designated for temporary elements used during the drafting process Reference lines drawn in the detail layer or Quick Text notes are examples of temporary elements that do not necessarily appear in the final draft of the drawing presented to the client DynaSCAPE has several Modes that will only show a single layer By using layers that have a corresponding single layer mode you can isolate objects drawn on that layer to view modify or remove them The following layers are intended for temp
246. elected the yellow bar will read Styles and the scrolling table will display a list of line styles 2 30 DynaSCAPE Software Getting Started Display the Drawing Layer List Display the Line Style List Display the Line Width Table Display Drawing Mode List Display the Active Color Display the Drawing Font List The Select and Revise Toggles The header message immediately above the scrolling table will show whether or not you are in Select or Revise mode for lists displayed Select Revie Click the Select toggle in conjunction with one of the icons for layers line styles line weights colors or fonts to choose an attribute from the corresponding list in the scrolling table When you select a name in the list it becomes the active attribute and is highlighted in blue new entities created will be assigned to this layer The Select and Revise toggles available for use when any of the five Tables are displayed It is not needed when using the drawing Modes For example click the Line Styles icon and a list of all currently defined line styles is displayed Select a style in the list and that style becomes the active one Any new entities inserted into the drawing will be displayed according to the selected line style Note The default setting for Styles Weights and Display Colors is By Layer Generally speaking only advanced users will need to change this setting Do not change this setting unless you un
247. elp Architectural Complex GothicGerman GothicEnglish GreekComplex GreekSimplex 4 26 DynaSCAPE Software Menus Settings and Controls 2 Change the values for text Width and Height e g 11 in the Global Text Settings panel to your new values You can also change the Global text font style if you wish 3 Select OK to save the change and close the panel From now on as long as you are in this drawing each time you open the Insert text tool these will be the default settings Important Note If the Scaled Absolute toggle is set to Absolute in the panel click it to change it to Scaled Nearly all your work will require this control set to Scaled 4 Return to the Draw Toolbox and click the Insert Text button to open the Modifier Notice how the default values for text Width and Height are now set to the new value of 11 and the default text font is now Cityblueprint The changes made in the Global Text Settings panel will remain in force in this drawing until or unless they are changed again by using the same method Important Note It is of course possible to change more than just the values for text height and width you may also change the default font spacing and justification controls and other settings To learn more about these control settings select Help in the lower right corner of the panel or press F1 Changing Label Text Settings Dimension Text Changing the glob
248. em 2 If you right click once and you are now in the Move tool and the object will be attached to your cursor 3 Right click again and you are in the Rotate tool E 4 Right click a third time and you are in the Resize tool a 8 4 DynaSCAPE Software oF 6 Deleting and Revising Entities Right click a fourth time and you will be in the Mirror tool Right click a fifth time and it will start all over again unless the object is a figure In the case of a figure the fifth right click will allow you to Skew the object Left click at any time in any one of the tools to change the location rotation size or orientation of the object Left click on the grip again and follow these steps to get back to all the built in tools Grip Tools Exercise The following exercise will show you an example of how to use the built in tools of the grips to make changes to an object such as a library figure L 2 Place a barbecue BBQ figure onto a drawing found in the ACCESSORIES library in the Figures Folder Press Esc and click on the BBQ to show its grip points The grip point in the center allows you to pick up the BBQ and move it to a new location Clicking on any of the other grip points will allow you to stretch the figure Right click on an outside grip and the BBQ will attach to the cursor and will move with the cursor Right click again and the BBQ will rotate around the grip point that was selected Right clic
249. embedded into the label and pulled out when creating the material list later on 6 To insert a label that only needs a count such as LANDSCAPE BOULDERS type the count quantity into the Label Quantity box and click Insert Insert the label as usual For more information about labeling see Chapter 12 Labeling Plants amp Design Elements For more information about the measuring tools see Chapter 6 Basic Editing and Dimensioning Tools 16 11 DynaSCAPE Design Adding the Text and Labels The next step in the design process is to begin to add the text and labels This includes elements such as the title of the drawing labeling of reference elements such as houses and street names and the use of text with a leader for defining areas that will not be defined using plant labels or design labels Simple Text Labels The first element to label will be the House Driveway and Sidewalk For this type of labelling you can use a simple text tool without a leader found in the Draw toolbox called Insert text This type of text should be drawn in the Text_Labels layer The quickest way to turn on the Text_Labels layer is to click on Design Mode in the Modes list on the DynaSCAPE tab or switch the active layer to the Text_Labels layer remember you must be in Select to change layers 1 To begin using this text tool click on the tool to open the modifier panel Notice that the text font and the size of the font are already set These
250. ements or hardscape items These items could be labeled with simple text attached to a leader but if you wish to make a material list with quantities and prices you should be using the Design Label panel There are a number of design elements that need to be labeled e PAVING STONE WALKWAY e FLAGSTONE VENEER e LANDSCAPE BOULDERS To label these items with the Design Label panel you first need to add them to your Design Labeling List Once added to the list they will be available when you need them for labeling your drawings For detailed instructions see Chapter 12 Labeling Plants amp Design Elements Setting up the Design Labeling List The first step is to add the design label elements needed to the Design Labeling List To do so follow these steps 1 Open the Design Label panel by clicking on the icon in the DynaSCAPE sidebar folder 2 k Click on Edit My Labels in the Design Label Panel Note You can also start typing in the Label Text Search and then click New This will open the Design Label List editor Design Labeling ooh Ese My Lee E Settings Label Style Normal text with leaders Clear Search ES Label Text Search 16 7 DynaSCAPE Design 3 To add a Design Label to the list type over the lt New Descriptive Label gt Since the default for all common names for your plants are in upper case you may wish to do the same for your Design Labels CA Users lhoy dyk Docu nents
251. end 26 45 7 52 DynaSCAPE Software Deleting and Revising Entities Topics covered in this chapter v Erasing objects v Using the object grips v Revising object appearances v Revising text attributes 8 1 DynaSCAPE Design Erasing Objects The Delete tool Delete entities icon is found in DynaSCAPE on the Top Button Bar and is represented by an icon that looks like a recycle bin The Delete Entities Tool To erase or delete an object select the Delete entities icon then Click on the object s to be deleted When all the objects to be deleted have been selected right click to end the selection process and finish the command the object s will disappear Objects to be deleted can also be selected by using the selection window s Delete or Del on the keyboard will not delete objects on the drawing Instead in DynaSCAPE the Del key on your keyboard functions as an undo command while working with a tool that is it will allow you to reverse the steps of a command as long as you have not right clicked to finish the command 8 2 DynaSCAPE Software Deleting and Revising Entities Object Grips All entities placed in the drawing have object or entity grips These grips can be used to change the location and or appearance of the various objects drawn on the screen o M TE C E E Stretching Objects Using Grips Clicking on an entity reveals several square points called grips These
252. end of the name to begin the next step Tip During the process of adding your figure to a library you can follow the commands for the next step by reading the Prompt Line 2 Click on all the items that represent your new figure a 3 Once you have selected all the items for your figure right click to end the selection process 11 23 DynaSCAPE Design 4 Now you need to choose an insertion point The insertion point is the i location within the figure to which it will be attached to your crosshairs when inserting the figure into a drawing It is recommended to put this as close to the centre of your figure as possible for a number of reasons mainly for accuracy Click on the location you wish to use as the insertion point 5 Right click to end the process The CLI will tell you that your figure has been added to a library The process is now complete Step 4 Activating the New Figure Library If you have created a new library for your figure you must activate the library so it will show up in the list of libraries To activate your library follow the steps outline later in this chapter called How to Active a New Figure Library If you have added the figure to a library that is already active skip to Step 5 Step 5 Testing your New Figure It is important to test a new figure to be sure it was drawn correctly and works the same as all DynaSCAPE Design figures To do this first find the new figure in the libraries f
253. erly prepared for installation to save time and effort Attempting to install on a workstation that does not meet basic system requirements creates performance problems software failure or even system problems Consult the System Requirements section within this chapter to ensure your workstation meets the basic requirements Note Software problems can stem from a variety of sources but the source of most installation problems stem from an improperly configured workstation Important Please take a few minutes to review the pre installation checklist to ensure that the target computer meets exceeds the minimum system requirements System Requirements The following are the recommended system requirements for DynaSCAPE Design e Windows XP with Service Pack 3 or higher 32 bit only e Windows Vista with Service Pack 2 with all Windows updates e Windows 7 with 32 bit or 64 bit operating systems recommended e Microsoft NET Framework 3 5 or later e Install Windows with the English version or set the language to English may need to download a language pack e 1 gigahertz GHz 32 bit x86 or 64 bit x64 processor e 1 gigabyte GB of system memory RAM e 512MB video card with support for DirectX 9 graphics e Minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768 pixels e Microsoft Internet Explorer TM 8 or later e Internet connection updates and access to the online plant database 1 4 DynaSCAPE Software Installing Dy
254. es can be edited in the list and removed by clicking on the X beside the j size 4 k Click Close to save your list of sizes or changes Adding Sizes to My Plants Follow these steps to add size to your plants 1 k Select a plant that you wish to add sizes to 2 Click inside the Sizes text box If you had already created a master list those sizes will appear in a drop down menu Choose a size and click Add MISCANTHUS SINENSIS MAIDEN GRASS tr oe kr If you do not have a master list you can type your sizes manually and then click Add 12 30 DynaSCAPE Software Labeling Plants amp Design Elements If your master list is long it will shrink as you type allowing you to quickly find your size Adding Prices to My Plant Sizes You can add a price to each size you add to a plant This price is used to create a plant material list with total prices to assist in preparing an estimate or cost sheet The price you assign to each size depends on whether you want your material list to reflect your actual costs or a marked up price You can decide what is best for you To add a price 1 Select the plant you wish to add prices to E 2 Click inside the Price column beside a size type in the price for that size E and press Tab Pe IpI Pos SLL Botanical Name MISCANTHUS SINENSIS Dye Common Name MAIDEN GRASS Sh eee TNO Add Ly Size Sku Re Match Plant 2 gal Key Code MS Type in value and press
255. esign To insert a figure follow these steps 1 Click on the thumbnail or name of the figure you wish to insert into your drawing A list of four options will appear below the thumbnails giving you the option to change the default size and rotation of the figure you wish to insert e Scal Enter a number here to change the scale or size of the figure you wish to insert i e enter an amount of 2 000 will make the figure two times the size of the default e Rot Enter a number here to set the specific angle you wish to have the figure set to on your drawing By entering nothing here you can still rotate the figure during the process of inserting it e Wdth and Hght Enter numbers here if you wish to set a specific width or height for the figure you wish to insert If you enter a number in only one of these you will end up with a figure that is skewed Some skewed figures will not cluster properly Important Note for Inserting Figures It is not necessary to insert a number in any of the options previously mentioned If you choose not to enter any numbers the figure will be inserted at the proper scale and you will have 11 4 DynaSCAPE Software Working with Library Figures options to change the scale and rotation during the insertion process or after insertion is complete 2 After clicking on your figure move your mouse over your drawing and a ghost image of the figure will appear attached to your cursor il
256. ether or not the labels will be used for material takeoffs and whether or not the labels should have the quantities visible or hidden For this tutorial you are going to create a material list so you will need to check Include Quantities on it may already be on In most cases you do not want to show the quantities of hardscape elements on the drawing so turn Show Quantities on Labels off You do not need to Insert Labels on Takeoffs layer so turn that option off as well 2 Select your first design element to label If the first element is the walkway or porch you will need to use a measuring tool as well For example select PAVING STONE WALKWAY from the list Design Labelin J j 9 Edit My Labels 3 Settings Label Style Normal text with leaders PAVING STONE WALKWAY LANDSCAPE BOULDERS FLAGSTONE VENEER 3 With the label highlighted select one of the measuring tools The default tool is Measure Area draw polygon Click Go gt gt w AUTOMATIC Founding neern Labels on lakeots layer show Wuantty on Labels 4 The Measure Area draw polygon tool lets you click around and trace the perimeter of the area to be measured When the entire area has been traced right click This will add the quantity you just measured to the label 16 10 DynaSCAPE Software Design Tutorial Part Il 5 Insert the label the same way you inserted a plant label The quantity taken from measuring will not be visible but it is
257. ettings will help to ensure accuracy 3 Once you have traced around the area right click to end the process E 4 i The result will be displayed in the CLI rence Deck Groundcover Rocks Titlke_Text Shrub Tree aa Cluster Edit Active List Approwimate Area 62 1l1l 21 92 Measure an Enclosed Area by Selecting the Boundary This tool allows you to click on the boundary line i e closed polyline surrounding an area for which you wish to calculate the area To use this tool 1 i Click on the tool shown above 2 Use the mouse to click on the line defining the area to be measured i e a closed polyline rectangle circle etc the line will highlight blue 3 i Right click to end the process 7 38 DynaSCAPE Software Basic Editing and Dimensioning Tools The result will be displayed in the CLI rence z Deck Groundcover Rocks Tite_Text Shrub Tree Cluster Edit Actiwe List Appromimate Area 62 11 21 32 Measure an Enclosed Area by Selecting an Interior Location This tool allows you to left click in the center of an area you wish to calculate the area for and DynaSCAPE will find the bounding area this may not work in all cases if lines surrounding the area do not meet and or overlap To use this tool 1 i Click on the tool shown above 2 Use the mouse to click in the center of the area to be measured i e a closed polyline rectangle ci
258. eway and Sidewalk 1 The next item to add will be the driveway From the sketch you can see the driveway lines up with the corners of the garage and measures 25 long to the city sidewalk You will first need to select the correct layer If you switched the layers to the Revise mode you will now need to switch back to the Select mode To 15 8 DynaSCAPE Software Design Tutorial Part do this click on the Select button above the layer list Select the Drive Road layer which will highlight in blue To place the lines for the driveway click on the Line tool to open the modifier Fi bla te j o Enter 25 into the modifier and press the spacebar To line the driveway up with the corners of the garage you will need to use the inference settings Move your mouse over the outside Base Layer corner of the garage When you see the end or intersection message left click The driveway is now lined up Move your mouse to position the driveway line ensure your 15 9 DynaSCAPE Design Constraints are set to Polar or Ortho for best results and left click to insert the driveway line onto the plan Right click to end the process Repeat for the other side of the driveway and press Esc Z Modifier In E O Length 25 0 Angel El 2 The next step is to place the city sidewalk and the road edge Use the Line E Tiap tool in the Drive Road layer to draw a line from the
259. ff 3 Using the measuring tool called Measure the distance between 2 E locations measure the line for which you know the length Edit Modify BE If the length of the line is correct skip to Step 3 Editing the Imported Drawing If it is not follow the next set of steps 4 To rescale the imported drawing click on the tool in the Edit toolbox called Resize objects by scale ratio to open the modifier In both the X Scale and Y Scale boxes type in the scale needed to resize the geometry The math used to come up with this scale factor is quite simple Sete FB NY Bo fe Ae te Use this calculator A Modifier Scale E a f peier K Saki 1 0000 Y Sce 1 0000 If the line measured is not what it should be divide the known length what it should be by the length of the line you just measured what it is currently This number will become your scale factor 17 5 DynaSCAPE Design 5 Tip There are calculators Expression Evaluators beside all number entry boxes that you can use to determine things like scale calculations In the case of the Resize Objects by Scale Ratio tool click on the calculator icon beside the scale entry box to open the calculator Using the number pad shown or your keyboard divide the known length what it should be by the length of the line you measured When you have the answer click on the Enter button and this number will be automatically entered into
260. from the existing shrub figures This way you can simply copy the Marker from any of the default figures into your new ones All Tree Markers must be on the Tree_Marker Layer while all shrub and perennial markers are placed on the Shrub_Marker Layer Adding A Figure to a Library Step 1 Build and Check your figure Before adding your figure to a library be sure that you have read the previous sections and understand the reasons why it is important to use the appropriate layers 11 21 DynaSCAPE Design and follow the guidelines to ensure you get the desired results The size of your figure is important as well because it will come out of the library at the same size that it was drafted Make sure all the layers that make up your figure are turned on and visible Important Note for Figures If you use any DynaSCAPE figures hatches or sections in your new figure you must Explode them before inserting them into a library If you neglect to do so your figure will not save correctly and you may have additional unkown figures added to your library Step 2 Activate the Library for Adding your New Figure 1 i To add your figure to a library you must first activate the library into which you wish to add the figure To create a new library open the Advanced Tools toolbox by clicking on the Adv button in the top toggle bar Click on the first tool Define a new library figure A modifier panel will appear 2 To activate th
261. fs Design labels have been designed to be able to do both at the same time Z Exploring the Design Label Panel The Design Label Panel is similar to the Plant Label Panel in a number of ways It also provides access to a local list of Design labels that the user creates Opens Label Opens the Design Opens the label Lictto add new Label style fini anel Settings selector Label List for editing p g label Label T Dedyg Labeling 0 e p Edit My Labels E Seting Label Site North test with leaden OX _ tin i FAVER FATIG PALEO PAVERS Search PAVER POOL DECK BRUSSELS BLOCK l PAVER POOL DECK PALEO PAVERS aa o a T Hh Li displayed RANDOM FLAGS TONE WALKWAY CONCRETE BASE here RIVER STONE BORDER SHREDDED PINE MULCH SCODED LAWN Link to i material or kit only when Fr Include Guarititees Or Q M d Teels Messure Aea braa pogan ir Gere J Label Cty i A Quantity and takeoffs options Measuring tools Insert a quantity uton 12 61 DynaSCAPE Design When the Design Label panel is opened for the first time the search results will be empty In order to use a design label you must first create it in the Design Label List editor Once created you can use it by selecting it from your list of design labels just like plant labels Creating a List of Design Labels To create your own custom list of design labels follow these steps 1 k Open the Design Label panel by clicking on th
262. fting your plan immediately As you evolve as a DynaSCAPE Design user you may wish to alter the existing prototypes or add new prototypes to the program which DynaSCAPE Design will allow you to do However we strongly recommend that you leave such advanced modifications for later and start your first projects using the default prototypes that shipped with the software Opening a Prototype Drawing Template Select the first button or icon in the Top Button Bar Activate a new drawing to open the New Drawing panel The New Drawing panel as shown below displays the list of all available prototype drawings P New Drawing Project Untitled Prototype List Defaut Prototype v5 0 Imp Landscape 4 6 5x117 SCALE 1 04 Imp Landscapes 4 6 54171 SCALE 1 00 Imp Landscape 4 6 54171 SCALE 1 10 Imp Landscapes 4 6 54171 SCALE 1 16 Imp Landscape 4 6 5411 SCALE 1 20 D Imp Landscape B 11x1 SCALE 1 04 Imp Landscape D 11417 SCALE 1 08 D Imp Landscape B 11417 SCALE 1 10 Imp Landscape D 11417 SCALE 1 16 Cancel Remove Help 2 4 DynaSCAPE Software Getting Started The scroll bar on the right side of the list allows you to see all of the prototype drawing names The list is sorted alphabetically by name and by page size from smallest to largest metric prototypes are located at the bottom of the list Understanding Prototype Drawing Names The
263. g s elements print out in dark red you will need to change the output colors of those elements To do so follow the next section outlining how to change the drawing s output color to black Changing the Drawing s Output Colors to Black Older figures in DynaSCAPE Design were originally composed with an output color of dark red and unless this is adjusted manually prior to printing those figures will print that color rather than the desired black All the new figures in DynaSCAPE have been changed so the output colors are always set to black version 3 7 and newer The output color of figures can be quickly changed by using the Revise Entity Attributes tool on the Advanced toolbar To revise the Output Color 1 i Right click the tool button then click Output Color 2 Hodiier Revise Attributes alni x Leno Lat ities Cie auii OD Deire CAE Pantis WH A Lener Ery inier 2 Select Display Black from the list of colors then click OK E Bre Gray Mere EERE Fed 02 Gren 000 Bia coo Faran Eri ake Conca Help 3 Press Ctrl A to select all objects on your drawing then right click on the drawing 4 The drawing can now be printed using the Output Colors setting and all figures on the drawing will print in black 14 8 DynaSCAPE Software Printing and Saving as an Image File Missing Figures When Printing Even if the drawing is not printed in color including raster im
264. g and Dimensioning Tools Once you right click to end the measuring process the quantity will be displayed in the CLI and it will be attached to your label waiting for you to insert it Insert it the same way as outlined in the previous steps where AutoCount was used 12 45 DynaSCAPE Design Note If you wish to have measurements without inches and fractions open the label panel settings and check Auto Minimize Note You can override the quantity that is calculated by the measuring tool by maximizing the label panel and manually entering a new quantity in the Label Qty text box Inserting a Plant Label by Entering Quantity Manually There may be times where the plants you wish to label have not been grouped together and as a result you cannot use the AutoCount function In this case you need to enter the quantity manually Follow these steps to insert a plant label into your drawing by entering a quantity manually in the Plant Labeling Tool l 2 3 oF Choose the plant name you wish to use on your label Choose the units you wish to use Enter a quantity in the Label Qty text box in the label panel JW BUG E r a W Show Selected Plant Details Label Qi 1 Each gt Enter Qty Choose units Press Enter on your keyboard or click on the Insert button The labeling panel will temporarily minimize giving you full view of your drawing for the insertion of a label Insert the label as us
265. g screen you may need to zoom out to see it If the red box is not on top of the drawing limits line go back check to make sure you have chosen the correct paper size and orientation in your printer setup or that you have chosen the correct scale setting in the Scale tab 1 2 If everything appears correct click Print a 14 5 DynaSCAPE Design Printing Drawings with Raster Images If your drawing has images of plants hardscapes or a company logo and you wish to print them in color while printing the rest of the drawing in black and white follow one of these two options Option 1 Printing Without Changing the Color Settings This option works for most printers that print in color l 2 3 4 Click on the Printer icon in DynaSCAPE to open the Print Drawing panel Click on the Printer Setup option to open the Print Setup panel Select the printer you wish to print to the paper size and orientation see the previous section for details Click on the Properties option and set the printer s output to color and click Ok Fintez Name Vutridesthe designeet O00p042P5 ree ae Giur Amii Tipe ho desig Dips 42 PS Whee DESIGAJETAMIFE Cenmen Ponien Liia Pager Oneri ai Sine Porat Landscape Network Cancel 14 6 DynaSCAPE Software Printing and Saving as an Image File 5 In the Color tab of the Print Drawing panel choose the Print using a single color option A Prin
266. g the Edit Select All Option This option is found by going to the Edit pull down menu and choosing Select All All the objects on your drawing that are visible and can be selected will highlight in blue There are instances when only part of the drawing will be selected 1 If an object is on a layer that has been Locked it cannot be selected 2 If an object is part of a prototype it cannot be selected 10 4 DynaSCAPE Software Selecting and Filtering Entities 3 If you are using an editing tool that is looking for you to select a specific type of object i e a figure or text it will only select that specific type of object Using the Keyboard Option The keyboard option works exactly the same as the Select All option To use this option press the Ctrl key and the A on your keyboard at the same time All the objects on your drawing that are visible and can be selected will highlight in blue There are instances when only part of the drawing will be selected 1 Ifan object is on a layer that has been Locked it cannot be selected 2 If an object is part of a prototype it cannot be selected If you are using an editing tool that is looking for you to select a specific type of object i e a figure or text it will only select that specific type of object 10 5 DynaSCAPE Design Working with Layer Controls In DynaSCAPE Design understanding the role of layers gives you more control over the
267. gning Objects 7 4 Along an Existing Line 7 6 Arc Tools 6 38 Arcs Between Two Locations 6 40 6 38 Drawing 6 38 Inserting 6 39 Tangent to Two Locations 6 41 6 40 Using an Outside Tangent to an Entity 6 42 Area Measuring Tools 7 37 Around a location 7 11 Auto Minimize 72 42 AutoCAD Drawings Exporting to DWG Format 17 10 Importing Editing 17 6 Resizing 17 5 Troubleshooting 17 8 7 2 AutoCount 72 43 Autosave Command 2 45 Accessing 4 4 B Backup File 75 51 Bearings How to draw with bearings 6 8 Property Lines wirth Arcs 6 42 Using DMS degrees minutes seconds 6 8 Best practices 13 2 Break Lines At a Location 7 31 7 35 7 34 7 30 VE Arma fis Between Selected Lines 7 32 Dividing 7 30 Into n Number of Equal Segments 7 33 Building Outline Tool 6 8 Closing 6 23 How to use 6 20 Button Bars Introduction to 2 22 By angle 7 2 C Calculating Area 7 37 Calculating Length 7 41 Calculators About 6 2 Changing Paper Size 4 9 checking for 7 10 Circles Drawing 6 47 Closing Closing your work 2 46 Exiting 2 46 Clustering 75 52 Figures Non overlapping 71 9 Library Figures 71 8 Why Figures Disappear 71 11 Clustering Library Figures 71 8 15 52 Before clustering 8 Computer very slow 77 10 Step by step 71 9 11 10 Color Figures Background Color 4 16 Colorable Figures 71 19 Command Redo 2 45 Command Alias Control codes 4 8 9 33 4 7 9 32 Definition 4 5 Examples 4 5 INDEX 1 DynaSCAPE Design
268. hange and close the panel In addition to arrow style settings the panel also includes controls for the Length of the arrow and whether or not the arrow is Filled solid or just outlined Select the Help button for a complete tour of the controls in this panel To save any changes to global settings click OK Important Note As with all changes to global settings we recommend that you make any changes to arrow settings one step at a time and test the results as you go 4 33 DynaSCAPE Design The Tools Menu As you become more familiar with DynaSCAPE Design you will find a number of ways to accomplish a given task DynaSCAPE Design is a rich program providing both basic and advanced functionality The Tools menu provides access to some of DynaSCAPE Design s most interesting design assistance devices None of the tools available here is essential for the new user but as you gain experience with DynaSCAPE Design you ll find many of these gizmos to be quite handy maybe even ingenious The Data Selection Panel The Data Selection panel presents a dynamically visible display of tools that can assist the drafting process Select the pull down menu Tools Show Data Selection to open the Data Selection panel Data Selection Location f les In the image above we see two views of the Data Selection panel The controls in the panel change dynamically depending on the type of command being undertaken The various tools sho
269. hange the font style and size Revising Text Font Style Font Size and Leader To revise the text and properties of follow these steps 1 Open the Revise Leader Attributes tool found in he Advanced toolbox E 9 22 DynaSCAPE Software Inserting and Editing Text 2 Make the necessary changes to the text attributes in any or all of the tabs E 3 Click on the Apply button on the Edit tab E 4 Select any Text with a Leader labels on your drawing you wish to revise by left clicking on each label and then right clicking to complete the changes If you want to change the font style and or font size on all Text with a Leader labels you may select all of them at once with the shortcut Ctrl A Hold Ctrl and press A Right click to finish the change Note Only Text with a Leader labels will be selected during this process Caution Do not use the select all feature if you have entered any text in the Edit field Important Changes to the text of Plant Labels or Design Labels if edited using these tools will not be reflected in your material lists The original label material and count will be maintained unless the label in DynaSCAPE Design is deleted and reentered 9 23 DynaSCAPE Design Changing Global Text Settings Every time you open a DynaSCAPE prototype there are global drawing controls that set the defaults for tables text and patterns These settings are found in the Entity pull down menu
270. hange these setting so they are there each time you open the tool read the section at the end of this chapter called Editing Global Text Settings The Text Tab This tab is where the text settings are changed including the font being used and the size of the font Again there are default settings applied here to match other label settings elsewhere in the program and any changes made will only affect the current text and will be abandoned when the panel is closed lt y Modifier Insert Leader _ Oj x Attributes Text Edit wanj E CSpacefo E Heint 9 E LSpcelo H Justi Ler Snt o0 E Locate Inline Spacing Proportional Architectural E le Complex e s le GothicGerman A fA a pE ALe GothicEnglish GreekComplex GreekSimplex 9 14 DynaSCAPE Software Inserting and Editing Text The Edit Tab This tab is where the text that is to be placed on the drawing is entered Only one line of text can be entered each time Modifier Insert Leader Ioj x Attributes Text Edit Edit the leader text to be inserted Press the apply button when the finished editting to activate the text i Enter Text Here Using the Insert Text Attached to a Leader Tool L Click on the Design_Mode The Design_Mode will set the active layer to Text Labels the recommended layer for text and turn the constraints on to Polar needed to control leader lines You can set this manually
271. he desired shape left click Notice that the polyline is still attached and waiting for the next arc to be drawn Move the mouse diagonally from upper left to lower right Once you are happy with the shape of the arc being created left click The planting bed is now almost complete Move the mouse down to the driveway below the walkway an estimated 7 8 You can adjust it later if need be Use the inference settings to locate a spot on the driveway to 15 36 DynaSCAPE Software Design Tutorial Part connect the planting bed to and left click Right click to finish drawing the planting bed and press Esc al 1 Start line here JA Hadie renee Pobplinn Cites Sofie ha End here Altering the Plantbed Shape Once you have placed the planting bed you can alter the shape of it using the grip points L After pressing Esc left click on the planting bed line Notice the line highlights blue and that a series of blue squares or grip points also appear These grip points allow you to stretch and move the various points along the planting bed line ultimately changing the shape of the polyline If you find your planting bed has kinks or the flow is not consistent and you wish to change the shape left click on the line and use the grip points The 15 37 DynaSCAPE Design middle grip point controls the arc curve while the end grip points control the location of
272. he line tool you can set any combination of length and angle for a line Lengths and angles can be entered in full and part units This is the preferred method for entering measurements that are known and need to be exact such as the walls of the building driveway and property measurements etc 6 5 DynaSCAPE Design Draw a Line This tool allows you to insert a line in any direction between two locations on the drawing The modifier has a field to enter the Length of the line and the Angle One both or none of the fields can be completed depending on the purpose of the line being drawn You can draw subsequent line segments that will meet end to end entering new values for each segment as long as the right mouse button has not been clicked or if it has use the inference settings to connect the lines end to end or at any other point along the line To use this tool 1 Click on the line tool shown above to open the modifier a 2 Enter the length of the line to be drawn and press the spacebar You can i also use the Coordinate Tracking Panel track the length of the line as you draw 3 Enter the angle at which the line is to be drawn and press the spacebar a Constraints can also be used instead of setting the angle 4 Once the values are entered click where the first end of line is to be placed and then use the mouse to set the direction A second click will drop the line into the drawing 5 If you wish to draw
273. he next step optional allows you to rotate the tree by moving your mouse move the mouse till the shadow matches the position of the north arrow and left click If you do not wish to further rescale or stretch the tree the last two options you can right click to complete the process Finish placing the other two trees on the drawing There is a second 9FT_DECID_TREE just to the left of the front window and a 4FT_DECID_STD down near where the walkway meets the driveway Inserting Patterns for Groundcovers and Annuals The last softscape elements to be placed are the two filled in areas which represent ground cover and annuals The first area will be an area of ground cover under the tree near the front window and the second area will be an area of annuals right at the driveway In this step you will be inserting patterns to represent groundcovers and annuals Patterns require enclosed areas that need to be drawn first Note symbols cannot act as a boundary In this case you can use a polyline to define the area however instead of using a closed polyline which is another option by which you can define regions to be filled and simply overlap the polyline drawn with the existing plant bed line 15 47 DynaSCAPE Design l 2 oF Select the Temp layer and then the Polyline tool from the Draw toolbox with a left click as you do not need the modifier in this case Zoom in to the area that is to be filled Left click to
274. he pattern to be used This can be done by scrolling through the list on the left hand side of the panel or by clicking on the Hatch or Section Picker button 3 Set the scale and rotation if required for the hatch section and press the spacebar 4 Select the area which is to be hatched sectioned by Clicking on the E bounding entity The bounding entity can be a closed polyline a circle a rectangle or any other shape with is comprised of lines polylines and arcs that meet end to end The bounding entity will hi light blue 5 Once the bounding entity is selected and hi lighted right click to fill with the hatch section Insert a Hatch Generic Pattern into a Contained Area To use the Insert a Hatch Generic Pattern into a Contained Area tool follow these steps 1 Click on the tool shown above to open the modifier E 2 Select the pattern to be used This can be done by scrolling through the list on the left hand side of the panel or by clicking on the Hatch or Section Picker button 3 Set the scale and rotation if required for the hatch section and press the spacebar 4 Select the area which is to be hatched sectioned by clicking in the center of E the area to be filled DynaSCAPE Design will automatically find the bounding lines which will be highlighted blue 5 Once the bounding entity is selected and hi lighted right click to fill with j the hatch section 6 55 DynaSCAPE Design Ha
275. he user s computer is saved If you need to transfer the Design drawing to another computer the raster images must be transferred as well In addition the raster images must be placed in the exact same file location on the new computer Otherwise the raster images will not be displayed when the drawing is opened at the new location 13 3 DynaSCAPE Design Finding and Inserting Plant Images Note All the tools in this chapter are found on the Imaging Sidebar Folder Click the Imaging Sidebar Folder on the far left side of the DynaSCAPE Design program to access these tools The tools covered in this chapter allow you to search for and insert plant images at dynascape com your local plant list the Plant List Editor and custom images you may have on you own computer The first tool relies on nothing already in the drawing so you can use this tool at any point in the drawing stage However if you have Plant Labels on your drawing it is faster to use the second add image tool that allows you to click on the label and it finds the plant image for you Searching for Plant Images at dynascape com To use search for and insert plant images from dynascape com follow these steps 1 f Click the Search for Plant Images icon pa 2 k The Search for Plant Images panel will be displayed allowing you to type in a plant name to search for When searching at dynascape com you are search DynaSCAPE s Online Plant Database of over 9 000
276. he values for Width and Height in this panel now but the change would only affect the string s of text that we are entering at this time The next time the text Modifier is opened Height and Width it would again be set to the Global setting default To change text size default globally so that the revised text sizes or fonts will appear each time you open the Insert Text tool follow these steps 1 Select the pull down menu Entity Text to open the Global Text Settings E panel Ei Global Text Settings X Set the default attributes for newly created text CSpace o 00 width 1 17 OO LSpace o 0000000 Height 1 1 O Slant 0 00 8 8 8 Rotation 0 00 al Justify Left Spacing Proportional Active Text Font Architectural ae ail Horizontal Mirror Complex tT s g Wertical Mirror GothicGerman A tae Toa Displa Apoat fe isplay boxed text GothicEnglish 2 D 122 GreekComplex GreekSimplex 2 Change the values for text Width and Height e g 11 in the Global Text j Settings panel to your new values You can also change the Global text font style if you wish 3 Select OK to save the change and close the panel From now on as long as you are in this drawing each time you open the Insert text tool these will be the default settings Important Note If the Scaled Absolute toggle is set to Absolute in the panel click it to change it to Scaled Nearly all your work w
277. hen these tools would be used in a landscape plan are also included Draw Creation Jx nt 1 4 e4o ye See 6 4 DynaSCAPE Software Basic Drawing Tools Drawing Lines Draw Creation Sl The function of the line tool is to draw lines at any length and at any angle Lines can be drawn freehand or by using a set length Angles for the line can be determined set freehand or by the constraints settings Lines are used to create many of the components in a drawing This can include the building walls property lines driveway lines among many others There are a number of different line tools available each with their own unique function and purpose All of the tools described here are nested beneath the main line tool button and can be accessed by clicking and holding the mouse button down on the line tool This will uncover the tools and allow you to switch between the active line tool or the nested tools can be opened in their own toolbar by clicking on the line tool while holding the left mouse button down and dragging the mouse As you move the mouse to the new location a new toolbox will appear All line tools can be drawn freehand or by using modifier Below is an explanation of each technique Freehand Using the line tool freehand allows you to insert lines anywhere on the drawing without setting the length of the line or the angle at which the line is being drawn Modifier Using the modifier for t
278. here Please note that the components within the figure will still remain on their individual layers 11 30 DynaSCAPE Software Labeling Plants amp Design Elements Topics covered in this section Creating a custom database of My Plants Finding a Softscape Item to label with Placing a Softscape Label Labeling with Plant Keys Placing a Plant Schedule on a Drawing Creating a Plant Picture Catalogue Creating a custom list of Design Labels Finding and placing Design Labels Labeling for Estimation Creating a Material List LN NS RN NN NNEN The Plant Label and Design Labels tools will help you label a drawing in a quick easy and efficient manner The main benefit is to eliminate the time spent transferring information from a drawing when manually generating a material list or quote In this chapter you ll discover how to build lists of plants and design labels you can use to label with You will learn how to find your materials how to use the tools available to speedup counting and measuring quantities and how to benefit from helpful options for labeling 12 1 DynaSCAPE Design The Plant Labeling Panel The Plant Label Panel is used for labeling plants on your drawing in a much more efficient way than manually typing them in with the text tools This label panel enables you to find plant names from a few sources in order to label your drawing 1 in My Plants 2 at dynascape com 3 in My Favorites Before ex
279. hese settings can be overridden if need be when using a tool or command The idea behind global drawing settings is to use them to establish the most appropriate setting for that scale of drawing so that you don t have to spend time constantly resetting controls In DynaSCAPE Design prototype drawings we have fine tuned these global settings In general new users should not need to make many adjustments to these settings Changing Global Text Settings Every time you open a DynaSCAPE prototype there are global drawing controls that set the defaults for tables text and patterns These settings are found in the Entity pull down menu There are two types of text that can be inserted into a drawing and each has their own default Global settings that control them 1 Plain text without a leader Text 2 Text attached to a leader or dimension Dimension Text To change default text settings go to the pull down menu Entity Text to open the Global Text Settings panel Important Note The controls in the Entity menu cannot be edited unless a drawing is open All DynaSCAPE prototypes have default text sizes that were determined to be appropriate for the scale of the prototype chosen However you may find that under certain circumstances you may need to change the default text settings If you change the scale of your drawing you may find that the text size is too large or too small for the new scale 4 25 DynaSCAPE Design T
280. hicker line width e g Building Layer Click on the tool shown above to open the modifier Enter a distance of 5 and the number of points to 4 In the end we will have four points on the line five feet apart Left and right click on the path s were the points will be placed and the points will automatically be added 2 Modifier Generate Point Distance Oj x Each point is placed Y apart starting at the far left point of the line 7 18 DynaSCAPE Software Basic Editing and Dimensioning Tools Insert Equally Spaced Points Along a Line The Insert equally spaced points along a line tool nested under the previous tool allows you to choose the number of points that are to be placed equally spaced on a line GenPoint I To use this tool 1 Draw a 20 line in a layer that has a thin line width e g Plantbed and press Esc 2 s Switch to a layer that has a thicker line width e g Building Layer 3 i Click on the tool shown above to open the modifier 4 k Enter eight as the number of points In the end we will have eight points spread evenly along the line 5 Left click on the path s were the points will be placed and then right i click the points will automatically be added Eight points spaced evenly along the line 7 19 DynaSCAPE Design Insert Points Along a Line Using a Percentage Increment Also nested under the previous tool the Insert points along a line using a
281. hoose making the line a set length 3 Click the line you want to set the length of Make sure you click on the end of the line you wish to change The line will highlight blue 4 Right click to end the process 7 28 DynaSCAPE Software Basic Editing and Dimensioning Tools Modifier Length iol x 7 29 DynaSCAPE Design Break Divide Tools Breaking Dividing Lines The break tools allows for a line or object to be taken and broken into separate the selection pieces One break tool is visible in the Edit toolbox however there are a number of additional tools nested underneath Break Lines at Closest Intersection This tool allows for a line or object to be broken at the point in which it is intersected by another line or object Lines and objects can be broken at one point or if intersected at multiple locations can be broken into multiple sections by using the modifier panel option Divide all segments To use the tool 1 i Click the tool shown above 2 Click on the line which is being broken there must be a line or other entity a other than a figure intersecting the line to be broken where these entities intersect will be the division point 3 Right click ends the circumstance selection process and finished the command The result is two lines broken at the intersecting point 7 30 DynaSCAPE Software Basic Editing and Dimensioning Tools x Division point Break
282. hoose your export options of Plants and Materials Plants Only or Materials Only You can also select which columns you wish to appear in 12 75 DynaSCAPE Design the exported list and how you wish to arrange the plants You can also choose an export option of Microsoft Word or Excel Export Maternal List SMITH RESIDENCE Pre and Materie Plants Ony Matis Ony a lt 1 lt iosi st 4 About Export Options Plants refers to any labels created using the Plant Label panel while Materials refers to any labels created using the Design Label panel 12 76 DynaSCAPE Software 4 Labeling Plants amp Design Elements Click Export and Design will open Word or Excel and insert the list of plants and or materials labeled from your drawing into it Sze Price ie Microsoft Word i Microsoft Excel July 6 2009 SMITH RESIDENCE Plants Quantity Botanical Name Common Name Size Price 1 Acer rubrum RED MAPLE 2 CAL 310 00 W B 3 Azalea Lemon Lights LEMON LIGHTS AZALEA 5 GAL 126 00 1 Buxus Green Mountain GREEN MOUNTAIN BOXWOOD 5 GAL 47 00 21 Buxus microphylla Winter Gem WINTER GEM BOXWOOD 3 GAL 609 00 1 Cercis canadensis Forest Pansy FOREST PANSY REDBUD 5 POTTED 265 00 1 Chamaecyparis nootkatensis Pendula PENDULA NOOTKA CYPRESS 5 W B 295 00 3 Hemerocallis Catherine Woodbury CATHERINE WOODBURY DAYLILY 1 GAL 58 50 3 Heuchera Bronze Beacon BRONZE BEACON CORAL
283. ht click click once more and pull your mouse away from the figure You will see the figure change in size as you move the mouse away 11 6 DynaSCAPE Software Working with Library Figures from the insertion point Click on the drawing at the point with which you reach the desired size Right click to finish the process Pull Skewing a Figure During Insertion A figure can be skewed distorted along an axis after you have clicked to select the location rotation and size of your figure Before you right click click once more and pull your mouse away from the figure You will see the figure skew as you move the mouse away from the insertion point Click on the drawing at the point with which you are satisfied with skew of the figure Right click to finish the process 11 7 DynaSCAPE Design Clustering a Library Figure DynaSCAPE Design has a unique tool that turns groupings of specific types of figures into a tidy cluster This feature not only improves the appearance of the finished drawing but is also an important step to enable the softscape labeling tool to Auto count the quantity of items in the grouping The term clustering refers to process of grouping or blending individual figures into one discernible object while keeping the individual counting properties intact How Does the Clustering Tool Work The clustering tool can appear to work in two different ways Some figures will have their overla
284. ht of the selected figure 2 33 DynaSCAPE Design The Figure Name Right Click Menu If you right click on a figure s thumbnail image or Figure Name in the figures folder the following menu will be displayed Add to favorites Toggle figure view Selecting the Toggle figure view option displays a larger preview version of the figure complete with the full name of the figure ar TS_FLSHAU i 3FT_FLSHRUB_a MOR p The other option in the right click menu Add to Favorites allows you to send a copy of a frequently used figure to the Favorites Folder The figure added to the Favorites folder will still exist in it s original library but if the figure is removed from the original library it will also be removed from the Favorites Folder Read more about the Favorites Folder below The Favorites Sidebar Folder When you first install the DynaSCAPE Design program the Favorites Folder will be empty As described in the previous section you have the option of populating the Favorites Folder with a copy of any figures that you use frequently This is done by right clicking on the Figure Name or thumbnail image of any selected figure in the figures folder or in the Figure Manager and choosing Add to favorites from the displayed options list A copy of the figure is added to the Favorites Folder and will retain all of the attributes previously assigned to the figure A right click op
285. ht side of the panel and drop them 2 c program files dynascape designipanelstenglishitools Eg k Drag and drop Be es here to remove Peamimands double ag Insert e toolbox a tool from the toolbox Draw Creation yreneiiaa OK a Cancel 18 11 DynaSCAPE Design6 02 7 i To finish click on the save icon and then click OK A SsAPEOB sam Biles My nascaneLcesie DL Panels ene ihoni Eg To add buttons drag icons from the ey library to the toolbox To edit a toolbox hutton s associated commands double click on a button in the toolbox aal ee e LA ol eal eel een a ev orem 8 To see the changes to the toolbox you must first close and then reopen the i toolbox and the tools will be refreshed Creating a New Toolbox To create a new toolbox follow these steps 1 k Click on the Tools menu and choose Tool Editor 2 In the panel that opens a blank toolbox will appear on the bottom of the panel Find and drag tools into it the same way as described in the previous steps 4 5 and 6 3 Give your toolbox a title by clicking on the Title button and type in your a e o e new name This is the name you will see on your toolbox titlebar Tool Editor Enter the new name of the toolbox My Mew Toolbox a Cancel Same OK a Cancel Toolbox 18 12 DynaSCAPE Software Customizing and Other Advanced Topics Next save the toolbox into the following folder and give it a
286. ical Name Common Name and add any sizes and prices you need for this plant see Adding Sizes Plants and any changes you make are automatically saved to the database as you type or choose options 3 This isn t an image showing in the thumbnail picture placeholder because the plant has not been match to the Online Plant Database See Matching Plants to the Online Plant Database 12 21 DynaSCAPE Design Matching Plants to the Online Plant Database If a plant is not matched it will display the message No Image Available You can match plants to the Online Plant Database dynascape com individually or by clicking on Match Plants and using the Batch Matching and Update Wizard m eS ee New Plant Match Plants Download Plants Import Plants Settings Plant List 1361 Botanical Nan Search Show All R ommon Nan Sort by Botanical Name No Mage Sizes __ Sort by Common Name Available Abies concolor WHITE FIR W Size Acer negundo Bob s Glory FLAMINGO BOX ELL _ Match Plant x 1500 Key Code app X O 175a X 200c Acer palmatum Blocdgocd BLOODGOOD JAPA Acer palmatum var dissectum Crimson Queen Matching and Updating Plants Individually To match plants one at a time follow these steps 1 Click on the Match Plant option under the plants picture placeholder To i open the plant matching wizard g ul 7 Download Plants Import Plants
287. ick again to place Dashed arrow shows how the mouse would be moved to determine size 6 37 DynaSCAPE Design Drawing Arcs There are a a series of six tools in the Draw toolbox for drawing arcs Although they are not used as often as the polyline tool for drawing landscape plans there are instances where the arc tools are useful especially if you need to draw a curve with a specific radius i e drawing property lines swimming pools steps etc E raw C i ti On If you left click and hold on the arc tool button a list of all six available arc tools will appear Insert an Arc Between Two Locations Defining the Chord Click this icon to insert an arc passing through two locations Select two locations and an arc will be drawn through them This arc tool is useful for creating arcs of a specific radius between two points with the two points being the start and end locations With this tool you must set the radius of the arc To use this tool 1 i Turn off your constraints 2 Set the radius of the arc you wish to draw 3 i Click on the first location where you wish to start the arc 4 Click on the second location where you wish to end the arc An arc will be drawn with the radius specified 6 38 DynaSCAPE Software Basic Drawing Tools As with all the arc tools the radius will be drawn in a counter clockwise direction In some cases you may need to start with your second location first Insert a
288. ick on the icon once and DynaSCAPE will fit the drawing limits inside the workspace 2 38 DynaSCAPE Software Getting Started Restore Previous Zoom Level The zoom tool works like an undo button for previous zoom activity To use this tool click on the icon once and DynaSCAPE will undo your last zoom command You undo as many zoom actions as you have made on the current drawing since it has been open in the current session If you are in the middle of a drawing or editing function you will need to click on the icon again to activate it again Zoom Database Extents to Best Fit This zoom tool will fit all the geometry that is in your drawing and fit it into the workspace To use this tool click on the icon once and DynaSCAPE will fit all the geometry that is in your drawing and fit it into the workspace even geometry that is outside of the drawing limits Zoom in on the Drawing This zoom tool allows you to zoom in on a part of the drawing at a system default increment one step at a time To use this tool click on the icon once and then click on the drawing where you wish to zoom in DynaSCAPE will zoom in once If you are in the middle of a drawing or editing function you will need to click on the icon again to activate it again 2 39 DynaSCAPE Design Zoom the Drawing Out This zoom tool allows you to zoom out of the drawing at a system default increment one step at a time To use this tool
289. ick where you wish the line to end Line drawn tangent to the circle from the Ne defined start point Existing circle Line start point 6 17 DynaSCAPE Design The Building Outline Tool The building outline tool is used exclusively for drawing the outline of a house or building Following the recommended DynaSCAPE technique this tool draws two parallel lines one on the Building layer and one on the Base layer by default turning the Fill off for doors and windows and then joining the building line together to close the gap at each corner The two lines are drawn at an offset distance that is half the width of the line on the Building layer 3 for most prototypes This tool uses the outside line on the Base layer by default as the line that receives the measurements entered for complete accuracy Draw Creation When clicked on the Building Outline tool opens a modifier panel with a number of options to choose from Draw Building Line Gi start drawing walls in a counter clockwise direction The following is an explanation of the various options in the modifier Start Direction The start direction determines which side of the building line the second line will be placed as you draw Since the building line is a thicker line the second line a thin line will be drawn directly along the outside edge it Drawing Mode Determines the type of line that will be drawn for the building line The Wal
290. idual override layers for each figure Follow these steps to set the Library Layer Override 5 In the Library Manager panel select the More button to drop down an extension to the panel A Library Manages L rary Let ROCKS LA Figure List SHR _HATUAAL 20M CUBE JER HATHA JON _HATURAL 20 Ha URAL ASR HATHA ATN_RATURAL 20 a Te 21K_QUBICAL OUTCACR_1 DUTTA Z 11 29 DynaSCAPE Design 6 Click on the Layer button to open the Layer Override panel a Mere Delete PPS SASL TANNA IAAL BHMA IAAL eel Figures coetaining ew Hide Clear Figures sinrting with Shew moe Cheer BBCODE F GH FJ KL M T Sert figures aphabetcaty N OPOR S T Ul vw XYZ ay Cose 7 In the Override Layer panel select the layer you wish all the figures in that E er specific library to be set on when inserted into your drawing Make sure there is a checkmark next to Override active A Library Layer Override Select the layer all figures from this library are to be created on If figures are to be created on the active layer deselect the override toggle 012 Shrub 013 Tree 014 Cluster 8 Click OK and then click Update to activate the library Close the Library Manager 9 Your new library is now ready to use Now each time you use figures from a this library they will all be set on the same layer that you have selected
291. if you have performed at least one command in the drawing you will be prompted to Save or Abandon any recent changes made in the drawing 2 46 DynaSCAPE Software Getting Started Save Changes P sr Do you want to abandon all changes to SAMPLE DRAWING cave Abandon Save will save all your work done until the point in which you closed the drawing this will likely the option you select Cancel will bring you back to the design to continue working Abandon is generally only used if you have not performed any additional work worth saving in the drawing Note Selecting the Abandon option in the Save Changes panel does nothing more dire than ignore your most recent work on a drawing any commands issued since you last saved if you choose the Abandon option your drawing will not be deleted Exiting DynaSCAPE Design Exiting DynaSCAPE Design can be done either by using the X in the upper right corner of the screen or by choosing File Exit on the pull down menu 2 47 DynaSCAPE Design 2 48 DynaSCAPE Software Opening a DynaSCAPE Drawing Topics covered in this chapter vV Opening existing and sample DynaSCAPE Design drawings v Working with multiple drawings v Opening a drawing from older versions of DynaSCAPE Design v Converting a 4 x Drawing to 5 x or newer v Managing DynaSCAPE Design files 3 1 DynaSCAPE Design Opening a DynaSCAPE Drawing Pressing th
292. igures are displayed within a figure library You can move your most frequently used figures to the top of the list or as you add new figures you can re order the figures to place the new ones in a logical position in the library 11 27 DynaSCAPE Design To use the controls select a figure either by clicking a thumbnail image or by selecting a figure name in the Figure List and then select one of the positioning control buttons How to Activate a New Figure Library The Figure Sidebar Folder displays only the currently active libraries of figures If you have created a new Figure Library you must activate it in order to for it to appear in the Figures Sidebar Folder To activate a library follow these steps 1 Go to the Tools menu and select the Library Manager option The Library E Manager panel will appear 2 Select the Add button which will take you to the folder where all the library files are stored C Documents and Settings User Name My Documents DynaSCAPEDS symbols where C is your hard drive A Library Manager Lary List ROCKS Figure List SH_WATUAAL 20N CUAL j 3 Select the library you wish to activate and click Open a Figure library Look q My Documents E My Computer My emi Places fl ACCESSORIES LIB AQACCESSORIES LIB AQDETAILS LIB AQGRANDESYSTEM LIB AQMINISYSTEM LIB AQSTANDARDSYSTEM LIB ARBORSGATES LIB E C ACCESSORIES LIB C AQSTANDARDSYSTEM L
293. ill require this control set to Scaled 4 Return to the Draw Toolbox and click the Insert Text button to open the i Modifier Notice how the default values for text Width and Height are 9 25 DynaSCAPE Design now set to the new value of 11 and the default text font is now Cityblueprint The changes made in the Global Text Settings panel will remain in force in this drawing until or unless they are changed again by using the same method A _ Important Note It is of course possible to change more than just the values for text height and width you may also change the default font spacing and justification controls and other settings To learn more about these control settings select Help in the lower right corner of the panel or press F1 Changing Label Text Settings Dimension Text Changing the global settings for text outlined previously does not change the default settings for text attached to labels In order to change the default text settings for labels we must edit the Global Dimension Settings panel All DynaSCAPE Design labeling options involve what is called Leader text that is to say labels text or numbers that optionally include arrows and leader lines The default settings for Leader text in all its forms is also controlled by the Global Dimension Settings panel Changing Global Dimension Text Settings Text with Leader To change the default settings for labelling and dimensioning select
294. in closer to select the endpoints with greater accuracy After finishing step 4 verify the accuracy of the new image scale by using the Measure the Distance Between 2 Locations tool in the Edit toolbox and click on each end of the known line on the drawing 13 18 DynaSCAPE Software Working With Raster Images Editing or Removing a Raster The final raster tool will allow you to change several other attributes of rasters such as raster name raster location and visibility You can also use this final tool to delete rasters To access these features click on the Edit Rasters button The Raster Editor will open Note Any changes made in the Raster Editor will NOT take place until the OK button is pressed C PAOGAAM F PNK AWORO AY ER HTORAMGEA AUREA JAPANESE BARBERA kisik da AUTUNA JOY ROS CARFI i 7 5 Inar Wehew ofc TARA BA ME SLWEH_ FEATHER PE JAPANESE MAPLE EENI 1 10 waz Transparent Coor B TEA UA Transparency Liabag 0 O fw Visible v Aspect Helo Changing the Raster Name To change the name of a raster select it from the Raster List and click Edit Then type a new name in the modifier window that appears and click OK 13 19 DynaSCAPE Design Adjusting the Raster Location The location of any raster on your drawing can also be adjusted from the Raster Editor This is only recommended for more advanced users To change the locatio
295. in the edit area File allows you to select a text file to be inserted onto the drawing as a block of text A number of text tools are available in DynaSCAPE Design and are nested beneath the Insert text at a location tool These tools are used to add labels or blocks of text to the drawing 9 4 DynaSCAPE Software Inserting and Editing Text Insert Text Tool This tool allows you to insert text into the drawing at any location Multiple lines of text can be entered To use this tool 1 i Click on the tool shown above to open the modifier 2 In general the text width and height as well as all other settings should be left at the defaults so that all text will be the same on the drawing 3 i Select a new font if required 4 i Enter the required text into the main box in the panel 5 k Click on the Apply button and text is to be applied to the drawing as one block of text 6 s Click on the drawing where the text is to be placed Did You Know If you have multiple lines of individual text to place on a drawing enter it in the modifier as individual lines by using Enter after each line Use the Multi option on the panel instead of Apply and you can place each line of text individually on the drawing Insert Text Between Three Points Tool This tool allows you to insert text while defining the start location end location and the height of the text In this case the height and width of the text are not set in the
296. in the tab click Find If this section of Cost Book has a lot of items in it you may need to provide some search criteria in the Search field or filter by the Division Category or Supplier that may be found in each tab TE a E det let repeal pe ey poce fe Pee Petmatnn 3 k aIL LT a oka fra 1a oe Division All Divisions H The result columns of the Kits tab and the Materials tab will be divided into two sections The Kits tab will have a Kits section on the left and Materials on the right When you select a kit any lead items in the kit will appear on the right You can but are not required to select a lead item when labeling The Materials tab will have a Materials section on the left and a Kits section on the right When you select a Material the Kits that this item is a lead item in will appear on the right You can select a Kits as well if you wish To insert Estimating labels use the same steps as when inserting Design Labels 12 73 DynaSCAPE Design 1 i Select the label you wish to use from the list 2 Select one of the measuring tools measure the drawing and then insert the a e e label as usual You can also manually enter a value instead and click Insert Finding and Inserting Estimating Labels using Legacy Q M When Linked to Legacy Q M all your Price List items can be found in six tabs displayed Choose the tab that contains the item you are looking for To see all the items in the ta
297. ine onto the drawing Modifier Insert Oi Length 5 0 Be Offset 1 6 a Existing line Draw a Line Perpendicular to Another Line This tool allows you to draw a line perpendicular 90 degrees to an existing line on the drawing To use this tool 1 Click on the line tool shown above to open the modifier E 2 k Enter the length of the line to be drawn and press the spacebar 6 14 DynaSCAPE Software Basic Drawing Tools 3 Once the values are entered click on the existing line to which you want the new line to be perpendicular the line will highlight blue 4 k Select the start point of the perpendicular line This can be done using the inference settings to attach the new line to the existing line or the new line can be placed anywhere on the drawing but will remain perpendicular to the line selected in the previous step Click where the line is to be placed and the use the mouse to set the direction of the new line A second click will drop the line onto the drawing ra Existing Line J Draw a Line Tangent to Two Arcs This tool allows you to draw a line tangent to two circles and r arcs This tool will only work with arcs and circles and will not recognize polylines unless they have previously been exploded The modifier panel allows you to enter in the length of the line you want to insert into the drawing If you do not enter in a length the line that is inserted will be the entire
298. ing Polylines The Polyline tool in DynaSCAPE Design has several uses to draw or trace the outline of a house or building to create curved lines for planting beds walkways and other organic shapes and to create closed contained areas for inserting hatches and sections The polyline tool can draw both curved and straight lines within the same line The Polyline Tool The polyline modifier panel provides a number of options for placing polylines on the drawing El Modifier Insert Polyline Smooth polyline Auto bulge Clockwise bulge Start angle 0 0 A Close Polyline Toggling this option creates a continuous polyline that is closed meaning that the first point of the line also becomes the last point This often used for creating a boundary for a pattern or in the creating of beds patios etc Smooth Polyline Selecting the smooth polyline option will give you the rounded organic shapes used to create planting beds walkways and patios This option is commonly used in conjunction with the Auto Bulge 6 27 DynaSCAPE Design Auto Bulge This option can only be used alongside the smooth polyline option Selecting the auto bulge option causes the smooth polyline to change direction each time the left mouse button is clicked producing a scalloped look to the lines being drawn Clockwise Bulge This option is also used alongside the smooth polyline option When selected it causes the arc of the po
299. ing the titleblock into the figures library otherwise they will not be included e Never have more than one titleblock on a drawing at the same time e You can include your titleblocks when creating a Prototype see the beginning of this chapter on Creating Custom Prototypes 18 8 DynaSCAPE Software Customizing and Other Advanced Topics Customizing Toolboxes Toolboxes can be customized to include any of the tools in DynaSCAPE Design You can also create brand new toolboxes if you wish Editing Existing Toolboxes To edit an existing toolbox follow these steps 1 k Click on the Tools menu and choose Tool Editor Tools Window Help Show Data Selection Ctrl D Show Coordinate Tracking Panel Show Overview Panel CErl k Calculator Fz a ibrary Manager Voltage Calculator Fo 2 In the panel that appears click on the folder icon to find a toolbox to edit a A Tool Editor To add buttons drag icons from the library to the toolbox To edit a toolbox hutton s associated commands double click on a button in the toolbox Toolbox Title E E 18 9 DynaSCAPE Design6 02 3 i Navigate to the following location C Documents and Settings User Name My Documents DynaSCAPEDS panels english TOOLS 4 Choose one of the TBX files in this folder that you wish to edit and then j click Open The toolbox will open in the panel A c program files dynascape design panels englishitools x os wf This
300. ips 8 4 Insert Above Existing Text 9 7 9 9 9 5 9 3 9 13 9 5 9 6 9 11 9 8 Modifier Panel Options 9 3 Nodes Inserting into 9 0 Revising no leader 9 17 9 21 Text Shortcuts 9 32 Text Settings Changing Global dimension settings 4 28 9 26 Labelling 4 27 9 26 Revising attributes 9 17 Text Types 9 2 The Plant List Editor 2 8 Multiple Lists 72 32 Titleblocks Creating Custom 78 5 Inserting 15 54 Rules About 5 56 Toggle Bar About 2 23 Tool Panels Working with 2 4 Tool Settings For Grid Axis and Snap 4 3 Toolboxes Adding Tools 8 9 Creating New 78 12 15 9 Displaying nested hidden tools 2 Editing Existing 78 9 Finding other tools 2 9 2 14 Modifier Panels 2 4 Nested tools Hidden tools 2 Operation of 2 8 Resizing 2 9 2 8 Switching Rolling Over 2 9 Visibility of panels 2 17 Top Button Bar 2 22 Tracing rotated 6 22 Triangulation 75 18 Triangulation Measurements 5 8 Trim Between selected Lines 7 25 Trim clip Lines To Closest Intersections 7 23 Trim alternate segments 7 23 Trim Lines By a Specific Distance 7 27 Trim or Extend Lines 7 24 To a Specific Length 7 28 7 26 7 25 Trim Using Alternate Segments 7 24 Trimming and Extending Tools 7 23 Troubleshooting AutoCAD Importing 7 8 U Updates 7 10 Updating converting a drawing to ver sion 5 and newer 3 7 Updating DynaSCAPE 1 10 User Interface Overview 2 7 User Profile Setting up 4 4 Using Custom Images 2 28 V Video card Performa
301. ips and Tricks If you have changed your drawing scale and realize your text size is not correct copy and paste the entire contents of your drawing into a new prototype with the desired scale This prototype will have the correct text size for that scale of drawing Changing the Global Text Size or Font no leader There are two types of text that can be inserted into a drawing and each has their own default Global settings that control them 1 Plain text without a leader Text 2 Text attached to a leader or dimension Dimension Text If you open the Insert Text tool modifier you can change the values for Width and Height in this panel now but the change would only affect the string s of text that we are entering at this time The next time the text Modifier is opened Height and Width it would again be set to the Global setting default To change text size default globally so that the revised text sizes or fonts will appear each time you open the Insert Text tool follow these steps 1 Select the pull down menu Entity Text to open the Global Text Settings E panel El Global Text Settings X Set the default attributes for newly created text CSpace o t Width tm LSpace o Height 1 1 Slant 0 00 Rotation 0 00 Justify Let Spacing Proportional Active Text Font Sample Horizontal Mirror ATT IP EG Vertical METOT A RETA Display boxed text Font Picker Scaled H
302. it to once it has been created so you can find it later Click Save Same PLT Sava in C Sth Fi Gi cr f Type the file name here remember this localion so you can find the file later An options panel will open Choose these options Output Quality Always choose Medium High makes the file size large and the 0 line weights too thin Color Options Choose Monochrome This will ensure all the lines will output black All image will be saved as color Orientation Should match your drawing s orientation Paper Size Find the size that matches your drawing page size for the image to be printed to scale Fit to sheet Only use this if you wish to shrink the image to fit on a smaller sheet size for emailing to a client Save Aa PDP Opli l po O O M Duig Duality c Masaru Pind Gask Mai Haie Lange bbe a OF Mein Avera Dy and eogi Averege ie sine T Drai Low Quality Hinimas Aragon Smaka fle Sin baka D pinni E Mochan uipa in Mack and white Fite iha OF Cancel O Dumi aas Dup ain the duwang quip ool r E Drga Doki hipi urime Dea ih area ipl aa part Gmn Preven Powst C Leica Faja ane LA Sere ARCH Iai 14 14 DynaSCAPE Software Printing and Saving as an Image File 4 Once you have chosen your options click Ok You may see a small panel temporarily as the image driver processes the PDF Print Document Eg Sending To Print Spooler Smith ResidenceD PD DPD Can
303. justment of these variables is necessary Similarly the Environment menu lets you change to a new sheet size but in doing so your drawing may need to be repositioned in respect to the drawing limits 4 3 DynaSCAPE Design A Important Care should be taken when making global changes Save a separate version of your work prior to making major changes to the environment By doing so you can quickly return to the original version if necessary System Settings The System Settings panel consists of four tabs of which the User Profile tab and the Environment tab are most commonly used Open the Systems Settings panel by using the pull down menu to navigate to Environment System Settings The User Profile Tab Selecting the User Profile tab gives you access to your registration information as well as your name and company name The permissions settings here are locked and cannot be changed The Environment Tab The Autosave Setting Ei System Settings l X User Profile Cache Environment Panels TT foo to the active users name CLI Prompt Command Ei W Save workspace on exit Selecting the Environment tab in the System Settings panel gives you access to the Autosave command setting 4 4 DynaSCAPE Software Menus Settings and Controls Important Note System Settings are Global in nature so all active drawings will be affected by changes made Command Aliases and Keyboard Shortcuts Wha
304. k again and the BBQ can be rescaled Right click again to mirror the BBQ 8 5 DynaSCAPE Design 7 A final right click can skew the shape of the BBQ E The outside grips can be used to stretch resize and can be right clicked to mirror rotate etc This grip moves the object the insertion point 8 6 DynaSCAPE Software Deleting and Revising Entities Revising Object Appearance and Settings The appearance of objects can be revised For instance if a line is drawn in the wrong layer it can be revised to the correct layer Or if a line is too heavy or too light the weight of the line can be revised The appearance of any drawn or copied entity can be revised However objects such as figures and patterns cannot be immediately revised they must first be exploded see below There are three methods for revising objects 1 Using the Settings Tables 2 Using the Edit Entity Attributes panel and 3 Using the Revise Entity Attributes tool Revising Objects Using the Settings Tables In the DynaSCAPE Sidebar Folder under Settings heading each of the Layers Styles Weights and Colors tables contains a corresponding Revise table which is accessed by clicking the Revise toggle The Revise table allows you to change the appearance of entities on the drawing For example if a line was drawn in the Plantbed layer rather than in the Driveway layer the line can be changed To do so go to the Layers List and cli
305. k far enough down on the drawing so that 15 13 DynaSCAPE Design the line ends up past the sidewalk lines Repeat on the left side When the property lines are drawn press Esc Left click at the end of the reference line and draw the Property line Next you will need to extend the sidewalk and curb lines to meet the property lines on both the left and right hand side In the Edit toolbox click on the trim tool called Trim or extend lines to another line a full description of this tool can be found in the section called Basic Editing and Dimensioning Tools Select the tool by left clicking on the icon Edit Modify This is a two step process Step one is to select the lines to be extended while step two is to select the line to extend them to 1 The prompt line should now read Select entity ies to trim to an intersection Left click on the lines to be extended two sidewalk and one curb line and then right click to end the selection process 2 Notice the prompt line has changed to read Select entity to define the intersection This means DynaSCAPE is waiting for you to select the line to 15 14 DynaSCAPE Software Design Tutorial Part which you want the selected lines to extend to Left click on the property line Notice that now the sidewalk and curb lines are extended to the property line Repeat the process for the other side lt _ Right then left click the line to extend to
306. k of text 4 Click on the existing text you want the new text to be prepended to placed above The text will automatically be placed Did You Know If you have multiple lines of individual text to place on a drawing enter it in the modifier as individual lines by using Enter after each line Use the Multi option on the panel instead of Apply and you can place each line of text individually on the drawing Insert Text Below Existing Text This tool allows you to add text below a line lines of existing text The new text is entered into the modifier and then the existing text is clicked on in the drawing and the new text added below Multiple lines of text can be entered To use this tool 1 f Click on the tool shown above to open the modifier 9 8 DynaSCAPE Software Inserting and Editing Text 2 k Enter the required text into the box at the bottom of the panel 3 Click on the Apply button and text is to be applied to the drawing as one block of text 4 Click on the existing text you want the new text to be appended to placed E above The text will automatically be placed Did You Know If you have multiple lines of individual text to place on a drawing enter it in the modifier as individual lines by using Enter after each line Use the Multi option on the panel instead of Apply and you can place each line of text individually on the drawing Insert Text Extracting the Attributes of Existing Text
307. k the Print button Your drawing will be printed to scale on standard letter size paper Prin Cancel Preview printable area Check out your printed masterpiece Congratulations For more detailed information about printing options and how to save as a JPEG or PDF read the section called Printing and Saving as an Image File 16 31 DynaSCAPE Design 16 32 DynaSCAPE Software 1 Importing amp Exporting AutoCAD Drawings Topics covered in this chapter v Importing AutoCAD Files into DynaSCAPE v Editing the Imported Information v Exporting DynaSCAPE Drawings to AutoCAD Format v Importing NuPoints Site Capture Pro data 17 1 DynaSCAPE Design Importing an AutoCAD Drawing into DynaSCAPE DynaSCAPE Design s AutoCAD import allows you to bring a DWG or DXF file into Design to use as a base plan or drawing AutoCAD s s geometry is converted to DynaSCAPE geometry and can be deleted or edited using DynaSCAPE s drawing or editing tools This can be helpful for anyone creating a design that already has been partially drawn in AutoCAD by an engineer or architect i e Site plan grading plan or house plan In order to achieve the best results it is recommended to follow all of these steps Import the AutoCAD file into DynaSCAPE Rescale the geometry if needed Remove all unneeded geometry poe NY a Continue drawing Step 1 Importing an AutoCAD Drawing To import an AutoCAD
308. keyed labels on your drawing TABLE 2 Plant Schedule Table Options Options Description Visible columns Allows you to set which columns to include in your table Grid option Allows you to set the visibility of grid lines Sort Data By Will alphabetize your table by the selected header 4 p Click OK A Set Plant Schedule Categories panel will appear allowing you to change the plant schedule categories the plants will be assigned to in the 12 56 DynaSCAPE Software Labeling Plants amp Design Elements plant schedule Any plants that do not have a category will be set to Other Plants and can be changed here for the plant schedule Cormon Marne Hring pacuculacs Pek Diamont FINK DIAMOND HYDRANGEA Ge Staten T Hosta Gold Standard GOLD STANDARD HOSTA Perenriaie and Arri epee ae RED MAPLE Treas le Juniperus sabina Menny CALGARY CARPET SAMIN a aE Cann rare Azaka Lemsi Lights LEMUH LIGH I 5S AZALEA Palan i Perennisks and Anm Motpart irarri ah Light AUT UM LUHT MELEH Geri E tee ps Hevcbera Donie beac BRUINOG BACON CORAL BELLS Galium odoratum SEE T WALI UFE Wous mionophydla Tirer Chem WATER GEM Banoo m m aa BPP eee es NiE EEN FE EN 5 i Click Ok to insert the schedule into the drawing 6 The Generate Plant Schedule panel will disappear and a ghost image of the schedule itself will appear attached to your crosshairs Left click on your drawing where you wish to
309. l Activation to enter an activation code from DynaSCAPE Manual Activation To acquire an activation code should you need one please call DynaSCAPE at 1 800 710 1900 Enter the code in the field provided in the Manual Activation message box and click Activate When DynaSCAPE Design Opens for the First Time When DynaSCAPE Design opens for the first time the Drawing Window opens to a DynaSCAPE Design prototype with a white background and instructions explaining how to open anew drawing Close this drawing by selecting the pull down menu File Close All You do not need to save this drawing In the future when you open DynaSCAPE Design the last drawing s that you were working on will be displayed to you Many menus and features of the program are not accessible and will look dim or gray when there are no drawings open in the Drawing Window In order to access all of the features examined in the pages that follow we need to open a prototype drawing 2 3 DynaSCAPE Design What is a Prototype Drawing Prototype drawings also called Templates are designed to make the start up phase of creating a new drawing quick and easy They are drawings that have many pre loaded settings that other programs would require you to set up These settings include but are not limited to line weights layers and dimension styles for many scales and paper sizes Choosing one of DynaSCAPE Design s many prototypes will allow you to begin work on dra
310. l option will draw a solid Filled line The Window and Door options will draw a Unfilled line 6 18 DynaSCAPE Software Basic Drawing Tools Draw Lines Snapped Orthographically This option would be used to trace a lot plan that has building lines that are at an angle other than 90 degrees on the drawing page Length and Angle Enter the specific length of your wall and window segments here The angle option should only be used if the angle needed is different than your constraints Settings This opens the Building Line Settings panel Here you can change the default layers that are drawn with this tool Here you can also change the width of the lines the windows and doors are drawn at Why Building Outlines are Drawn this way The outline of a building should be drawn with the heaviest line weight available The default setting for the Building layer in most prototypes in DynaSCAPPE is six inches 6 The problem with heavy CAD lines is that the actual length is measured from the centre of the line not the outside edge This can become an issue in a number of instances 1 When trying to connect lines bed line or driveway etc to the building line will be connected to the center of the building line not the outside edge 2 Trying to hatch up to these heavy lines the pattern will fill in to half way through the building wall to center of the line 3 When measuring areas of patios decks etc and lengths of
311. l that can be positioned anywhere on the Program Window Re selecting the control docks the panel again returns it to its original location on the left side of the Drawing Win dow 2 16 DynaSCAPE Software Getting Started pg 3 E lt Sidebar folder is now a floating panel 7 Toggle Tip 2 Converting the Sidebar Folders into a floating panel allows you to take advantage of the flexibility of panels The panel can be minimized or moved to increase the available work space Note that until docked the floating panel will appear to be in front of the drawing 7 The third control toggles the visibility of the Top Button Bar and Toggle Bar Select ing this control will make these bars disappear re selecting the control will make them reappear 2 17 DynaSCAPE Design Toggle Tip 3 This control may be used to temporarily clear the Top Button Bar and Toggle Bar from the screen in order to provide a greater display area for your drawing Important Note Regarding Registry Clean Up Programs There is a chance that when a registry clean up program is run that these three toggles along with the top toolbars will be removed If this happens the only solution is to uninstall and reinstall the DynaSCAPE Design program 2 18 DynaSCAPE Software Getting Started The Program Titlebar A DynaSCAPE Design C Documents and Settings F Seles The Program Title
312. laced anywhere on the drawing The vertical style titleblocks run along the side of the drawing and can include borders that encompass the entire drawing as well depending on the titleblock selected It is important to select the correct titleblock for the sheet size and scale you are working on and you will notice that each titleblock in the program is named accordingly making the selection process easier 1 i On the Figures tab select the T BLOCK HORIZ 6 library From the list of available titleblocks select the 11x17_1to8 titleblock The name 1 8 or 8b refers to 18th inch scale and 11x17 paper which matches the prototype you selected at the start of the drawing process Once the titleblock is selected insert it like any other symbol left and right click to drop the titleblock into the drawing Once the titleblock is placed press Esc 2 All the titleblocks in DynaSCAPE are automated a tool is provided to allow you to enter the information to complete the titleblock On the DynaSCAPFE tab there is an Edit Title Text tool This tool allows you to insert the required fields for the titleblock in one place Left click the Edit Title Text tool a panel will open 15 54 DynaSCAPE Software Design Tutorial Part I 3 At the top of the panel will be a list of fields preceded with the letter T these are the fields that complete the titleblock JA Titleblock Editor 4 To fill in the titleblock click on the field on th
313. lacing the Plant Image 1 You can insert the image with a border along with the Botanical or Common names Choose the options you wish to include and click Insert Image 42zalea Hershey Hed a W Include Image Border Include Botanical Mame IM Include Common Name E Cancel p a Insert Image SMe died Py A AETIA I I Azalea H erbert l 7 Azalea Brazil Azalea Hershey Aed W Include Image Border Include Botanical Mame iM Include Common Name Inzert Im i Cancel p P 2 DynaSCAPE Design will then prompt you to select the first corner of where the image will be placed on the drawing Click where you wish to place the top left corner You will then be prompted to click where you wish the bottom right corner This will determine the size of the window in which the image will be placed s Full 13 6 DynaSCAPE Software Working With Raster Images Design will then place the image at the location you specified with a border and or any text you chose beneath the image BUS ega Ine Searching for Plant Images in My Plants This search option will look for plants and images in your local database if you are connected to DS Manage online DS Quote or DS Manage it will look there The benefit of search for plant images in My Plants is that you can have custom images assigned to your plants Note Legacy versions of DS Quote and DS Manage do not have custom pictures To use
314. lating a few layers at one time to speed up the process Troubleshooting AutoCAD Importing The File Won t Import There may be scenarios where you will receive an error while importing and DynaSCAPE may shut down as a result DynaSCAPE may have difficulty importing if the AutoCAD file e Has external references ask the sender to remove them e Contains too many solid fills ask the sender to remove the solid fills e Contains large rasters ask the sender to remove the rasters e Is corrupted ask the sender to run an audit on the drawing to fix it e Is nota legitimate AutoCAD drawing file e Is too old or too new older than R14 and newer than version 2012 e Is a3 dimensional drawing If your drawing will not import contact the person who sent it to you and ask them to save it as a different version You should also ask about the issues listed above Some Geometry Did Not Import If the imported AutoCAD drawing appears to be missing some geometry it may be for the following reasons e There are more than 255 layers in the AutoCAD drawing additional layers will all appear on the Detail v4 or Temp v5 layer e There are some types of geometry that DynaSCAPE cannot handle e The geometry is not on the Model space page of the drawing DynaSCAPE cannot import geometry from any other pages Work or Paper space e The geometry may be on an external reference drawing and cannot be imported e The layer may
315. lding line l Stop the last line short of the end of the first line and right click Starting point Last line segment NS Stop the last line short of the first line First line segment 6 24 DynaSCAPE Software Basic Drawing Tools 2 Then using inference draw another line segment from the end of the last line and left click past the end of the first line and the right click Use inference and draw a line from the end of the last line to the start of the first line 3 Next using your trim tool trim the new line back to the first building line Remember the building outline tool draws two lines one on the Building layer and one on the Base layer so you will have to trim them both Trim both lines Building and Title Text on both ends Li a If the first line of the building is too short to trim to use the grips to extend it first To do this first press Esc and then click on the building line to reveal the grips Click on the end grip and move it past the second line you drew and left click remembering to use your constraints to keep the line straight You will need to extend both the Building line and the Title 6 25 DynaSCAPE Design Text line After you have extended these lines you can then trim them all to complete an accurate corner Use the grips to extend the lines past the corner and then trim them back 6 26 DynaSCAPE Software Basic Drawing Tools Draw
316. le is at the intersection of the arc and this line Specify the ending angle and create the arc by selecting the third location As with all the arc tools the radius will be drawn in a counter clockwise direction In some cases you may need to start with your second location first Using Bearings and DMS to Draw Property Line with Arcs In order to draw property lines that contain arcs you will need to know the length the bearings and the radius of the arcs Since bearings cannot be entered into the modifier boxes of the radius tool you must first draw a temporary straight line using the 6 42 DynaSCAPE Software Basic Drawing Tools length and bearings specified on the lot plan All lot plans with bearings for curved line will have the following information to determine the angle length and radius R represents the Radius of the curved line needed to get the correct curve L represents the Length of the curved line not needed but useful to check accuracy C represents the Chord of the line the distance between the ends of the curves needed to get the length correct CB represents the Bearing angle of the Chord needed to get the angle correct P ND 172 IR v ES A TEGH y R 50 00 L 75 72 CB N 7 2 16 gl ve W There are two formats to enter bearing measurements and they are dependant on the way the numbers are displayed on the property survey Bearings Showing
317. leader i Move your mouse in the direction you wish the leader line to go and left click a second time You can continue left clicking to create more elbows in the leader To place the text and end the process right click and the text will drop into place at the end of the leader You may further adjust the appearance and alignment of your label after it is placed on the drawing page Once the label is placed the panel will open up again so you can 12 44 DynaSCAPE Software Labeling Plants amp Design Elements select another softscape fo A e E 1 h s Fa Mh F a Inserting a Plant Label Using a Measuring Tool Follow these steps to insert a plant label into your drawing using one of the measuring tools in the Plant Labeling Tool l 2 Choose the plant name you wish to use on your label Select one of the measuring tools found in the menu under AutoCount at the bottom of the panel and click on the Go gt gt button The labeling panel will temporarily minimize giving you full view of your drawing for the insertion of a label BUMWWAL I GUY GUILE LARA CEI LAP ARTIC AutolCount Measure Length perimeter Measure Area select boundary Measure Area draw polygon Measure Area by clicking inside Measure Area cumulative Measure Length cumulative Measure the length or area on the drawing for instructions on how to use the measuring tools see the chapter in this manual called Basic Editin
318. lect it and then right click Left click again below the stoop line to offset Sa Modifier Offset fe oli Select the stoop porch line and offset T to place the required step Changing Lines to the Proper Layer Now that the lines have been offset some of the lines need to be revised so they are in the proper layer in order to achieve the appropriate line weights etc 1 The interior planting bed of the walkway should be set to line in the Walk Patio layer To do this select the Revise button located above the layers list and click on the Walk Patio layer which will flash blue quickly Left click on the three lines that make up the interior planting bed and right click to change the layer setting the color and weight Layers 2 k The last line that needs to be revised is the line where the walkway meets the driveway This will be done to end up with a thin line here To do this you first need to divide the section of driveway between the interior planting bed and the edge of the walkway from the rest of the driveway line This is done using the Break tool found in the Edit toolbox Edit Modify 15 26 DynaSCAPE Software Design Tutorial Part Left click on the Break tool and then left click on the section of line to be divided The entire line will highlight To complete the process right click and press Esc The section of driveway line that lies where the walkway meets the driveway will now be a separ
319. lecting Environment Command Alias To create a new command alias 1 Click the Add button in the Alias Settings panel Fo Alias Settings x Select an alias name to edit the associated macro To edit the alias name double click on the name in the alias list or select the Edit button Alias List inzert text edit 2 Enter a shortcut in the window that appears For example a shortcut to set the Output Color to Black might be OB Click OK to add the shortcut No two shortcuts can be the same Edit Alias Name 4 7 DynaSCAPE Design 3 Enter the new command code see the Command Alias Syntax section E below eo Alias Settings l X Select an alias name to edit the associated macro To edit the alias name double click on the name in the alias list or select the Edit button Alias List AREVISE ENTITY ATTRIBUTES Output 10 E Add Remove Edit Ok a Cancel 4 Click OK to save the command alias To use the command alias while drawing type the shortcut followed by Space or Enter Command Alias Syntax Creating a new command alias requires entering the code to execute a command in a way that DynaSCAPE Design understands Fortunately most commands and options in DynaSCAPE Design are duplicated in the CLI For example right clicking the Insert Line tool and entering 10 in the Length field and 30 in the Angle field in the modifier panel displays INSERT L
320. lines one for the walkway and one to be used to create the hedge The one for the hedge is temporary and can be deleted after the hedge has been inserted Modifier Offset e O X Distance ae 6 Copy Left click to offset the walkway over a distance of 6 inches Next select the symbol to be used to represent the Boxwood hedge on the drawing On the Figures tab on the left go to the SHRUBS A 6 library and select the 1FT3_BOX HEDGE symbol Since the symbol being used to create the hedge does not need to be placed on the line in which it will 15 43 DynaSCAPE Design follow place it in the middle of the garage Be sure to insert the symbol at the exact scale and rotation that it was originally drawn at Place the 1 3 Boxwood Hedge symbol in the garage This will be used in the next step and will be placed evenly spaced along the reference line just created Y Inserting Symbols to be Offset Along an Entity When inserting symbols that are going to be used to created hedges soldier courses etc using the Offset figures along an existing line tool be sure to make note of the size of the figure if you do indeed end up rotating the figure You will need to know the exact size of the figure in order to accurately space it along the line especially when overlapping the figures for clustering etc 5 i Now that you have created the line and inserted the symbol it is time to finally construct the Boxwood hedge
321. ll be placed on the line 9 11 DynaSCAPE Design 8 If the text is not placed in the correct location hit the del key to try again j You may want to change the Justify setting to adjust how the text is placed left right or centered 9 12 DynaSCAPE Software Inserting and Editing Text Inserting Text with a Leader Text with a leader is commonly used to label objects on a design Text entered this way does not have any estimating or quotation intelligence that can be recognized by DynaSCAPE Quote or Manage Examples items labeled this way would be existing materials walkways retaining walls etc The Insert Text Attached to a Leader Tool The text with a leader tool is made up of three component tabs 1 Attributes 2 Text and 3 Edit The Attributes Tab This tab contains the setting for the leader and the arrow style DynaSCAPE defaults these settings so they are consistent with other leader text softscape labels dimensions etc that may be used in the drawing In this tab you can change the shape and size of the arrowhead the length of the extension tail etc to suit your 9 13 DynaSCAPE Design needs but remember that these settings will only remain effective until this panel is closed and will not affect any other label new or existing on the plan Modifier Insert Leader lengih s E Style Triangle Ratio 0 2500 k Arrowhead filled i Associated If you wish to c
322. lp and Support EL Taskbar and Start Menu z Run s o s Shut Down A E nbo Micro Bi WADynascap Search Select Programs and Features Vista or Uninstall a program Windows 7 OCS aati brew Aleut poai l jhanng Ce BL vers Hent Fikes Pm People Hea ne Perera Sorc 1 11 DynaSCAPE Design 4 Choose DynaSCAPE Design from the list of programs then click Uninstall File dit View Toci Heip Uninstall or change a program Wea aided uppdr Ta ariris a progam pect et fror the lect srad Een check Urareiall Change on fepe SH Peer Gee ere Gris ae Wed Alar plac a 15 Vwi a pur hinid jotta r Marre P insiaed On fioe ms E ETIE atect VRP Software nc Heavier Ferd zij mite Mi Comgary Mane gAn 038 MHE bresiadl a progam fram ther Uom ania Ohadratoe 10 4 mii netaa h WOLA S35 ME Dyna Ara TOL oR 175 Ma CAE 10E IME E Pre DAG Virs 8 0 Hel LOOT mrmi WP Gagi Chert Daigh Ine E Ern THI ME Acoge Lath Dis l Ieai bka mi 5 When asked Do you want to completely remove the selected application a and all of its components click Yes oom bore Liniarstall 6 When the installation is complete click Finish a It is best to restart your computer prior to reinstalling DynaSCAPE Design 1 12 DynaSCAPE Software Getting Started Topics covered in this chapter v Starting the DynaSCAPE Design progra
323. lustrated using crosshairs DynaSCAPE Professional WWSotrider pader Wanuals 2005 DS Manual Complete Jodie Aug 4 ime Cluste Fle Edt Eraearel Ently Tabes Took Windew Hee Ge Gi Seed extemal figure ocali Jek Pe eee ag AEE J JO ese Fir Dim Adv Grid Axi S Cansa Capy Lind Endia Fil Tal org ard Dra St AFE Figures Too ne Sual Ant F Wath Hght Fl Select where you want to insert the figure by clicking on that location of your drawing If you do not wish to change the scale and rotation of the figure right click to finish the action Now you can insert the same figure again without having to select it again from the list 11 5 DynaSCAPE Design Rotating a Figure During Insertion A figure can be rotated after you have clicked to select the location of your figure Before you right click click once more and pull your mouse away from the figure As you move the mouse you will see the figure rotate around the insertion point Click on the drawing when the figure reaches the desired orientation Right click to finish the process If you turn your constraints on you can snap the figure as you rotate to a specific angle zero degrees 90 degrees 180 degrees etc Insertion th Point AAA Re sizing a Figure During Insertion A figure can be re sized scaled after you establish the insertion location in addition to being rotated Before you rig
324. lyline to remain in the same direction producing a wave look Start Angle This option is used when you want the polyline to begin at a certain angle and is always used in conjunction with the smooth polyline option If you have not set a Start angle the first arc will always start in a left to right direction Drawing a Smooth curved Polyline 1 Click on the tool shown above to open the modifier 2 Select the Smooth Polyline toggle notice the Auto Bulge automatically toggles on as well BM Modifier Insert Polyline Sei Close polyline W Smooth polyline Auto bulge Clockwise bulge Start angle re 3 Make sure the Contraints are set to None i 4 Set the start angle this is only for the first arc There are two ways to set E the start angle of the polyline 1 Manually set the start angle by entering it manually a then start drawing your polyline or 6 28 DynaSCAPE Software Basic Drawing Tools 2 Visually by clicking on the Define start the tangent angle of the polyline smooth button The options on the modifier will all turn grey and you can use the mouse to define the direction at which the smooth polyline will begin Click once to place your first point of a temporary line and click once more in the direction you wish the first arc of the polyline to go The modifier will go back to normal and the angle will automatically be set in the Start Angle box Now you are read
325. m for the first time vY Opening a new drawing using prototypes v Touring the screen toolboxes toggles and tools v Creating and saving DynaSCAPE Design drawings v Drawing Navigation 2 1 DynaSCAPE Design Starting DynaSCAPE Design Starting the DynaSCAPE Design Program The Windows Setup installation program creates a program group and appropriate program icons for the application To run DynaSCAPE Design in Windows Vista or Windows 7 1 Select the Windows Start button at the bottom left of your screen i 2 Choose All Programs gt DynaSCAPE gt Design gt DynaSCAPE Design i or Select the DynaSCAPE Design icon on your desktop In most cases the installation routine will create a shortcut icon for DynaSCAPE Design on your Desktop Software Activation The first time you run DS Design DynaSCAPE will attempt to activate your software license Activation protects you by ensuring that you have licensed a genuine DynaSCAPE product rather than a counterfeit Activation protects DynaSCAPE by ensuring that our software is used in accordance with a purchased license You will not be able to use your DynaSCAPE software if it is not activated Important Note about Activation You need an internet connection for activation so it is important that your computer is connected to the internet when you start DS Design for the first time Activation will begin automatically when start DS Design the first time and will only take a
326. mbols as a general rule need to be overlapped in order to cluster properly However if plants are not overlapping you will need to turn Erase All Inner Segments off 2 Left click on each of the shrubs that belong together so that they highlight blue Once all the shrubs are selected right click to begin the clustering process Once the clustering process is complete move to the next set of shrub symbols Clustered group of shrubs a Clustering Tips There are a few tips to keep in mind when clustering e Ifa group does not cluster properly undo the cluster and check to ensure that the shrubs trees or perennials are overlapping one another e Ifyou have plants that are not overlapping and wish to keep them that way you will need to turn Erase All Inner Segments off You can cancel the cluster process at any time by right clicking on the screen e When clustering large groupings of shrubs trees try clustering in smaller groups first and then cluster the groups together this helps speed up the process If a grouping is very large DynaSCAPE will prompt you with a warning of approximately how long the clus tering process may take 15 53 DynaSCAPE Design Adding the Titleblock Now that the design elements are complete it is time to add a titleblock In DynaSCAPE there are two styles of titleblocks horizontal style blocks and vertical style blocks The horizontal style titleblocks are simple and can be p
327. ment of the leader line to the specified angle The Text tab provides information about the text size and font style You can adjust these as you need but remember this is only temporary As soon as you close the label panel it will revert back to the default settings To change the default settings permanently for the current drawing you need to go to Entity menu in the DynaSCAPE drawing window and select Dimension and then Text and change the settings there for more information see the chapter called Inserting and Editing Text 12 48 DynaSCAPE Software Labeling Plants amp Design Elements Available Labeling Styles You can choose from one of four different styles in which you can label your drawing These are found in the top right corner of the label panel air i Label Style Normal text with leaders Normal text with leaders Text Only without leaders Keyed with leaders jaa in my Plants Inserting Normal Text with Leaders The most common style for labeling is using text attached to a leader and arrow This is the default style selected when you open the panel To insert this style of label follow the steps outlined previously in this chapter Using Text Only without leaders This style allows you to insert labels without a leader When inserting this type of label the bottom left corner of the text is attached to your cursor One left click will insert it into your dra
328. mewhere on the drawing but not on top of the line just drawn This will be a reference symbol that will be erased in the end Click on the tool shown above to open the modifier Enter 2 10 into the modifier Leave the Rotate Figures box checked this will rotate the figures and align them parallel to the path and the Poly Vector Path can remain unchecked since we have already created the path by drawing the line Select the figure to offset by clicking on the shrub symbol Select the path by clicking on the line The shrub will automatically snap to the line along with as many copies as will fit on the line with the center of each shrub being 2 10 apart 7 16 DynaSCAPE Software Basic Editing and Dimensioning Tools Modifier Offset Figure Entity Ioj x Offset Distance 2 10 B PolyVector path Left click the figure i Rotate Figures and the path Shrub gets placed along the path at the distance specified 7 17 DynaSCAPE Design Inserting Points Along a Line Insert Points Along a Line at an Absolute Increment The Insert points along a line at an absolute increment tool allows you to insert points along an entity line circle rectangle etc at a specific distance This tool is useful for showing items such as fence posts To use this tool l Draw a 20 line in layer that has a thin line width e g Plantbed Layer and press Esc Switch to a layer that has a t
329. modifier 3 k Enter the required text into the box at the bottom of the panel 4 Click on the Apply button and text is to be applied to the drawing as one i block of text 5 k Click on the node to which the new text will be placed 9 10 DynaSCAPE Software Inserting and Editing Text O Did You Know If you have multiple lines of individual text to place on a drawing enter it in the modifier as individual lines by using Enter after each line Use the Multi option on the panel instead of Apply and you can place each line of text individually on the drawing Insert Text Along a Flowing Line This tool allows you to insert text so that it follows along a path existing line or polyline on the drawing An offset distance can be set which is the distance away from the path to which the text will be placed Only one line of text can be entered at any time To use this tool 1 i Click on the tool shown above to open the modifier 2 In general the text width and height as well as all other settings will be left j at the defaults so that all text will be the same on the drawing Select a new font if required Click on the Apply button Click the path line or polyline which the text will follow the line will hi 4 Enter the required text into the box at the bottom of the panel 6 light blue Right click to end the selection process 7 Click where you want the text to be placed the start point the text wi
330. mply click once inside a value field and enter the new value to override the default one e Once you have entered a new value press spacebar Enter or Tab keys on the keyboard to load the new value into the Modifier e Modifier panels do not retain settings from one use to the next Every time you open a Modifier panel the default values will be displayed the Modifier retains no memory of any values entered in a previous use Visibility Toggles Three control buttons located above the sidebar have been the subject of a few frantic Help Desk calls such as Where did my Sidebar Folders go and I seem to have lost all my command buttons There are three buttons which control the visibility of most of the button controls within the program Accidentally selecting one of these buttons may lead to some surprising results Here is what they are used for 5 The first toggle controls the visibility of the Sidebar Folders Selecting this toggle will cause the Sidebar Folders to disappear Re selecting the control will cause the Sidebar Folders to reappear 2 15 DynaSCAPE Design ee ee E ej jji ee FTE l ma ins leiim Te i g Loen ieee OTE Pa a Pa F IF ye Toggle Tip 1 This control can be used to temporarily clear the Sidebar Folders from the screen in order to provide a greater display area for your drawing 6 The second control converts the Sidebar Folders into a floating pane
331. n Arc Click this icon to insert an arc by specifying its origin starting angle and ending angle To use this tool 1 Za Turn off your constraints Click on the location where you wish to place the center point or origin of the arc Move you mouse away from the center point to change the radius Click on the location where you wish to start the arc Move your mouse across to the location where you wish to and the arc The arc will always be created in a counter clockwise direction If you enter a radius or a diameter the arc will be displayed as a full circle until you select the location for the start and the end point If you select the start and end angle you will need to click on the center point and then click once for the start point and once for the end point If the start and end angle have been entered it does not matter where you click to place them since the length will be determined by the set angles 6 39 DynaSCAPE Design Insert an Arc Between Two Locations Click this icon to insert an arc between two locations Select two locations and an arc will be drawn between them The default arc is a semicircle Generally nothing is entered into the modifier since the two locations are already determined on your drawing To use this tool 1 Turn off your constraints i 2 Click on the first location where you wish to start the arc i 3 Click on the second location where you wish to end the arc If no
332. n below These four buttons toggle or switch each corresponding toolbox on or off Gk St Drw Edit Dim Adv Advanced Toolbox Dimension Toolbox Edit Toolbox Draw Toolbox Quick Start Toolbox Opening Closing and Minimizing Toolboxes Open any of the toolboxes shown above by clicking their corresponding toggle buttons in the Toggle Bar The Draw Creation toolbox is shown below When a toolbox opens its toggle button will have red letters on a white background the on position Clicking the toggle button a second time closes the toolbox and the toggle button will appear with black letters on a gray background the off position You can also close a toolbox by clicking on the X on the toolbox itself The buttons in each toolbox are called command buttons or tools You can open and close as many toolboxes as you wish by clicking and re clicking their corresponding buttons in the Toggle Bar The Minimize control rolls up the toolbox so that only its title bar is displayed This allows you to maximize your drawing area without having to close the toolbox completely Selecting Minimize again restores the toolbox to its full size 2 8 DynaSCAPE Software Getting Started Switching Between Rolling Over Toolboxes There are four additional toolboxes available in DynaSCAPE Design that are not available in the other versions of DynaSCAPE Design The following steps give you access
333. n cannot be selected in the same manner as lines figures and other objects This means that moving resizing or deleting them cannot be done using grips or drawing tools Design provides a separate set of tools for these tasks This will be covered later in this chapter 13 2 DynaSCAPE Software Working With Raster Images Raster Image Names Design names raster images according their file name with the exception of images downloaded from DynaSCAPE com These images are named according to the common name as it appears on the Online Plant Database Refer to the section later in this chapter for details on editing raster image names Inserting Raster Images When using the tools in this chapter you will be prompted to Select the Bounding Area of the Raster To place a raster image at this point select the upper left corner then the lower right corner where you wish the image to be placed as Tip If you wish for the image to be a particular width and height at a specific point in your drawing the easiest way to do this is to use the rectangle tool in the draw toolbox to draw a boundary Then when choosing the boundaries for the raster hold Shift to turn on the inference and select the opposite vertices of the rectangle Raster Image Files and DS Design Drawings When a raster image is placed in a Design drawing the raster image file is NOT saved inside the Design drawing file Only the location of the image file on t
334. n of a raster enter new values in the X and Y fields Distances are given from the bottom left corner of the drawing After clicking OK the raster will be shifted to the new coordinates PRCA OND HY Ba AY ORANGE A AUREA JAPANESE BARBERA AUTUMN JOY BOSE _CARFLI W 25 0 h SARABANDE Si VER_FEATHER i PNE JAPANESE MAPLE Transparent Caor Haight yg u pi Ar Anintion 0 00 pi Ci Yai F Aspect nos a amore T Turning Raster Visibility On and Off If you wish to make rasters invisible to get a better view of what you have drawn uncheck the Visible box in the Raster Editor then click OK To make the raster visible again check the box again and click OK Raster tiaa o eje Fi cxpROGRAM PNK DAUOND HYBRID HYDRANGEA I fi A E x ms 10 12 Hekew 0 00 AUTUMN_JOY_ROSE_CARPET TT vskew ann SARABANDE Si VER_FEATHER PME JAPANESE MAPLE aia i ited E transparent coor Haight rg u 13 20 DynaSCAPE Software Working With Raster Images Permanently Removing a Raster Image To remove an image from a drawing permanently select the image from the list and click Remove Click OK and the image will disappear permanently from the drawing Fie CAPROGRAM AR MAUOUD HEAD HYORAM e ih F K y we A Stew oo F AUREA JAPANESE BARBERAY i i UMN JOY ROSE CARPET Y 28 0 iri E vikew oon in PIKE_JAPANESE_UAPLE Femi D reansperent Cone O Haight
335. naSCAPE as in all Windows programs there is a shared convention about two button mouse commands The following list defines some common terminology Choose is equivalent to the terms click select and Click Click means to click and release the left mouse button once and is equivalent to the terms Click and select Right click means to click and release the right mouse button Clicking the right mouse button is often equivalent to pressing the Spacebar which is used primar ily to indicate that a selection process is complete Click and drag means to click and hold the left mouse button down while you move the mouse and drag an object to a new location with it Double click means to click the left mouse button rapidly two times Click means to click and release the left mouse button once and is equivalent to the terms click choose and select 1 2 DynaSCAPE Software Installing DynaSCAPE Design Other Terminology e Pictorial buttons on the screen are often referred to as icons in the manual buttons with text names are referred to simply as buttons e Pressing the pull down menu Help gt gt Contents gt gt Index will allow you to search DynaSCAPE s Help topics for any term 1 3 DynaSCAPE Design Installation of DynaSCAPE Design Installation Overview Before installing DynaSCAPE Design read and understand this section to ensure your installation proceeds smoothly Make sure your workstation s are prop
336. naSCAPE Design Note Office Suite 2003 or later software is required for exporting materials to Excel and Word Adobe Reader software is required for exporting plant picture catalogues Required Skills e Basic Windows Proficiency including file creation deletion moving and attach ing files to e mail messages Note DynaSCAPE Software s Technical Support cannot help users whose workstations do not meet the basic requirements described above Technical Support cannot walk users through the operation of Third Party applications programs other than DynaSCAPE Design and the DynaSCAPE Online Plant Database Did You Know To get information about your operating system processor speed and RAM simply right click your My Computer icon and select Properties The General tab displays your system information To display Set your monitor s resolution right click anywhere on your desktop i e make sure you are not right clicking an existing icon or shortcut then select Display or click on Personalize and then Display and then Adjust Resolution Your Screen resolution must be set at a minimum of 1024 x 768 DynaSCAPE Design supports screen resolutions greater than 1024 x 768 but nothing less Change tht appearance of your display 10 Drpli L Fiti PC Cpl Raed tree Lah TSR pecori Cieaeriaticerc Laat sit eae aarinced selbrgs Dorreari ha a precio beer prepr the iy bey and tap Fj Wake tat gee othe
337. naSCAPE Design for the First Time When DynaSCAPE Design is opened for the first time the figure libraries will appear empty without any previews showing This does not mean they are missing rather they need to be activated Simply click on the down arrow of the tab window and select another figure library Accessories is the first library in the list so select any that lie beneath this The previews will immediately appear and will remain when you return to the first library you tried to open If the previews don t appear close and reopen the drawing and repeat the process If the full set of libraries remain empty it may be due to the fact that the software was installed on a drive other then the C the default installation location for DynaSCAPE Design is the C drive If this is the case you will need to reload the libraries To do this open the Library Manager found under Tools and remove all the existing libraries by selecting the library and click on Remove Then add the libraries back in by clicking on the Add button and navigating to the location on the hard drive where the libraries were installed this could be the D for instance Remember to add the libraries back in the order in which you want them to appear on the Figures tab note you will need to add each library back in one at a time You must set the override layers for each library after you have added them back in see Setting the Library Layer Override later in this
338. names given to the various prototypes are designed to help you choose the drawing scale and page size you need Each name has four components v5 0 Imp Landscape amp 8 5x11 SCALE 1 04 Drawing Scale Paper Size Paper Orientation Version Number In the example above e The prefix v5 0 shows that this is a DynaSCAPE Design Version 5 0 prototype Default Because the list is sorted alphabetically if you decide to create your own prototypes you should preface them all with a unique version name for example Company Name so that they can be easily identified e The paper size shows that this prototype is designed for an 8 12 x 11 sheet of paper e The page orientation is landscape page is displayed horizontal other prototypes have portrait orientation page is displayed vertical e The drawing scale of this prototype is 1 4 1 inch 4 feet which is equivalent to 1 yy 1 0 How to Choose a Prototype Drawing 1 Determine the printer format that you will be using for the final printout of the plan For example large format printers will print on C and D size sheets standard desktop printers will print on letter size 8 5 x 11 paper while some will print on tabloid ledger size sheets 11 x 17 2 Consider the true size of the area that the plan will cover to help determine the scale of prototype you should choose If you are doing a design for a backyard that is approximatel
339. nce settings 4 24 Views Design Dimensioned 5 4 Visibility toggles INDEX 8 DynaSCAPE Software Index Options 2 5 W Windows setup program 2 2 With Srceen Colors 4 17 Work Areas Creating 12 78 Working with multiple drawings 3 3 Z Zoom 2 39 2 40 Zoom Database Extents to Best Fit 2 39 Zoom Drawing Limits to Best Fit 2 38 Zoom in on the Drawing 2 39 Zoom the Drawing Out 2 40 Zoom the Drawing using a Window 2 40 Zoom Tools 2 37 How to use the 2 37 Where to Find 2 23 Zooming Panning using the Mouse Wheel 2 37 Using the Overview Panel 4 36 Zooming Using the Mouse Wheel 2 37 INDEX 9 DynaSCAPE Design INDEX 10 DynaSCAPE Software
340. nce toggle and selecting Properties or by opening the Inference Settings panel Environment Inference Settings Important Note Other CAD software may refer to Inference or Inference Settings as object snaps E Inference Settings X W Bisect W On O W End W Origin None i Intersect Quadrant sae W Midpoint v Vertex Inference Tracking oK a Cancel Eight different inference locations are listed and active in the Inference Settings panel above In most cases you will leave these settings as they are to give you the most Inference locations to choose from Not all entities have all of the above attachment points Lines for instance only have End Midpoint and On attachment points Where two entities overlap a new location Intersect is created As you use DynaSCAPE you will see which of these object locations apply to the various entities in a drawing 4 18 DynaSCAPE Software Menus Settings and Controls Why Use Inference When Drafting a Plan Using Inference Settings as you draft your plan increases the accuracy and ultimately the quality and usefulness of your work DynaSCAPE is not only a drafting tool but also a sophisticated and powerful estimating tool In landscape work accurate materials estimates can make or break the profitability of a project We will see later in this manual that the elements in your drafted plan are the data for the material
341. nd Settings User Name My Documents DynaSCAPEDS ymbols 11 13 DynaSCAPE Design Creating a Custom Library Figure DynaSCAPE Design gives you the ability to create your own style of symbols to make your drawings unique Adding your own custom figures and your own custom figure libraries is very easy Just follow the steps and keep in mind the few simple rules a Tip When creating your own custom figures you can add them to any existing DynaSCAPE library or you can create unique libraries for your new figures to make them easier to find Adding a New Library DynaSCAPE Design comes preloaded with a number of figures that are assigned to various figure libraries You can add your own figures to these libraries or you can make your own libraries to put them in For the later you must create the libraries first and then add the figures to them To create a new library open the Advanced Tools toolbox by clicking on the Adv button in the top toggle bar Right click on the second tool Define a New Figure Library Advanced Tools A new panel appears showing all the existing libraries in DynaSCAPE Design that are stored in the C Documents and Settings User Name My Documents DynaSCAPEDS symbols folder If this folder does not appear navigate to this location and a list of the existing Figure Libraries in DynaSCAPE Design will appear 11 14 DynaSCAPE Software Working with Library Figures Search sree
342. new figures created for any of the libraries should use the same layers as the existing figures if you wish for them to work in the manner as the existing figures Let s look at the elements one layer at a time and discuss the rules that must be followed in order for new Shrub figures to work as well as the ones we now have in the program The Importance of the Cluster Layer for Shrub Figures No matter how a figure is made all will be able to be clustered to have quantity properties needed for Auto counting during the Softscape Labeling process 11 17 DynaSCAPE Design However if you wish to have a figure that is going to be trimmed during the clustering process it must have a Cluster Layer ring Completed Figura Breakdown of the d wilh all components individual 3 f components Inside graphics Color ring on Marker on Graphic Layer Outer ring on Not all figures have or need such a ring for example the third figure in the previous illustration the ornamental grass figure Since the figure has no Cluster Layer ring when the ornamental grass figures are clustered together into groups in a drawing there are no visual change in the appearance of the figures However when the Auto count command is used during the Softscape Labeling process the total number of erasses that will be calculated will be those that are part of the group If you wish to have your new shrub figures blend when they are clustered then
343. ng the best way to organize a quote is to separate items into work areas or phases It is easiest if you do this in DS Design DS Design has a tool called Group Labels into Work Areas for Quotation that allows you to select labels to be grouped into a work area or work phase This tool is found under the Related Tasks heading in the DynaSCAPE sidebar folder Creating Work Areas or Phases for Labels In order to group our labels you must first choose a name and a color for our labels The colors will help you distinguish which labels belong to each group on the drawing Follow these steps to choose work area names and colors 12 78 DynaSCAPE Software l 2 3 Labeling Plants amp Design Elements Click on the Group Labels into Work Areas for Quotation button to open the Quotation Groups panel Quotation Groups Existing Quotation Groups Label Color Click on the Add button to open the Add Quotation Groups panel Type in the name of the first group or phase and choose the color for those labels and click OK Add Group Name Add Quotati in Group Name Planting Color D E EBC EB F aaam Choose Color for Group Labels Continue adding as many work areas as needed DynaSCAPE will automatically choose the next available unique color for each work area you add You can also decide to change or choose a unique color manually Selecting a Label for A work Area or Phase To select labels to put them in a w
344. ng Custom Titleblocks Creating custom titleblocks in DynaSCAPE is not difficult Here are a few pointers to help make the process as smooth as possible e Make sure you that when you are creating a titleblock that you are creating it to be proportional to the page size and scale you are drawing it on Titleblock should never be stretched or skewed once they are inserted e You will have to create a new titleblock for each prototype you use Setting Up a Custom Titleblock Follow these steps to create a custom titleblock 1 3 Use the drawing tools in DynaSCAPE to create your title block Add borders and any logos you wish to see as part of it Insert any fixed text or text that will appear in all title blocks To add fixed text use the Insert Text at a Location tool Note If you are inserting any Hatch or Section Patterns as part of any graphics or logos be sure to explode these patterns before saving this new titleblocks as a figure Titleblocks use text nodes but by default these are turned off Go to the Entity menu select Display and check the box next to Node It is the nodes small triangles that actually hold the location of text as well as the attributes associated with it A Entity Display Settings Select the entities to be displayed from the list of base entity types Select All iw Point i Ellipticalarc W Curve __ Select All W Line M Fillet i Dimension if Circe v Chamfer iw Figure Invert vt FRE W
345. nore any zone settings You can view all the information of a particular plant in the Plant Label Panel without having to scroll across to see all the columns by opening the Plant Details panel 12 39 DynaSCAPE Design Click on Show Selected Plant Details and the panel will divide into the list of plants and details for any plant you select Se PSSA BEE We ie FRA Aer ee hie q AUTUMN BLAZE FREEMAN MAPLE Tre BURGUNDY GLOW BUGLE CARPET LAPS eee G stron Selected Fart Details we ee ee ee Mi TEE a a S View Plant Profile at DynaSCAPE com You can view additional cultural info about plants and a color photo by clicking on view plant profile at DynaSCAPE com It will open a browser to DynaSCAPE s Online Plant Database and take you to a match of the plant you selected If you are ioe plaide Crion Senin CRIMSON SENTRY HARI Acer platsccides Emerald Queen EMERALD QUEEN HARLI Aer pistani Aaral Rad ROTAL RED HERLEBQUIK Acer rubrum DAAMP MAPLE BONFIRE ROCK MAPLE ANTIHIMHN Fl AFE FEREN looking at plants found in My Plants they must be matched to the Online Plant 12 40 DynaSCAPE Software Labeling Plants amp Design Elements Database You must have an internet connection and a current DynaSCAPE subscription U ii bh Te h Tm imig Lee pL bere es Pe ee fe i F Teich z 7 eee ry DynaSC42PE Fnline Plant Datibase T TI TA Sia iN Ae e T E E Heed mgro miormaiian
346. nserting text in DynaSCAPE Design This new display of tool buttons is called a nested tool box 3 Continue to hold down the left mouse button and drag the cursor away a from the toolbox Once you cursor is free from the main toolbox a new 2 11 DynaSCAPE Design toolbox that shows all of the nested tools will follow your cursor These tools will all be related to each other in some way Draw Creation Al ed 4 Release the mouse button to position the new toolbox at a new location E This uncovered toolbox and any other created in the same way has all the properties of a regular toolbox it can be resized minimized or dragged to a new location It will also remain open even if its host toolbox is closed The Scroll Method Alternatively you can leave nested tool buttons in their host toolbox and replace the tool button displayed on top with one selected from the nested group 1 Click and hold a button that has a blue triangle in the lower right corner a the nested tool buttons will appear 2 i Scroll down the list of nested tools 2 12 DynaSCAPE Software Getting Started 3 As you scroll down the list notice that Tool Tips pop up to describe the E e function of each nested command button
347. nsion at any angle Dimension To use this tool 1 Click on the tool shown above Right clicking or double clicking will open a modifier The modifier is only used to override the dimension value determined by DynaSCAPE 2 Click the first location you wish to measure the distance from Use the inference settings to ensure accuracy 3 Click on the second location you wish to measure Notice as you move the mouse you will see the dimension appear 4 After defining both locations move the mouse away and perpendicular from those points to set the location of the dimension and click 7 45 DynaSCAPE Design 5 Once the dimension is in it s final location right click to end the process Insert a Horizontal Dimension This tool is strictly used for horizontal dimensioning The process for using this dimension tool is the same as the linear dimension tool Dimension les 7 46 DynaSCAPE Software Basic Editing and Dimensioning Tools Dimension l 01 Le Fal oH yea S 4 Insert a Vertical Dimension This tool is strictly used for vertical dimensioning The process for using this dimension tool is the same as the linear dimension tool Dimension les 7 47 DynaSCAPE Design Dimension eg ae fe ewe 2S 4 Insert a Horizontal Baseline Dimension This tool is used for inserting multiple horizontal dimensions in which all dimensions are taken from the same start location
348. nstraints are set to none If the constraints are set to Ortho Horizontal or Vertical the tool will not work at all If set to Polar you will only be able to create squares not rectangles The rectangle tool allows you to insert the length and width of the rectangle you wish to create as well as the rotation The rectangle tool can also be used freehand allowing you to define the first corner of the rectangle and then define the second corner which will be the corner kitty corner to the first corner To use this tool 1 f Click on the tool shown above to open the modifier 2 Enter the width and press the spacebar 3 k Enter the height and press the spacebar 4 k Enter the rotation if required and press the spacebar If no rotation is entered the sides of the rectangle will sit horizontally and vertically on the drawing page 6 33 DynaSCAPE Design 5 k Once the values are entered click to determine the first corner of the rectangle Use the mouse to set the rotation if no rotation angle is set then you will place the rectangle above below to the right or to the left of the initial click and click to place Modifier Insert Rect Width 5 0 e Height 3 0 Rotation dashed line shows how mouse would be dragged if rectangle was drawn freehand 6 34 DynaSCAPE Software Basic Drawing Tools Drawing Polygons The n sided polygon tool is found nested under the rectangle tool Left click
349. nt styles hatch patterns polyline options etc Any modifier panels where calculations are used also include calculators The calculators allow you to do calculations on the fly that will automatically be entered into the modifier panels saving you the time from switching back and forth from the Windows calculator to DynaSCAPE Design This proves to be a useful tool when you need to calculate ratios for scaling entities calculating offset distances for soldier courses or converting drawing units for example Whenever a calculator is available you will see an icon next to the modifier field s Click on the button to utilize the calculator and upon clicking Enter the value will enter into the modifier A general calculator is also available in DynaSCAPE Design at anytime by pressing F2 Entering Lengths with Feet Only When using the Architectural format entering a length of only feet does not require you to use the symbol for feet Just type in the number of feet and press Enter or Space Entering Lengths with Feet and Inches When using the Architectural format and entering a compound measurement involving feet and inches it is not necessary to type the symbol for inches quotation mark when the default measuring unit is set to Feet The software assumes that the value following the symbol for feet an apostrophe represents inches You will have to supply the symbol for feet if the default measuring unit is set to in
350. ny one of 256 colors To change the background color of the Drawing Window to white for example scroll to the bottom of the Custom Color List Select White and then 4 16 DynaSCAPE Software Menus Settings and Controls OK For an in depth tour on using the Color Selector select Help in the lower right corner of the panel or press F1 Printing With Screen Colors When printing if you would like to use the on screen colors Display as the output color Output be sure to select the option Print using the entity display colors from the Color tab in the Print Drawing panel Send print jobs to the printer by pressing the print icon or use the pull down menu File Print 4 17 DynaSCAPE Design Inference Settings Drafting with DynaSCAPE is made easier by using a small but powerful tool called an Inference Engine As the name suggests this tool allows the program to infer specific reference points found on existing objects in a drawing By referencing these locations such as endpoints and midpoints of lines or origins and quadrants of circles you can create accurate arrangements of entities without having to enter precise location coordinates By turning the Inference toggle on tools and functions that can use inference will automatically snap to available inference points that it finds as your cursor gets close to them The controls that govern Inference can be seen or edited by right clicking on the Infere
351. ny logo or any disclaimers that you put on each and every drawing saving you time in setting this information up each time you start a new drawing Another common reason for creating a prototype is to add a certain sheet size and or scale that we may not have included Below is a list of instructions that will walk you through the steps required for creating a new prototype Remember that you will need to make the changes to the various settings in DynaSCAPE to make your prototype work Also remember anything you see on your drawing screen will be included in your prototype so be careful not to leave any stray entities behind 1 Open the Prototype of the drawing which closely resembles you wish to change for example in this case you want to use the 24x36 size paper at 1 25 0 2 To go about making any changes you want to the prototype it self This E may include Scale Go to Environment gt Drawing Page and set the Sheet Size Scale and Units you wish to use Text Size You need to test which is the appropriate text size for the scale of this prototype before you save it You need to set it in two places go to Entity gt Text this is the global setting for all text with no leader and then Entity gt Dimension gt Text this is for text attached to a leader or a dimension Layers You may wish to include a new layer or revise the properties of existing layers Go to Table gt Layers and make your changes t
352. o create anew quote If you ve already converted existing quote s into a template you can create a new quote based on this template by selecting the option to load quote frop_tesomert Z 6 Click on Import quote from DynaSCAPE drawing and then navigate to the drawing you wish to import Click Next Import from DynaScape Import the material list from a DynaScape drawing 12 83 DynaSCAPE Design 7 If your customer is already in the customer list select it If not click on New to create a new customer Enter a description for your new quote and click Next Select the customer and jobsite Identify the customer for this quote by selecting the jobsite and billing party from the options below Select Customer i ooo Show Archived Customers Select Jobsite Enter a description for this quote Smith Residence Landscaping amp Construction 2009 8 Click Finish and follow the steps to import the drawing into the new Quote Click Finish to create this quote Click Finish to go ahead and create this quote 12 84 DynaSCAPE Software Labeling Plants amp Design Elements Creating a Plant Picture Catalogue PDF Once your drawing has been labelled using the Plant Label panel you can also generate a Plant Picture Catalogue This function places pictures of the plants from your drawing onto a sheet with six images per page that you can print out to give to your clients to show them the plants y
353. o materials or kits click on a design label in the Design Label Panel If it has not been linked it will say No Link There are 12 69 DynaSCAPE Design two ways to access the Link to Material Kit panel to create the link The first way is to click on Change to open the Link to Material Kit panel PAVER BORDER MEGA BERGERAC 12 PAVER DRIVEWAY BRUSSELS BLOCK PAVER DRIVEWAY PALEO PAVERS PAVER PATIO PALEO PAVERS PAVER POOL DECK BRUSSELS BLOCK PAVER POOL DECK PALEO PAVERS PAVER WALKWAY BRUSSELS BLOCK PAVER WALKWAY PALEO PAVERS No Link Lha Ji E CI bneliode Choeantities The second way is to click on Edit My Labels to open the Design Labeling List select a material and click Change Both methods will open the Link to Material Kit panel Descriptive Labels 19 CELTIK STONE RETAINING WALL LANDSCAPE BOULDERS LARGE LANDSCAPE BOULDERS MEDILIM PAVER PATIO BRUSSELS BLOCK PAVER BORDER BRUSSELS BLOCK 12 Units PAVER BORDER MEGA BERGERAC 12 shea PAVER DRIVEWAY BRUSSELS BLOCK Sq Ft Y PAVER DRIVEWAY PALEO PAVERS PAVER PATIO BRUSSELS BLOCK l me T 7 PAVER PATIO PALEO PAVERS PAVER POOL DECK BRUSSELS BLOCK PAVER POOL DECK PALEO PAVERS PAVER WALKWAY BRUSSELS BLOCK PAVER WALKWAY PALEO PAVERS RANDOM FLAGSTONE WALKWAY CONCRETE RIVER STONE BORDER SHREDDED PINE MULCH SODDED LAWN 5G CT FLAGSTONE ON EX LANDING WOOD DECK amp STEPS
354. o the layer list Line Styles You may wish to modify existing line styles or add new ones Go to Tables gt Styles and make your changes 18 2 DynaSCAPE Software Customizing and Other Advanced Topics Line Weights You may wish to modify existing line weights or add new ones Go to Tables gt Weights and make your changes Titleblocks or Logos You may wish to have a titleblock or logo appear with the new prototype Titleblocks must be a figure from the Figures tab in order to be able to use the Titleblock Editor Once in the saved prototype none of the geometry in this objects can be edited Before saving the new prototype make sure the drawing page is clean no unneeded geometry Make sure the drawing limits are set to the maximum view Zoom drawing to best fit Turn on the layers you wish to be visible each time you open the new prototype It is now time to save the new prototype Go to File gt Save As gt Prototype Edit Environment Entity Tables Ti New H JAPE Design 2D Cor Open Q x FS Save Ctrl s Save All Close Ctrl U P Close All a Adobe PDF Import a Export b This will open up a panel Click on the Prototype button If you have not already been pointed to the Seeds folder you will need to navigate here prototypes must be saved here C Documents and Settings User Name My Documents DynaSCAPEDS Seeds Here you will see the code names of all the various prototypes
355. oftware Basic Drawing Tools patterns are added to DynaSCAPE they would be listed here To access them click on the down arrow beside the library name The DynaSCAPE Patterns library is always the default library Modifier Insert Hatch ee mete AR SAND AR SHAKE AR SHAKE LEFT AR SHAKE RIGHT BARK MULCH CONTOUR DIAG SQUARES Insert a Hatch Pattern by Selecting the Boundary The Insert a Hatch Pattern by Selecting the Boundary tool allows you to select an entity that has been drawn on the page a closed polyline rectangle circle or other closed entity on the drawing as the bounding edge for the section pattern The bounding entity must be one contiguous line or each line segment must be connected end to end Boundary lines must not be crossing The pattern is selected and the scale and rotation set and then a line of the bounding entity e g circle is selected by clicking Once the entity to be filled has been highlighted right clicking will fill the area in with the selected pattern Insert a Hatch Pattern into a Contained Area The Insert a Hatch Patter into a contained area tool allows you to select an area to be sectioned simply by clicking in the center of an area that is completely encompassed by lines lines polylines etc that join and or cross one another By clicking in the center DynaSCAPE Design finds these edges and determines the area to be filled If the area is not completely cont
356. ol shown above 2 Click on the section of line or other entity to be trimmed clipped note that the entire line entity will be highlighted blue 3 i Right click to complete Before After 7 23 DynaSCAPE Design Trim Using Alternate Segments In the modifier panel check the Trim Alternate Segments toggle Click on the portion s of line to be removed then right click This will remove every other segment of line between intersections of other lines that cross it Modifier Trim Ioj x Trim or Extend Lines This is a very commonly used tool that is also very easy to understand and use This tool is used to trim or extend selected lines or polylines to a selected location Like most trim tools you can select more than one line to trim or extend at one time To use this tool 1 Click on the tool shown above E 2 Click on the line s which are to be extended and right click to end the selection process Be sure to select the end of the line to be trimmed or extended 3 k Move the mouse to the desired new location and click the line can be made both longer or shorter 7 24 DynaSCAPE Software Basic Editing and Dimensioning Tools Trim or Extend Lines to Form a Corner This very useful trim tool will both extend add length and trim two lines to a corner intersection This tool also can make use of the fence option to quickly select the two lines to be trimmed or extended to each o
357. ol shown above to open the modifier If you do not wish to keep the original objects make sure the Copy toggle is turned off Enter a scale factor Generally the X and Y values are kept consistent entered in the Scale field and press the tab or the X and Y values can be entered separately as to skew the object Once the scale factor is determined select the objects either by clicking on each entity or by using a selection box and then right click 7 6 DynaSCAPE Software Basic Editing and Dimensioning Tools 5 A ghost image of the resized image will appear If you move your mouse away from the object the ghost image will move in the opposite direction allowing you to choose a new location for it Click to drop it onto the drawing 6 If the Copy toggle is On a second resized copy of the object s will be placed on the drawing s Modifier Scale Scale T XScale 1 5000 E Y Scale 1 5000 1 1 DynaSCAPE Design Mirroring Objects Across a Location The mirror tool allows you to mirror objects on the drawing This is an excellent tool for formal gardens or symmetrical details such as screens and arbors saving time from redrawing the elements twice To use this tool 1 Select all the items to be mirrored either by clicking on each entity or by using a selection window 2 f Right click to end the process 3 k Click on the first point of the mirror location this can be a ph
358. ol under the Commands list in the DynaSCAPE sidebar folder By right clicking on the icon you will open the cluster modifier panel 2 If you are clustering figures that are all overlapping correctly and wish to have them the overlapping segments trim out select the Erase all inner segments option in the cluster modifier panel it is defaulted on F Modifier Clu E K 3 If your figures are not overlapping and you wish to cluster them you must turn the Erase all inner segments option off 4 s Click on all the figures you wish to blend into a group You can use the various methods to select multiple figures at once described in the chapter titled Selecting and Filtering Entities Only select figures that are overlapping each other 11 9 DynaSCAPE Design 5 Once you have selected all the figures to be clustered right click to complete the process The figures that can be trimmed will change It may take a few moments if you have selected a large number of figures to cluster Clustering Results T l i Lo r i a n i Fg F I gop a a ae A v i i r kaf h Before Afte Tip Clustering large groups of figures may take a long time To speed up the process cluster small groups of five to ten figures first Then cluster the groups together two or three groups at a time If you find the clustering process is progressing too slowly you can right click to stop and undo the action to begin again
359. olyline To use this tool 1 Click the tool shown above 2 Click on the line s which are to be trimmed or extended the lines will E highlight blue 3 i Right click to end the selection process 7 26 DynaSCAPE Software Basic Editing and Dimensioning Tools 4 Click on the line to which the line s selected in the step above is to be extended to and then right click If the lines will not extend it is because they are polylines Polylines must be first exploded to extend with this tool Line A will extend B B to meet Line B SQ A A Trim shorten Lines by a Specific Distance This seldom used trim tool allows you to shorten line s or polyline s by a specific distance To use this tool 1 2 Clicking on the tool shown above will open the modifier box Set a specific length by which you want to shorten your line s or polyline s by Click on the line to be shortened the line will highlight blue Right click to complete the process 7 27 DynaSCAPE Design Modifier Increment NE Trim or Extend Lines to a Specific Length This is a seldom used tool allows you change the length of line s or polyline s to a specific length To use this tool 1 Click on the tool shown above to open the modifier 2 Set a specific length by which you want to change your line s or polyline s This tool will both shorten and extend any type of line to the length you c
360. on the Circle tool from the Draw menu 15 17 DynaSCAPE Design 2 In the modifier for the circle tool enter the first measurement from PT 1 of 29 as the radius into the modifier and press the spacebar E2 Modifier Inse Sele eT Diameter 53 0 Length 122 2 35 64 3 Using the inference settings find the end or intersection point at the left corner of the house PT 1 and left click to place the circle Return to the modifier and enter 26 5 or 26 6 as the radius from PT 2 and press the spacebar Use the inference settings to find the end or intersection point at the left corner of the garage PT 2 see below for the points to be selected and left click Two circles are now placed on the drawing and where they overlap on the front lawn is the location of the existing tree Tree location A Understanding Triangulation Measurements A common method of establishing the location of houses plants sheds or virtually any object found on a property is triangulation Triangulation involves measuring to an object from two fixed locations preferable some distance apart House corners or other building features stairs railings windows are most commonly used for this purpose By taking two separate measurements you create two sides of a triangle that intersect This point of intersection is the location of your object Plotting objects therefore becomes a matter of d
361. one of the lines are part of the house outline and therefore extends above and below the area in which the line is needed while the other is the step line If you had attempted to offset these lines along with the other lines the offset 15 28 DynaSCAPE Software Design Tutorial Part command would have failed After offsetting these lines use the trim tools used earlier to remove the extended sections of the lines Offset these two lines separately then use the trim tool to remove the extended lines The next step is to join the lines that make up the inside area of the walkway This will make it much easier to hatch in this area with a paving pattern Select the Join contiguous lines and arcs tool and left click on the soldier course walkway lines Be sure to select them in the order that they are attached to each other Edit Modify 15 29 DynaSCAPE Design Right click to end the process This is now one totally enclosed area which can be selected moved and filled in as one entity All lines have been joined together to create one entity 4 k This inside line should be represented with a layer that has a thin light line that will not be overpowering on the drawing or give the illusion of being a curb which can be a result of using too heavy a line weight In the list of layers select the layer called Border layer and revise the inside line of the border to this layer
362. ont choose the font click Apply and then select the text on the drawing you wish to change Always right click to end after selecting all the text you wish to revise Important This method only works for text without a leader and will not work for text attached to a leader Use the Revise Text with a Leader tool outlined in this chapter Revising Text Using the Font Settings Tables The quickest way to revise the font style of text without a leader is to use the Fonts Table located on the DynaSCAPE tab under Settings Simply click on the button to display the fonts list click on the Revise toggle select your new font then left and 9 19 DynaSCAPE Design right click on each text block you want to change or use the Ctrl A method to select all of the text on the drawing Important This method only works for text without a leader and will not work for text attached to a leader Use the Revise Text with a Leader tool outlined next 9 20 DynaSCAPE Software Inserting and Editing Text Revising Text with a Leader Revising Text of a Single Label The quickest way to revise text for a single label is 1 Hold the Ctrl key and click on the text you wish to edit For example you may wish to correct a typo or to add additional text 2 When you hold Ctrl and Click on the text the Edit Entity Attributes panel j will appear 3 By switching to the Data tab you will see the text you have entered
363. ook in 5 samples RJBACK YARD LARGE DPD LJ FeJBACK YARD MEDIUM DPD Recent S COMPLETE YARD LARGE DPD PE FRONT YARD LARGE DPD E JEJFRONT YARD SMALL DPD Desktop Working with Multiple Drawings DynaSCAPE Design gives you the option of opening multiple drawings in the Drawing Window To see the various options for the display of multiple drawings select the Window pull down menu See Chapter 4 for more information on the Window pull down menu Setting the Active Drawing You may open as many drawings as you like in DynaSCAPE Design however only the active drawing will be the target for the commands you issue The active drawing will have a bright blue title bar any other drawings will have a dim blue title bar There are three ways to make a drawing active when multiple drawings are open 1 Click on any part of the drawing in the Drawing Window 2 Select the drawing to activate from the list displayed at the bottom of the Window menu 3 Choose Window Previous or hold Ctrl and press W as a keyboard shortcut for Previous file Or choose Window Next or hold Ctrl Shift and press W as a keyboard shortcut for Next file Note We strongly advise that only one drawing be open and active at a time Having more than one drawing open especially different versions of the same drawing can be confusing and can lead to accidental overwriting or loss of an entire drawing DynaSCAPE can also becom
364. ool allows you to select an entity that has been drawn on the page a closed polyline rectangle circle or other closed entity on the drawing as the bounding edge for the section pattern The pattern is selected and the scale and rotation set and then a line of the bounding entity e g circle is selected by clicking Once the entity to be filled has been highlighted right clicking will fill the area in with the selected pattern Insert a Generic Pattern into a Contained Area The Insert a generic pattern into a contained area tool allows you to select an area to be sectioned simply by clicking in the center of an area completely encompassed by lines lines polylines etc that meet and or touch one another By clicking in the center DynaSCAPE Design finds these edges and determines the area to be filled If the area is not completely contained a message will appear in the CLI stating Section has no boundary at which time the previous method can be used 6 51 DynaSCAPE Design Hatch Pattern Tools The Hatch Patterns are comprised of patterns that repeat on all four sides New hatch patterns can be created when needed to create new patterns for paving flowers or just about any other pattern that needs to be created Clicking on the tool opens the modifier which allows you to select the pattern which is being used The patterns are listed and can be viewed one by one by clicking on the Library DynaS
365. or to set a custom line weight This tool is excellent 8 9 DynaSCAPE Design for revising at one time a number of attributes for a number of entities which is something that cannot be done with the other methods Open the Revise Attributes Modifier by clicking on the tool defining all the settings required Clicking on all the objects to be changed then right clicking to complete the process Modifier Revise Attributes DER 000 Temp x 001 Building Custom Width H 002 Base z O03 Property Filled Ends 004 Porch Step Layer by index Display Inactive Output Inactive sye meave ff a Tips and Tricks With this method multiple lines can be selected for revision at one time and multiple settings can be changed at one time This is the best method for making multiple changes to multiple objects Revising Entities Within A Figure Entities within a figure cannot be revised unless they have first been exploded Figures are placed on an override layer when they are inserted into the drawing Once exploded individual entities of the figure can be revised using any of the above methods To explode a figure select the Explode objects into individual lines and arcs tool from the Edit toolbox Click on the figure to select it and then right click Now individual pieces of the figure can be selected for revision 8 10 DynaSCAPE Software Inserting and Editing Text Topics cove
366. orary elements and can be isolated using a corresponding Mode 1 The Temp Layer can be isolated using the Temp_Mode 1 The Quick Text Layer can be isolated using the Quick Text_Mode 10 9 DynaSCAPE Design 10 10 DynaSCAPE Software Working with Library Figures Topics covered in this chapter v Choosing and inserting a library figure v Manipulating and clustering library figures v Creating a custom library figure v Managing your figure libraries Your DynaSCAPE Design software program is loaded with landscape symbols figures ready for you to use in your design They are all drawn to scale and grouped into common libraries for easy access They all have been given the appropriate line weights for the best possible output results Although DynaSCAPE includes symbols for nearly every possible use it is also very easy to create your very own custom symbols and figure libraries as the following chapter describes 11 1 DynaSCAPE Design Selecting and Inserting a Library Figure Finding and Choosing a Library Figure Symbols for shrubs trees rocks and other elements are referred to as Figures in DynaSCAPE Design and are accessed from the Figures Sidebar Folder Follow these steps to find a figure to insert into your drawing 1 Click on the Figures tab in the sidebar folder to reveal a group of DynaSCAPFE figures You will see a list of up to eight thumbnail images representing a library with the library name
367. original file at this time to continue working on it Edit Environment Entity Tables Tools i New t JAFE Design 2D Computer L PIF Interface coe Ac Toolbox Open Drawing Look in My Drawings Smith Res fH N UTORIAL DPD LafUTORIALBU DPD Clustering the Plant Symbols One of the unique key features of DynaSCAPPE is the ability to cluster or group plant symbols By clustering plant symbols drawings become less cluttered and therefore easier to read with individual groups of plants easily identified They also allow for the use of an automatic counting feature used during labeling Clustering saves time during the labeling process and this will be discussed in greater detail later in this tutorial 1 The clustering tool is located on the DynaSCAPE tab under Commands a PE 156 When you click on the tool the modifier will open Make sure there is a check in the Erase All Inner Segments box default is on Zi Modifier Clu E 0 R Gs 8 TE Se all inner segments lt n i ay When the box is toggled the Erase all inner segments command is enabled 15 52 DynaSCAPE Software Design Tutorial Part a Cluster Modifier Tip The cluster tool includes a modifier with the option to Erase All Inner Segments By selecting this option to cluster plant symbols are on the drawing the resulting group is clean with all the extra inner segments removed Plant sy
368. ork area or phase follow these steps Le In your Modes list click on the All_Labels_On mode to make all our labels visible on the drawing 12 79 DynaSCAPE Design 2 Select a work area or phase name from the list in the Quotation Groups Panel The color for that label will appear in the panel Quotation Groups Existing Quotation Groupes Label Color Bed Pr Paver Ww Driveway Border Flagstone Porch Selec Add Edit Remove 3 Click on the Select button The panel will disappear to allow you to see the i drawing clearly 4 Click on each label in the drawing that you wish to belong to that work area or group Right click when finished and the labels will change to the color for that grouping Note Keyed labels do not change in color but the label will still belong to that work area in the quote that is generated from this drawing 12 80 DynaSCAPE Software Labeling Plants amp Design Elements Exporting to DS Manage360 Manage Website To export your drawing s labels to DS Manage360 Manage Website for quotation click on the File menu and select Export gt DynaSCAPE Manage Export File Open DS Manage360 Manage Website to import the file and create your quotation A DynaSCAPE Design YASALES AND MARKETING SAMPLE DRAWINGS SAMP E File Edit Environment Entity Tables Tools Window Help z R DynaSc APE Figures Favorntes New Open Save Save As Save
369. ou have used in your design You must have plant labels on your drawing in order to use this function You also need to have internet access and a current subscription To create a Plant Picture Catalogue from a design follow these steps 1 Label your drawing with plants from the Plant Label panel Only these will E appear in the Catalogue you create 2 Click on the File menu and select Export gt Plant Picture Catalogue PDF to open the Export Plant Catalogue wizard JA DynaSCAPE Design YASALES AND MARKETING POWERPOINT PRES FILES G iif File Edit Environment Entity Tables Tools Window Help ea New N 2D Computer Aided Design amp Drafting NE a Ia ale G ASHAARI Ok Save Ctrl ence Constraint Lo Save As i Lu Save All a p Close Ctrl U xs Close All Import 5 Export to AutoCAD dwa dxf TE T r Plot CtrleL Plant Picture Catalogue PDF os naS CAPE Manage Export Fili Print Ctrl P DynaSCAPE Manage Export File D E Send Li Exit Alt F4 3 A list of plants that have been labeled on the drawing with load on the right side of the panel You can click on a name in the list to see a thumbnail 12 85 DynaSCAPE Design picture of the plant that is matched to the online plant database You can Export Plant Catalogue he pla IF RED MAPLE LEMON LIGHTS AZALEA GREEN MOUNTAIN BOXWOOD WINTER GEM BOXWOOD RF FOREST PANSY REDEUD EF PENDULA NOOTKA CYPRESS SWEET WOODRUFF
370. ound in the Figures tab in the Sidebar Folder You will always find it at the bottom of the list If it does not appear you may need to click on another library first and go back to the correct library to refresh it 1 k Click on your new figure in the list of library thumbnails 2 i Insert the new figure into the drawing Notice how the figure rotation point is the figure s insertion point that was selected when the figure was saved Insert three or four figures and slightly overlap them for clustering The results should look like this 11 24 DynaSCAPE Software Working with Library Figures 3 Follow the steps mentioned previous on how to Cluster library figures a 4 When the clustering process is completed press Enter or ESC to end the i command The results should look like this 5 Turn All Layers On and you should be able to see that there is a i Color_Setup boundary if this boundary was added where the sections of the cluster layer have been trimmed away 6 Save the drawing and open it in DynaSCAPE Color to see if the figure colors correctly If a Color_Setup boundary was included in the figure they should color as individual swatches within the grouping as apposed to one swatch filling the entire grouping 11 25 DynaSCAPE Design Managing the DynaSCAPE Figure Libraries The Library Manager The library manager is where you can find all the figure library controls This panel configures the way
371. ource of Plants for Labelling s ssersrrsrererrsrerrrrrrerrrrrree 12 3 Exploring the Plant Label Panel 000 cee ee eee eee nennnaee 12 7 Creating a Local Database of Plants My Plant List 0000a uae 12 8 Ine Plant List EOIUOl 2 cneieechevsyreneretedasanss ia euasveneaee taneous wneteaeteumesenen 12 8 Adding Plants to My Local Plant List isciscsscissasissiaesticetspsaeoenteestecvnvaes cuanaan 12 9 Matching Plants to the Online Plant Database 0000 0 ee auas 12 22 Matching and Updating Plants Individually ccc cece ceccceeee cece eeeeeeeneenees 12 22 Matching Plants Using the Batch Matching Wizard cccecee eee eeeeeeeeeeees 12 24 Using Custom Images for My Plants New cece cece cee ceeeeee cess eeeeeeeeennes 12 28 Plant Sizes in the Plant List Eq Oni sastsccauhonsisestiaiedessectiantandieleehdeesabenas 12 29 Creating and Managing Multiple ListS cccceceeesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeenes 12 32 creating a USt OF Favor tE S sarreran aE a items air eminiccsumanerura aes 12 33 Finding Plants for Labeling esssserernsrererrsrsrrrrrrererrrrrrerrrrerrrrererrrrsre 12 34 Placing a Softscape Label 000 cee eee ees 12 42 AUTO MINIMIZE airaa nnana tenes oe hi aeamtmetaancavieen seerdcoue eased ewes 12 42 AUCO FOUN O sirene es EEE E ote see N O pan eats 12 42 Lavet Over UE orr E E E E T N A E aS 12 42 Determining the Quantity sssssssererrsrererrrrerrrrrrrrerrrrrrrrrr
372. p Design Elements 2 What is the Online Plant Database The Online Plant Database is DynaSCAPE s database of 9 000 plants that can be accessed through the labeling panel There are no nursery sizes for these plants online This online database can be used for a number of tasks 1 To find and label plants on your drawing 2 To find plants to add to your plants My Plant List 3 To view cultural information about individual plants and a photo 3 What are My Favorites You can assign a favorites tag to your most used plants in your local list or your Manage Website list The plants found here will be dependent on which list you are connected to Local Manage Website or Legacy Q M The purpose is to create a shorter list of plants to search across Choosing your Source of Plants for Labelling Note The default source of plants for labeling is the Plant List Editor accessed through the Plant Labeling Panel If you do not have the Manage Website version of DS Manage360 or a Legacy version of DS Quote or DS Manage you can skip this section If you have Manage Website version of DS Manage360 or a Legacy version of DS Quote or DS Manage you will need to choose the correct option that the label panel is connected to in order to label plants on your drawings To choose the correct option click on the Settings button in your plant labelling panel to open the Plant Label Settings panel 12 3 DynaSCAPE Design My Plants
373. patio to determine the angle to set a pattern at To use this tool L 42D Entity Click on the two lines you wish to measure the angle between Note This tool will only measure the angle of lines It cannot measure the angle of polylines or arcs To measure polylines not curved polylines you must first explode them See Exploding Objects into Individual Lines and Arcs in this chapter The angle will be displayed in the CLI below Plantbed Annuals Walkway Patio Property Fence Deck Groundcover Rocks Tithke_Text Shrub Tree Cluster Edit Active List TS The angle will be displayed here 4 Click on each line Deviation 7 44 DynaSCAPE Software Basic Editing and Dimensioning Tools Dimensioning Tools DynaSCAPE drawings can be fully dimensioned quickly and easily using a combination of the seven Dimension tools DynaSCAPE also has a Dimensioning Mode DIM Mode that will turn off all your softscape elements allowing you to very quickly identify the various hardscape elements you wish to display for construction layout Dimensions can be made in either Imperial of Metric settings Important You will notice that while dimensioning moving your mouse DynaSCAPE will automatically give a dimension of the exact location of your mouse Using the inference settings will allow the dimension to be most accurate Insert a Linear Dimension This tool can be used for any linear dime
374. percentage increment tool works similar to the tool above however instead of setting a distance a percentage is set as the spacing between points To use this tool 1 For an exercise draw a 20 line in the Plantbed layer and press esc 2 i Switch to the Building layer 3 i Click on the tool shown above to open the modifier 4 Enter a percentage of 33 to break the line into thirds and the number of points to 4 You will create three equal sections of lines between points 5 Left click and then right click on the path s were the points will be placed The points will automatically be added to the line 2 gt Modifier Generate Point Percent Oj x Percent 33 0000 Number of points 4 a Line is divided into thirds 33 7 20 DynaSCAPE Software Basic Editing and Dimensioning Tools Points Tip The size of the point entered onto the drawing is determined by the line weight of the layer selected so it is generally a good idea to select a layer which has a heavier line weight then the layer in which the path is drawn on For example if you are going to show fence posts it would be a good idea to select the building layer which has a six inch line weight to show the posts on top of the fence layer as we did in the above examples 7 21 DynaSCAPE Design J oining Lines to Make Polylines Joining Contiguous Lines and Arcs This tool is used when separate lines are inserted into a drawing
375. ploring this label panel it is important to understand what these sources mean so you will be able to choose the one that is applicable to you 1 What are My Plants The source of My Plants can be one of three options Local Manage Website or Legacy QM Local Local means you can create your local list database of plants that can be used for labeling your drawing This local list is built and maintained through the Plant List Editor a simple application that is accessed through the Plant Labeling Panel When connected to the local list all the plants in the list you search for will appear in the label panel This is also referred to as operating in Standalone mode Manage Website If you use DS Manage360 Manage Website for generating quotes you can build a list database of plants in that application to label with on your design When connected to this online database you can search for plants with the benefit of being able to choose plant sizes and suppliers Legacy Q M If you have DS Quote or DS Manage and wish to continue to use it for labelling and generating estimates you can so as well DS Quote was included with DS Design before the release of version 5 When connected to this database you can also search for plants with the benefit of being able to choose plant sizes and suppliers If you have DS Quote or DS Manage it needs to be updated to version 4 5 12 2 DynaSCAPE Software Labeling Plants am
376. pping segments trimmed away while others will appear unchanged In essence the clustering tool will combine several figures into a single figure or block that has quantity counting properties for labeling and estimating purposes How to Cluster a Library Figure Important Before You Use the Cluster Tool In order for the process of clustering figures to have the desired results a few important rules must be observed 1 Figures that have a continuous closed outer perimeter must overlap each other in order to be trimmed out correctly If the figures do not overlap the figure s entire perimeter may be removed 2 If you need to cluster figures that are not overlapping you must make sure that the Erase all inner segments option in the cluster modifier panel is not selected All other figures that do not have a continuous closed outer perimeter do not require any special rules to be considered because they do not change in appearance during the clustering process 11 8 DynaSCAPE Software Working with Library Figures Steps to Clustering Figures Once you have inserted your figures into your drawing and considered the rules mentioned previous follow these steps It is very helpful to select the appropriate Mode for the type of figures you wish to cluster This will temporarily turn off all other layers with figures that may accidentally be selected during the clustering process 1 Select the Group and blend figures to
377. process still fails draw a closed polyline in the Temp layer and use the Hatch an area by selecting the bounding entities tool to select the closed polyline and apply the fill Drawing the Plant Bed Line Now that the walkway step and porch are complete the next step is to draw the planting bed outline Use the diagram below to help create the planting bed Create a 15 34 DynaSCAPE Software Design Tutorial Part planting bed that starts from the corner of the house and ends approximately 7 6 below the walkway 1 First set the active layer to Plantbed and set your constraints to None E 2 s In order to create a curved line you must use the Polyline tool Click on the Polyline tool to open the modifier Toggle the Smooth Polyline option and notice that the Auto Bulge option automatically becomes toggled as well Set the start angle to 225 3 To create the shape shown above you should only need to click on three spots in the design Using the inference settings find the intersection or 15 35 DynaSCAPE Design end at the outside left corner of the house and left click to set the start location for the polyline Notice as you move your mouse after the left click that the size and shape of the arc curve changes If the arc is going in the wrong direction return to the modifier and check the Clockwise Bulge toggle off and try placing the arc again Once you have t
378. py toggle is turned on so that the original porch line doesn t move when you offset it Click on the Offset tool to open the modifier The first offset will be 12 to give you the reference point for the beginning of the curve of the walkway Left click on the porch line to select it and then right click Left click again below the stoop line to offset it The second offset will be 18 marking how far down the driveway the walkway will end Again left click on the porch line to select it and then right click Left click again below the porch line to offset it Select stoop porch line by P a left clicking F Modifier Offset E x Distance 17 0 A a eee eee i i ACopy Left click to define the side to which the stoop porch will be offset Make sure Copy is enabled 15 20 DynaSCAPE Software Design Tutorial Part Select the Walk Patio layer and click on the polyline tool to open the modifier Although you do not need to set anything in the modifier panel at this time you will need it later Start by using the inference settings to find the exact left corner of the porch and draw a line straight down till you reach the first reference line from Step 1 and left click Be sure not to right click until the very end Next draw a long segment of line and attach it to the end of the line that you offset 12 from the porch and left click JA Modifier Insert Potyline Draw a line that e
379. r Close the panel A Edit Entity Attributes Information Display Properties Data Layer List ae Weight mg By Layer Txerow Custom Width 0 0000 E gt Frov gt Txtrow w Filled w Ends closed Rowtic Ps x ra m 1 Display Layer Output Layer Go to your Modes list in the DynaSCAPE sidebar folder and click on Temp_Layer_Mode This will turn off all the layers on your screen except for the Temp layer If there is any geometry on the Temp layer revise it first Next at the bottom of your layer list click on the Edit Active List button to open the Layer Table Editor Scroll down and turn on the layer you wish to isolate and then click OK Now you should see only geometry that is on that layer Layer On Lock Name Color Gut Style 088 E m ti Continuous 083 iw E Continuous l oo im a Continuous T BBD continuous to E Continuous 3 mee imi E Continuous Ie oo OK a Cancel Import Range Reset Help Now you select everything on the screen that is on that layer and revise it to another layer or erase it Select the layer you wish to revise to or the erase too and then Ctrl A on your keyboard Right click to make the changes complete You can also select individual lines or use a selection window 17 7 DynaSCAPE Design 5 Follow the same steps to isolate all the items you wish to revise or erase If i you are erasing a number lines on different layers try iso
380. r Berd are or rral le Aat dipli pabi auld chose 1 5 DynaSCAPE Design To find out how much free space is on your hard disk open a My Computer window Right click the drive on which you wish to install DynaSCAPE Design typically your C drive and make sure the drive s Free Space reads at least 800MB Note 1GB 1000MB If it s less than 1GB then free up some space before installing Pre Installation Checklist If your system requirements are sufficient for DynaSCAPE Design installation run through the following pre installation checklist The pre installation checklist is particularly important for workstations that have access to the Internet Spyware adware trojans and other viruses are often the causes for installation difficulties O Uninstall any older versions of DynaSCAPE software Garden Graphics Software that may have been installed on this workstation Remember for maximum protection back up and copy any existing Legacy DS Quote Manage or IRIS databases to another location either a different directory on your hard drive or to a removable media device such CD DVD or USB drive before uninstalling Legacy Quote or Manage do not need to be unistalled for DynaSCAPE Design Version 6 Cl Scan for and remove any viruses from the workstation If no anti virus software is installed on the workstation it is highly recommended that some be installed Viruses can affect the proper installation of any software
381. r of a lot plan where the lines for the building are at an angle other than 90 degrees on the drawing page Follow these steps to use this option l Place the raster image of the lot plan in your drawing and re size it to the drawing scale for re sizing rasters see Chapter 13 Working with Raster Images Open the Building Outline tool and click on the Snap Line Orthographically option Turn your constraints to None Choose your start direction clockwise or counter clockwise To begin tracing the building outline first trace over the line representing the longest wall on the raster to set the angle of the all the line segments to follow in this sequence Do not right click until the very end 6 22 DynaSCAPE Software Basic Drawing Tools 6 You will notice that now you can only draw lines parallel or perpendicular to the first line Continue drawing the remaining lines of the building ending with a right click after the last segment has been drawn r qi _ A Draw Building Line 1 Start Direction D f ccw uw Start drawing walls in a counter P T cw rm Start drawing walls ina clockwk Drawing Mode lt lt fe Wall Clicking and dropping points will Click on the ends Window Clicking and dropping points wil of the longest E f Door Clicking and drepping points will wall first to set e ars Snap Lines ographicalt the angle ea ros ro e Angle A A A A A
382. r save it as a JPG file and try again x If the image s do not appear when you reopen the drawing The image file is no longer on your computer Images are referenced to the actual file on your computer and will not appear if the file is moved or deleted 13 14 DynaSCAPE Software Working With Raster Images Moving and Resizing a Raster Image Because raster images cannot be modified the way lines figures and other objects in Design can moving and resizing them requires using a tool specific to raster images Moving a Raster Image no border To move or resize an existing raster that does not have a border 1 Click the Move and Resize an Existing Raster Image button E p A list will drop down containing all the rasters that have been inserted into your drawing 2 Select the raster name corresponding to the raster you wish to move E ggraster Raster 3 Making sure your constraints are set to None draw a window using the a cursor to determine the new corner boundaries of the raster image Moving a Raster Image With a Border To move or resize an existing raster that has a border and text 13 15 DynaSCAPE Design 1 Using the move tool move the border or frame that surrounds the image E e and the text to the new location first First move the frame and text to the new location 2 Click the Move and Resize an Existing Raster Image button E 2i A list will drop down cont
383. rawing two simple circles and selecting the point that they intersect 15 18 DynaSCAPE Software Design Tutorial Part 4 For your tree use one of the existing tree symbols found in the Figure libraries Click on the Figures tab and select the TREES 6 library Locate the 12FT_SINGLE_CANOPY figure Once the tree is selected it will be attached to your cursor at the center of the tree Use the inference settings hold Shift to find the intersection of the two circles and left click Simply right click to drop the tree in place Now you can delete the temporary circles Tree location found using the inference settings T ee eo ntersercher 7 J Congratulations You have now completely drafted the base plan Now is a perfect time to press Save before you continue on with the design of the front yard 15 19 DynaSCAPE Design Drawing the Hardscape Elements Now that the base plan elements drafted you can begin work on the design elements The first elements to add to the plan are the hardscape elements the walkway and the planting beds You will make extensive use of the polyline tool during these steps If you are not familiar with the polyline tool you may wish to review the Basic Drawing Tools chapter Drawing the Walkway and Step 1 Begin this stage of the design by creating two offsets of the porch line to act as a guide or reference line for the walkway Make sure that the Co
384. rcle etc the line will highlight blue 3 i Right click to end the process 4 The result will be displayed in the CLI 7 39 DynaSCAPE Design rence Deck Groundcover Rocks Title_Text Shrub Tree Cluster Appromimate Area 62 11 21 32 7 40 DynaSCAPE Software Basic Editing and Dimensioning Tools Length Measuring Tools In the Edit toolbox in DynaSCAPE there are two linear measuring tools These tools are used to measure the length or perimeter of a line or object As well the linear measuring tools can be used to determine the distance between objects When you are using these tools the final measurement is displayed in the CLI so you must have the CLI open to at least three rows high in order to view the measurement result You can turn on and off your CLI by holding the Shift key and pressing Tab 20 Length 1O 47 64 20 Location All of these tools are also available in the hardscape and softscape labeling panels so they can be used for material take offs Measure the Distance Between Two Locations This tool allows you to select two locations in a drawing 1 e two points on a line and determine the distance between the points This is especially useful to determining how far a tree is from the house when you don t want to lay a dimension line on the drawing Using the Shift key to find exact locations i e end midpoint origin etc will ensure accuracy To u
385. rd layer is Driveway your drawing is not a version 5 x or newer drawing In version 5 and newer the Detail layer has been changed to Temp see image below Old Layer List New Layer List eae Select Revise Property Porch Step Drive Road Walk Fatio Border Pattern_A Pattern_B Deck Fence_A Fence_B Cluster Ret _Wall_Fact Edit Active List Walkway Patio Property 3 7 DynaSCAPE Design Can Convert a Pre Version 4 x Drawing to 5 x or Newer Yes you can convert any older version drawings to version 5 x and newer However pre version 3x drawings have softscape and hardscape labels from different estimating system and as a result they will not be recognized to create a Material List or Plant Schedule Version 2 5 Project Bundles PRW will first need to be imported into DynaSCAPE version 5 follow the steps outlined earlier in this chapter Why Do I Need to Convert my Drawings to 5 x or Newer Any version 4 x drawing will open in version 5 allowing you to view navigate and print but it is not recommended to edit or work on the 4 x drawing until it has been converted to 5 x and newer format What are the Main Differences Between a 4 x and a 5 x and Newer Drawing 1 Layers version 5 has a new layer list with additional layers and a reorganization of the layers into a more intuitive order 2 Modes version 5 has a new set of modes designed to work with the new layer list Q
386. rea using patterns For the stoop you can use the Random Flag hatch pattern at a scale of 0 75 This time you can use a different technique for inserting the hatch l Zi Nested under the hatch tool are a number of other tools in particular another hatch tool To uncover these tools left click hold and drag the hatch tool to a new location on the drawing A new toolbox will open Notice in this new toolbox there are two hatch tools the one you are accustomed to seeing and one with a blue dot in the center For this exercise you will use the tool with the blue dot or the one called Insert a hatch pattern into a contained area Section Right click on this hatch tool and select the FLAG_RANDOWM pattern Beside scale enter 0 75 and press the Tab key Pressing Tab will set both 15 32 DynaSCAPE Software Design Tutorial Part the X Scale and Y Scale to the same setting Otherwise both the X and Y scales would need to be set individually A Modifier Insert Hatch a E E Rotation 0 00 L ta Group Hatch Y Seal 0 750 ff RandomSpin _ Hatch Picker FLOWERS 2 3 Once the scale is set left click in the center of the stoop This tool will locate the boundaries of the stoop area to automatically define the hatch area After left clicking notice the area around the stoop highlights blue right click to complete the hatch process Lefi click in the centre of the s
387. rectly with the various DynaSCAPE modes 12 42 DynaSCAPE Software Labeling Plants amp Design Elements Determining the Quantity Entering the quantity into a plant label is an important step not only because that quantity will appear on your drawing but because that quantity will be used to create a material list DynaSCAPE allows the quantity for a plant label to be specified manually or by means of several tools 1 Using AutoCount 1 Using a measuring tool 2 Entering quantity manually Ajuga repans Burgundy Glow BURGUNDY GLOW LNG Flaami ii nlli I APAT LAETI E ma mt Show Selected Plant Dessila Esch Insert Tools Autol out ot Goze Label Gry Measure Length perimeter A Measure Qrea select boundary Megaure Aree drew polygon Enter manual quantity or Measure Grea by clicking inside Measure drea cumulative e Use mi easunng tools Measure Length cumolsiwe Using AutoCount By far the most efficient option for determining quantity is the AutoCount feature exclusive to DynaSCAPE which works hand in hand with the clustering tool results accurately and instantly counting plants within a grouping AutoCount is the default measuring tool in the labeling panel Using the Measuring Tools You can also use the Area Cumulative Area and Linear tools to select an area or line to use the length of hedge or area of ground co
388. red in this chapter v Inserting text and text with a leader v Editing text on a drawing Vv Changing text settings v Using and creating text shortcuts 9 1 DynaSCAPE Design Text Types in DynaSCAPE There are two basic types of text insertion tools in DynaSCAPE Both types will be covered in this chapter 1 Text just plain old text no leader 2 Text attached to a leader a leader is a line or series of line to which the text is attached S Regular Text ASPHALT DRIVEWAT PAVING STONE WALKWAT Text with a leader 9 2 DynaSCAPE Software Inserting and Editing Text Inserting Text no leader The Insert Text tool no leader is found in the Draw toolbox Text without a leader is commonly used for drawing notes street names drawing titles or anything else that needs text on the drawing Nested under the Insert Text tool are seven other text tools with different capabilities Each will be covered in the following pages of this guide Text Modifier Panel Options All of the Insert Text tools have a modifier panel The modifier allows you to type in your text and to edit the various settings for how text appears on the drawing When changes are made within the modifier they are only valid until the panel closes Not all of these settings are available in all modifiers as they are not required in all cases 5 x cSpace o Witt E LSpace 0 I enti siant 000 E Rotation 000 E Modifier Insert
389. rerrrrrrrrrrrrr 12 43 TABLE OF CONTENTS 11 DynaSCAPE Design Inserting a Plant Label Using AutoCount ccccecc cece cece eeeee eee eeeeeeees 12 44 Inserting a Plant Label Using a Measuring TOOl cccccccceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 12 45 Inserting a Plant Label by Entering Quantity Manually cceceeeeeeeeeeees 12 46 Available Labeling StyleS ussusnenuernsrerernrrerrrrrrerrrrrrrrerrrrrrrrrererrrrr 12 49 Using Keyed Labels with leaders snssrsrrsrrererrerrrrerrerrerrrrrerrerrsrrens 12 50 Inserting Plant Schedules sy riieectidenuehodmartadelivetiet nel aaa ARA ESEE 12 54 Setting up your Design Labels for Materials 0000 00 ee eunae 12 61 Exploring the Design Label Panel cccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeenegs 12 61 Creating a List of Design LabelS snenuerusrererrrrernrrrrerrrrerrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrn 12 62 Finding and Inserting Design Labels ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeenenees 12 64 Linking a Design Label to a Material or Kit cc cece ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 12 68 Using Estimating Labels cae es ORS Oe ees Oe a 12 72 Finding and Inserting Estimating Labels using Manage Website 00065 12 73 Finding and Inserting Estimating Labels using Legacy Q M cccceceeeeeeees 12 74 Creating a Material List from a Drawing 0000 0c ee eee enna 12 75 Exporting a Material List from a Drawing to Word Excel ccceee
390. rocess ANNUAL DESPLAT LANDSCAPE BOULDERS Now is a good time to save your drawing Click the Save button You can also use CTRL S to save if you wish to use the keyboard 16 16 DynaSCAPE Software Design Tutorial Part Il 16 17 DynaSCAPE Design Inserting Plant Images A Important For this exercise you will be using the Online Plant Database so you need to ensure that you are connected to the internet If you have a dialup connection connect now If you have hi speed or cable you are already connected Searching for Plant Images by Label Now that you have labeled all the softscapes on your drawing DynaSCAPE Design provides a shortcut to finding a plant image that makes use of those labels To use this feature follow these steps 1 Click on the Imaging Sidebar Folder and select the Search for Plant Images based on a Plant Label tool go 2 Click on one of the softscape labels in your drawing then right click E 16 18 DynaSCAPE Software Design Tutorial Part Il 3 The Plant Search Images tab will open and display the image that was E found Online Plant Database Search Search For AMETHYST MYST CORAL BELLS lat dpnascape com search f Custom Image Browse Display Botanical Latin Names C Common Names search results 1 found AMETHYST MYST CORAL BELLS Heuchera Amethyst Must iC H itii ma ra AMETHYST MYST CORAL BELLS Heuchera Amethyst Myst
391. rocess is achieved because the included figures make drafting a plan quicker and easier Figures automatically assume their proper layer and size relative to the drawing scale when they are inserted into a drawing Although using the default settings assigned 2 32 DynaSCAPE Software Getting Started to a figure makes drafting quicker you can reset any of the default attributes of a figure while you insert it into a drawing SHRUBS 3 Figure Library Index Lu am uo ron 5 Figure Folder Tab 5 2 Figure Thumbnail Image S hi Figure Name Oi E aaj 4FT_FLSHAUB_a cs Clear All Override Values Scal Rot Set Override Values Wath for a Selected Figure Hght e The Library Index gives you access to all the active figure libraries e Select the Figures Tab to open the Figures folder e Use the scroll bar to see all the figures only eight appear at a time e Figures have associated thumbnail previews Click on the Thumbnail Image to select a figure Once a figure is selected you will have the option to enter values in the panel below the figures By doing so you can change the size and angle in which a figure is entered e The Figure Name describes the figure and includes a right click menu described below e The Reset Button clears any Override Default values e Optional Default Overrides can be used to change the default Scale Rotation Width and Heig
392. rrrrrrrrrrrrrerre 14 10 TABLE OF CONTENTS L3 DynaSCAPE Design Saving a Drawing as a PEG IMAQG siiivediniieli ives iinet Veneers 14 10 Chahoing OUEDUE COlOlS EO Bl aC ctrsintensaangansteduie cas AEO 14 12 Saving a Drawing as an Adobe PDF ccccce cece cece ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeennnes 14 13 Sending a Drawing Out toa Print Shop 00 cee eee eee ees 14 16 PRIME SHODeP FINES AFG TOO LIGNE seinan aan ibihatan eens Menai a 14 16 Print SHOPS VS OUP OW PRIAUG i gacnhnaiiew iad udan a E E 14 16 1 5 Design Tutorial Part 15 1 The DynaSCAPE Design Tutorial cccceeececeeeecseeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeteeeegs 15 2 Drafting the Base Plan isis ai ie sk Ve a ae A a 15 3 Selecting a New Drawing Sheet Prototype ccc cece cece cece reece eee eeeeeenees 15 3 Drawing the House OUTING cipscnnccencins nese cabenalencinvennece ents eveaminewie ss 15 3 Drawing the Other Base Plan Elements ccccee eee e cece esse eeeeeeeeeeeeeenes 15 8 Drawing the Hardscape Elements 00000 n ee ee eu ennennae 15 20 Drawing the Walkway and Step 254sc lt dices den aceiacset Sevarin aun adutn eo iN wide NaS 15 20 Inserting the Walkway Border and Patterns cccccccccsseeeee sees eeeeeeenees 15 27 Drawing the Plant Bed Line snssuesnsrssnsrerrrrsrrrrrrrrerrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrne 15 34 Adding Library Figures to the Design 000 eee e eee ees 15 39 MSE FEIIO UNG ROCKS cireni E A AEL EAE 15 39
393. ry Sets the active layer to Text Labels Review Mode displays all the design elements and text the same as in Design Mode with one exception it sets the active layer to Comments This mode is useful for instructors reviewing students work and providing a layer to put their com ments on Display Modes Single Layer Temp Mode is used to show anything drawn on the Temp layer Temp Mode turns off all drawing layers except those drawn in the Temp layer The temp layer is gen erally used for drawing temporary or reference lines that you do not wish to print Seeing only Temp layer entities allows you to erase them quickly Shrubs Mode turns off all drawing layers except the Shrub layer and other layers used in the creation of SHRUB figures The Shrub layer is the default layer for all SHRUB figures Using this mode allows you to cluster the Shrub figures quickly and easily Perennials Mode turns off all drawing layers except the Perenn GrCvr layer and other layers used in the creation of PERENNIALS figures The Perenn AcrCvr layer is the default layer for all PERENNIAL figures Using this mode allows you to cluster the PERENNIAL figures quickly and easily Trees Mode turns off all drawing layers except the Tree layer and other layers used to create TREE figures The Tree layer is the default layer for all TREE figures This mode allows you to cluster TREE figures quickly Quick Text Mode turns off all layers except the Quick_Text layer The
394. s The entities will automatically be rotated but you will need to use the mouse to set the rotation of the entities Move your mouse away from the object to control the location of the rotated objects Click to place the entities on the drawing You can use the inference settings here if required 7 12 DynaSCAPE Software Basic Editing and Dimensioning Tools Modifier Rotate Ioj x Angie 20 00 E Count 10 Entities are rotated and 10 copies are placed with a left click on the drawing 7 13 DynaSCAPE Design Aligning Objects to Another Line or Object This align tool allows you to take objects on the drawing and align them to lines or other objects A good example of this tool is seen in the Raster exercise in the Tutorial Chapter To use this tool 1 k This tool requires a line or object to align the objects to If you are trying to rotate your drawing so that key elements are sitting square on the drawing page draw a line with the line tool using your constraints alternatively an existing line in the drawing can be used i e using a fence line to align a shed to 2 k Select the Align objects to another line or object tool 3 i Turn the Copy toggle Off in order to Move the object s as opposed to making a copy of the original 4 Click or use a selection window to select all the entities to be aligned and right click to finish 5 Using the inference settings select two locations within the
395. s covered in Chapter 5 are like transparent sheets of gt J paper stacked one on top of another they allow you to give the S2 same attributes to like entities For example all rocks can be drawn with the same color line weight and line style and this Layers layer can be turned on or off just like putting on or taking off Select Revise a transparent sheet of paper with all the rocks drawn on it to ne keep your drawing area uncluttered even while working on Base H complex drawings Porchistep CrivesRoad Valk Patio Border Pattern _A Pattern_B Deck Fence_A Fence_B Favorites gt g Imaging When the Layers button is selected all of the layers named and defined for the active drawing including preloaded layers are shown in the Layers List a scrolling table below the icons In the example shown the Base layer is selected and so is called current or active Since only one layer can be active at a time Cluster a P Ret VVall_ Face any entities drawn will assume the attributes of the current Eel Active List layer in this case Base The Header message below the icons the Tables Control confirms in the example shown that the Layers List is selected The message in the yellow bar will change depending on which icon shown in the next diagram is selected below it and the contents of the scrolling table will also change For example when the Line Styles icon is s
396. s 6 56 Inserting Text About settings for 9 3 Leader attributes 9 173 16 15 Without Leaders 76 12 Installation Anti virus and anti spyware applications 1 6 DynaSCAPE Design 1 7 Pre Installation Checklist 7 6 Serial Numbers 7 8 Your System Information 7 5 Internet Updates 7 10 Isolating layers 17 6 J Joining Lines 7 22 JPEG Saving as 14 10 K Keyboard Shortcuts Command Aliases 4 5 Text Shortcuts 9 32 Keyed Labeling 72 50 Components 72 50 How to use 72 50 Revising 72 52 Setting Text and Key size 72 52 Keyed Labeling leaderless 72 52 L Label Text Settings Changing global 4 27 9 26 Labeling Design Elements 16 7 Plants 72 2 Using Cost Book Items 72 72 Labeling Plants Advanced searching 72 36 Finding 72 34 Veiwing Details 72 39 Labels AutoCount 12 43 For Estimating 72 72 Plants 76 2 Softscape 72 42 Layers 17 6 Edit Active List of 5 5 For Temporary Elements 70 9 Introduction 5 3 Layer Controls 70 6 2 30 10 6 Revising the Layer of an object 5 4 Setting the active layer 5 3 INDEX 4 DynaSCAPE Software Visibility by mode 5 4 Leader Text Global settings 4 30 9 28 Revising 9 21 9 22 Leaders Changing the Arrow Style 4 32 9 30 Global settings 4 28 9 26 Legacy 2 72 Libraries fail to load 77 12 Library Figures Activating Libraries 28 11 21 Before Adding a New Figure 5 Creating Hedges 5 43 Ghost image of 5 Inserting into drawings 3 15 40 Ordering Controls 27 Rotation
397. s Tables ccccccceeee cece eens eee eeneees 9 19 Revising Text with a Leader ieaca a ore a ee ee oe ae es 9 21 Revising Text OF a Single Label ccthinecisivqnde waren eeeraewwiece nes aerronaaeennasad 9 21 Revising Text and Properties of a Multiple Labels ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 9 22 Revising Text Font Style Font Size and Leader ccc ccceeee eee e eee eeeeeenees 9 22 Changing Global Text Settings 00 0c eee eee ees 9 24 TABLE OF CONTENTS 9 DynaSCAPE Design Changing the Global Text Size or Font no leader cc cece cece cece eeee eens 9 24 Changing Label Text Settings Dimension Text cceeeee eee e eee eeeeeeeeeees 9 26 Changing Leader Settings vajewsuas stad uveu sets ue vantnre racabade ewig iandusmevsedaenhs 9 28 Fere SOME CU Si e aca a atte ke ca at aa aaa as ae a a ie aE eae ene na 9 32 1 0 Selecting and Filtering Entities 10 1 Selecting OD GCts icc wees ee Ow Rw Ae a Speed ie 10 2 Selecting Objects by Clicking on Them 32 csintetet scasiesetiotiseriet neeesscenme tue 10 2 Using a Left to Right Selection Window s ssssserssssrerrrrsrerrrrrrrrrrrerrrrerne 10 3 Using a Right to Left Selection WINGOW sssusssrssrsrerrrrererrrrerrrrrrerrrrrrne 10 4 Selecting All Objects in a DrAWING cc cccccceeee cece cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaneneengs 10 4 Working with Layer ControlS 0 02 ce eee eee ee eee es 10 6 LOCKING CG AV El ncchtact acct dot uate E E 10 6
398. s been found and you are required to pick the one you believe is the best match Click on the small triangle beside the plant names to view the single or multiple matches found No Maich Car pi _ Click on the triangle to see B acer negundo cos Leac es the single or multiple matches L Acer negunde Aurea marga that were found Ci ater negundo f i AGC Li Acer negundo WEN Ce Acer negundo Sensamon SOWA TIO ASH LACO MAPLE D Acer negundo sap colifarnicum 454 LEASED MAP E Di Acer negunde Waregakum VARIECATUM ASH LEAFED MAPLE E acer palmatum Bloodgocd BLOOD JMAPARESE MAPLE acer palmatum var dissectum Crimson Queen CAIMSON QUEEN JAPANESE MAPLE Fa Bote Selec em ee woe Hee Mee Oe eee ee ee ee ee For the plants with a light blue check mark you need to pick one of the multiple plants that you think is the best match If you cannot find a close 12 26 DynaSCAPE Software Labeling Plants amp Design Elements match you may leave it unmatched Unmatched plants will not have a picture or updated cultural information For unmatched plants you can link to your own picture later and set your own cultural information For plants with multiple matches the plant you select will have a bright green check mark while the other plants will have a light green check mark If you decide you want to have it un matched after you have selected one you will need to click on Undo Match gt Abies concolor WHI
399. s being the best option This option can be used in several different ways e Users can scan printed surveys lot plans and insert the file containing the scanned image into their drawing then use the image as a guide to drawing build ing and property lines e Others polish the finished drawing by adding a company logo or images of plants that will become part of the landscape Best Practices for Raster Images 1 JPG files are the best type to use if possible convert TIF files to JPG s if they aren t coming through 2 Keep image files as small as possible 600x600 pixels is recommended 1400 x 1400 pixels should be the maximum size 3 Rasters are cumulative too many rasters especially large ones may cause a draw ing to not open Keep them small if you plan to use a lot of them 4 Do not import images from a network location 5 If you plan to share a drawing with images with someone else you will need to place all the image files in the exact same file location on their computer 6 Keep all your image files in the same location Keep them with your drawing files so you can easily locate them 7 Scan lot plans as small an image file size as you can 8 Set your scanner s resolution to no higher than 200dpi 9 Scan lots plans in black and white to reduce file size 10 When having large plans scanned always ask for a JPG file and have them scan at 50 at 200dpi Unique Tools for Raster Images Raster images in Desig
400. s estimating process therefore accuracy and precision in the drafting process are very important Using Inference when drafting helps you ensure the accuracy of the area length and numerical data derived from your drawing How to use Inference In the first image below three entities are shown a rectangle a line and a circle In the above example you can see three geometric shapes What you can t see are the various locations where you could attach a new entity by using Inference In the following diagram we have labeled some of the possible attachment locations 4 19 DynaSCAPE Design A Sample of Inference Locations Described The Origin shown in the diagram is the center of the Circle Origin is also the pivot of the radius in a Smooth Polyline segment not shown here One Midpoint is labeled There are actually four more three at the center of the remaining sides of the Rectangle and one at the center midpoint of the Line One End is labeled but there is of course one more at the opposite end of the Line Two attachment points unique to Circles are shown Bisect and Quadrant One Vertex is labeled and there are three more vertices at the remaining corners of the Rectangle There is one Intersect location labeled there is another where the Rectangle and Line overlap The labeled On location is only one of a theoretically infinite number of locations for an On attachment point On is
401. s layer will turn off in Design_Mode allowing you to print a drawing without the label visible All_Labels_On Mode will turn this layer back on for creating a material list or estimate Show Quantity on Labels this option is to allow you to include a quantity property with a label without the quantity visible on the label This way you can create a material list or quote and not have to display the quantity on the drawing that the customer sees Next choose a measuring tool or enter a label quantity manually When choosing a measuring tool click Go gt gt to start the measuring process The quantity will automatically attach to the label when you insert it The panel will minimize to give you full view of your drawing and re open when the label has been placed vival W Include Quantities W Automatic Rounding Insert Labels on Takeoffs layer Show Quantity on Labels Laan Label Qty 1 Sq Ft A Measure Area draw polygon Measure Area select boundary Measure Area by clicking inside d Measure Area cumulative When entering a label quantity manually type in the quantity select the units you wish to use and then click Insert to place the label The panel will minimize to give you full view of your drawing and re open when the label has been placed Include Quantities lf Automatic Rounding Insert Labels on Takeoffs layer W Show Quantity on Labels Toos EC Label hy 5 Ech r
402. s of line style preset in the layers list If you select any of the other settings i e select Continuous all lines you draw will take on that line style characteristic We recommend you always leave this setting on By Layer Creating New Line Styles New line styles can be created by clicking on Edit Active List or by double clicking on the Styles icon 5 6 DynaSCAPE Software Using the Tables te A 1 tyle List yr ote e Continuous Use points to create new style To add a new line style 1 k Click on the Add button in the Line Style Editor 2 Type in the name of the new style 3 To define the style pattern toggle segments in the line below 4 Click Ok to save the new style Test the style in a drawing and adjust the scale here in the Style Editor if needed Test the new style in various scales of prototypes to refine it DynaSCAPE Design Line Weights All layers in DynaSCAPE Design have one of eight line weights assigned to them Line weights are what give your drawing the hierarchy or depth that it needs to portray height etc within a drawing Weights 3 0 12 Weights Button By Figure 1 07 2 0 1 4 Current Weights List 4 0 3 4 5 1 6 1 1 2 7 2 i a6 Edit Weights Toggle The Line Weight Table Editor DynaSCAPE Design is limited to eight unique preset line weights While you can change which line weight is being used by a particular layer it is not advised to
403. s on the Model Space page of the actual DWG or DXF file being imported DynaSCAPE cannot import external references Xref s either 3 The import process is usually quick In some cases you may not see the imported geometry DynaSCAPE will import only geometry drawn in AutoCAD s Model Space view and because AutoCAD does not use drawing limits the geometry may be outside the DynaSCAPE drawing limits and out of your current view It also may be spread out over a large area of the drawing page DynaSCAPE will attempt to view all the 17 3 DynaSCAPE Design Li i a i i geometry by viewing the database extents The next set up steps explains how to view and find all the imported geometry and layers Flee a amp al O i F ier tE aj bd F G A D fe E S Dii e e e al l m a 7 7 Erig LEE TET niiisl E ETER ia En ace Le a eo OCUN CO A Te E Jeey le E DELFIEG U 17 4 DynaSCAPE Software Importing amp Exporting AutoCAD Drawings Step 2 Resizing the Imported Drawing Not all imported AutoCAD drawings will be correctly scaled depending on the format of the original drawing Most often it will be much smaller than the active drawing scale To check the scale of the drawing and resize it if needed for these steps 1 Zoom in to a line on the imported drawing for which you know the length i e a property line or dimension 2 i Turn the Copy toggle o
404. s pull down menu contains the commands associated with opening multiple drawings at one time When you look at the Windows pull down menu all the open drawings will be listed at the bottom of the menu Although DynaSCAPE Design will not allow two copies of the same drawing to be open if they have the same file name multiple different drawings can be open at the same time When working with more than one file it is important to confirm what you are saving and be careful not to overwrite files with the wrong files As a general rule we recommend working with only one drawing at any one time Next Ctrl4 w Previous Ctl Shift Hy Cascade Tile Tile Horizontal Arrange Icons 1C POCUME 1 Jodie Desktop TUTORI 1 DPD w 2 Untitled Drawing 01 A quick look at the options under the Windows pull down menu shows that there are various ways to look at the open drawings Next and Previous options allow you to tab through the open drawings You can also use Cascade Tile and Tile Horizontal controls to see multiple drawings on the screen in various ways These configurations can be useful when copying and pasting entities from one drawing to another or when working in a set of working drawings and a design for the same plan 4 38 DynaSCAPE Software Menus Settings and Controls On line Help On line Help is available within DynaSCAPE Design On line Help is available by going to the Help pull down menu a searchable file of the User Manual is
405. s quick exercise will walk you through creating your first DynaSCAPE Design drawing 1 Click on the New Drawing button and select the v5 0 Imp Landscape A 8 5 x11 SCALE 1 04 prototype 2 Select the Accessories layer from the Layers List on the DynaSCAPE Design tab the layer will be highlighted in blue 3 If the Draw Creation toolbox Draw toolbox is not open click on the DRW toggle located under the New Drawing button From the Draw toolbox right click on the Rectangle tool 4 Enter a width of 10 and a height of 5 and be sure to press the spacebar j after entering the final value 5 On the Drawing Window Click where you want the top left corner of the rectangle to be and note that the prompt line is directing you to Select the first corner of the rectangle 6 Once the first corner is located you will need to set the direction of the rectangle Move your mouse until the rectangle is in the position you want and Click 7 Press Esc to exit the command a Congratulations You have just created your first DynaSCAPE Design drawing The next section will walk you through saving a drawing How to Save a Drawing When you first open a new prototype drawing and begin drafting a plan the work you are doing is not being safely stored in your computer s storage system until you actively save it Until you save a plan give it a file name and a storage location it exists only as a series of DynaSCAPE
406. s that you wish this mode to activate Check some of the other modes to see some of the things that can be done with Macros the buttons below list the various Macros available for Layers Styles Colors etc 4 Click on the Test button to try out the new settings Click OK when you are finished 5 You will need to refresh the modes table by clicking on the Figures sidebar folder and then on the DynaSCAPE sidebar folder in order to use the new mode Why Drawings Can Go Blank If you select a Mode and the drawing goes completely blank this simply means that there are no corresponding elements in the drawing for the Mode you have selected For example if there are no Rock figures in the drawing then the drawing will appear empty if you select Rock Mode Simply select the Design Mode to restore the normal view 5 17 DynaSCAPE Design 5 18 DynaSCAPE Software Basic Drawing Tools Topics covered in this chapter v Introduction to modifier panels and calculators v Using the basic and nested tools in the DRAW toolbox v Using Bearings and DMS for lines and arcs 6 1 DynaSCAPE Design Modifier Panels and Calculators Many of the tools in DynaSCAPE Design utilize Modifier Panels Modifier Panels allow you to enter exact information for that command E g entering in the exact length of a line and or the angle at which the line will lie on the page Modifier panels are also used to select different options such as fo
407. s usually a result of not selecting a plant from the panel 4 To label plants with this method follow the same steps as normal labeling including autocounting and placing leaders with arrows Using Keyed Labels without leaders You can also insert keyed labels into you design that consist of text only This style is useful for drawings where there is little room for normal or keyed labels with leaders With this method the label is placed inside or beside the plant or grouping being labelled The steps are simple select your plant name choose autocount or enter a quantity manually and place the label with a single left click Changing Keyed Label Text and Key Size You cannot revise keyed labels that have already been placed on the drawing You can however change the size and font of keyed labels before you insert them Keyed labels use the default Dimensional Text settings of your drawing to determine the size of the text in the key In keyed labeling you will still have the ability to set your text to 12 52 DynaSCAPE Software Labeling Plants amp Design Elements any size This must be done before the label is placed The circle around the label will automatically remain proportional to the text size To permanently set a new text size for the current drawing 1 Go to the Entity pull down menu and select Dimension The Global i Dimension Settings window will appear FA DynaSCAPE Design Untitled Drawing 01
408. se this tool 1 i Click on the tool shown above 2 Click at one end of the line or entity to be measured use the inference settings to ensure accuracy 3 Click at the other end of the line or entity being measured Again the j inference settings will ensure accuracy 7 41 DynaSCAPE Design 4 The result measurement will be displayed in the CLI E 2D Length gt 1O 47 64 2D Location Scroll 2D Location Jd 2D Location Measure the Length or Perimeter of Selected Lines This tool allows you to click on a line and measure the entire length of the line For instance if you have drawn a rectangle DynaSCAPE Design will calculate all the lengths of the lines that make up the rectangle and give you an overall length To use this tool 1 i Click the tool shown above to activate the command 2 i Click on the line to be measured it will highlight blue 3 Right click to end the selection process The measurement will be j displayed in the CLI 7 42 DynaSCAPE Software Basic Editing and Dimensioning Tools Tree Cluster Edit Active List Perineter L 2 29 32 4D Entity 7 43 DynaSCAPE Design Measuring Angles There is one tool in the Edit toolbox for measuring the angle between two lines Measure the Angle Between 2 Lines This tool was added to the Edit toolbox with version 4 3 Edit Modify This tool could be used to measure the angle of a deck or
409. sign Print shops on the other hand often use Xerox type machines that do not print DynaSCAPE s fine detail very well 14 16 DynaSCAPE Software 15 Design Tutorial Part I This chapter is Part I of II about learning to create a landscape plan by way of a tutorial drawing During the process of this drawing you will v Create a base plan from site measurements v Create a front yard landscape plan Vv Learn how to add the design elements 15 1 DynaSCAPE Design The DynaSCAPE Design Tutorial This tutorial will take you through all the steps required to complete a small landscape design with DynaSCAPE The finished plan should look something like this 15 2 DynaSCAPE Software Design Tutorial Part Drafting the Base Plan The very first step to starting any drawing is to select a new drawing sheet Selecting a New Drawing Sheet Prototype 1 Begin this tutorial by starting a new drawing using the 11x17 Landscape 1 8 prototype 2 Next save the drawing immediately Click the Save icon and save the a drawing to the default location My Documents My Drawings and name it Tutorial Drawing New Drawing v5 0 Imp Landscape A 8 5X11 SCALE 1 10 5 0 Imp Landscape A 8 5X11 SCALE 1 16 5 0 Imp Landscape A 8 5X11 SCALE 1 20 v5 0 Imp Landscape B 11 17 SCALE 1 04 v5 0 Imp Landscape B 11X17 SCALE 1 10 b v5 0 Imp Landscape B 11X17 SCALE 1 16 v
410. sto this piani Bap Have 12 41 DynaSCAPE Design Placing a Softscape Label After selecting a Softscape item a quantity and unit of measurement must be determined and the label must be set in place DynaSCAPE provides several options for each of these steps Before placing a label it important to understand some of the panel settings that will effect its behavior Auto Minimize Auto Rounding and Layer Override These Settings are found in the Plant Label Settings Panel which is accessed by clicking on settings in the Plant Label Panel Panel Behavior E Auioehnimze Sudomabeally minimize the panel when aperepnate M Layer Override Sudomabelly sel Labels to the Soltseape Layer Auto Minimize A useful feature in DynaSCAPE labeling is the Auto Minimize setting found on the Settings panel Checking this box will automatically hide the Softscape panel when selecting the Go gt gt and Insert gt gt buttons and then automatically restore the window when the action is complete so you can choose another plant name Auto Rounding Auto Rounding rounds inches and fractions of an inch to the next full foot or square foot or metre Square metre Only applies to measurement results from the area and length measuring tools Layer Override Layer Override means that when this option is selected DynaSCAPE will automatically set the active layer to Plant_Labels so all plant labels will be placed on this layer in order to work cor
411. t Drawing Settings Coe Bounds Sain Fibers Satie thee pont calor aGhern To print i a ieie cike bor hee printers aamiect singe Colne prinia ane aed ft mane prir coder G pret sey aig Color beras PF Bring using ihe entity display colors O Print wing ie entity cutee colors rn aig Bs per map Bae Eil Map 6 Set your bounds and scale correctly and click print The drawing will print with all black lines while the images will print in full color If your images fail to print in color use the next option Option 2 Printing Using the Color Setting Since most drawings with raster images require color printing some users may need to use the Output Colors setting rather than the single color setting when printing or saving as an image file This option is used when the previous option does not work 1 Follow Steps 1 4 in Option 1 E 2 This time in the Color tab of the Print Drawing panel choose the Print using output colors option A Print Drawing Skee the pont calor sgh To print in a ieie okie tor hee printers Tieci ingle Colne prinia ane ang tt mane prin coder OP Print using 6 single cote keo M fo Prind wining ihe nity dieplny colors Gina uiye erty cuted Comers m uaj De peri moyi babie Eii Map 14 7 DynaSCAPE Design 3 Set your bounds and scale correctly and click Print The drawing will print with all black lines while the images will print in full color If some of the drawin
412. t Lit Settings Label Style Horia text with leaders a Al dy ecepecen B F O a 4 You will be searching for specific plants to label this drawing so if you have done some practice searches click on Clear Search 5 In the Plant Search text box type in the name or part of the name of one of the plants on the design For example type winter gem and click Find Tip For efficient searching it is recommended that you enter only the first few letters of the plant you are looking for especially if you aren t sure of the spelling For example search for lily rather than lily of the valley If the name in the database is lily of the valley you will not get any results by typing the name with spaces instead of dashes The same ts true whether you use botanical or common names Granted this method will result in many more hits including many plants you don t want but it will result in better search results in the end 6 DynaSCAPE will now connect to the Online Plant Database and attempt to find a match remember DynaSCAPE is looking for a 100 match so if you get no results returned checked the spelling and try your search again 16 3 DynaSCAPE Design 7 In some cases you may get more than one result back In this case there is only one Green Gem Boxwood Click on it to highlight it Plant Search a e at dynasicape com Find If you wish at this point you can click on Show Selec
413. t Size paper size tab in the Drawing Page Settings panel highlights the current size of the drawing sheet in the Sheet Size list If you wish to change the sheet size simply use the scroll bar on the right side of the list to find an alternative size select the new size and then select OK to complete the change and close the panel a Drawing Page Settings x Sheet Size Scale Units Informatior Select the sheet size from the list of predefined sheets If the size you desire i amp not available in the list click the Add button to create a custom sheet Changing the Scale of a Drawing The Scale tab in the Drawing Page Settings panel shows the current drawing scale You may change the active drawing scale simply by entering a new value or editing 4 9 DynaSCAPE Design the current value in the Scale box and selecting OK to complete the change and close the panel A Important Note The drawing scale may be entered either as a ratio for example 1 50 or as an imperial scale for example 1 4 Be sure to include the foot and inch symbols when entering new scale values Drawing Page Settings l X Sheet Size Scale Units Enter the drawing scale as a ratio of the drawing units to the actual units A ratio of 1 4 would set 1 unit on the drawing to 4 true units Architects can use the feet and inches symbol to set the drawing Viewing or Editing the Default Measuring Units The Units tab in
414. t for the clustering process which you will follow a little later Placement of second group of shrubs Notice all shrubs are the same size and overlap slightly this is important for the clustering process Inserting The Boxwood Hedge A more complex group of shrubs that you can place is the Boxwood hedge that runs along the side of the walkway Notice in the following image that the boxwood hedge runs neatly and evenly spaced along the walkway DynaSCAPE has a tool that allows for any figure to be placed at an even intervals along an existing line Before inserting the boxwood hedge there are two things that need to be done first 15 42 DynaSCAPE Software Design Tutorial Part Since the hedge needs to follow the walkway you must offset the edge of the walkway to the left by half the width of the symbol you intend to use In this design use the 1FT3_BOX HEDGE symbol from the library For this symbol you should use a distance of a little more than half the width of he figure 8 Click on the Offset tool located in the Edit toolbox and enter in a value of 8 Left click on the walkway edge note that this should all be joined as one line as previously completed earlier in this tutorial and when it highlights blue right click to end the selection process Ensure that the Copy toggle is turned on and left click to the left side of the walkway By having the Copy toggle turned on you will be left with two
415. t is a Command Alias A Command Alias is a user defined keyboard shortcut that e Makes it possible to create keyboard shortcuts that create the text for the Insert Text Insert Text with a Leader Revise Text and Revise Text with a Leader tools This will be covered in the chapter titled Basic Drawing Tools e Activates a pre saved auto run sequence macro consisting of one or more com mands The Command Alias tool is found by selecting Environment Command Alias Example Command Aliases in DynaSCAPE Design Refer to the examples below to help create your own command aliases or add them to your own list More examples regarding editing text can be found in the chapter titled Deleting and Revising Entities TABLE 1 Example Command Aliases Shortcut Code Description Z NZOOM DRAWING WINDOW Turns on the Zoom the Drawing using a Window tool ZZ NZOOM DRAWING LIMITS r Zooms the drawing to the drawing limits ZD NZOOM DRAWING EXTENTS Zooms the drawing to display all drawn objects PAN NSCROLL DRAWING VECTOR r Activates the scroll pan tool 4 5 DynaSCAPE Design TABLE 1 Example Command Aliases Shortcut CO CF LL CC PC PCA RFN RFO ROB Code NTRANSLATE ENTITY SELECT TRANSFORMATION COPY TRANSLATE ENTITY SELECT TRANSFORMATION ORIGINAL NREPAINT r DELETE ENTITY INSERT LINE LOCATION INSERT LINE LOCATION Length NINSERT CURLCE LOCATION
416. tach the curved line to the intersection of the 18 _ reference line and the driveway 18 reference line If you find the curve that is being drawn is going in the wrong direction go back to the modifier and check the Clockwise Bulge toggle off lt lt Modifier Insert Polyline Sele Close polyline Smooth polyline V Auto bulge fv Clockwise bulge Start angle 0 0 7 k Once the curve is correct left click to drop in the final point of the line and then right click to end the procedure before pressing Esc Erase the reference line drawn in step 1 by selecting the Delete tool and left and right clicking on the line 15 23 DynaSCAPE Design Your finished walkway should look like the image below If you are not satisfied with the walkway you have drawn repeat the previous steps it s good practice Finished walkway combination of straight and curved polylines 8 k The next item to add is a small planting bed against the garage wall which is done by offsetting lines that have already been drawn Again before you begin this process make sure that the Copy toggle is turned on the button will be white 9 f Click on the Offset tool to open the modifier and enter in 4 this is the distance from the stoop to the top of the planting bed Left click on the line just offset to select and then right click Left click again below this line to create the offset The planting be
417. tch pattern applied fills in boundries of the patio ba ry Fe Hatch Section Tip If when you are entering a pattern and it appears to be inserting very slowly because scale of the pattern being entered is too small you can stop the process by right clicking This will return you to the print of selecting the area to be hatched sectioned and the modifier will be available to change the scale This process can also be used if the wrong pattern is selected or if the rotation angle entered is incorrect Using the Color Fill Tools The color fill tools work in the same manner as the hatch and section tools however the color of the fill is determined by the layer which is selected the active layer The modifier is used to set the scale of the color fill this useful when the area being filled does not completely fill in for example sections are not being colored Since color fill is placed on the drawing as a series of triangles changing the scale will produce more triangles which will more accurately fill in the area Inserting Patterns into Complex Areas Inserting patterns into more complex areas requires a little more understanding of how the various tools work 6 56 DynaSCAPE Software Basic Drawing Tools Excluding Hatches Section from an Area Often you will come across a situation where the area to be filled with a pattern is somewhat complex With the pattern tools it is possible to fill around
418. ted This tool does not allow for a distance to move copy to be set To use this tool l 2 Click the icon to activate the tool Turn Copy On if you wish to copy the object s or Off if you wish to move the object s Click to select the entities to be moved alternatively a selection window can be used to select the entities Right click to end the selection process Click to set the from location generally it is a good idea to select a specific spot such as the middle of the object or a known point such as a corner using inference especially if you are trying to move an object to a specific 7 2 DynaSCAPE Software Basic Editing and Dimensioning Tools point this is where the object s being moved will be attached to the cursor 6 The object s are now attached to the cursor move to the new location and click to position in place f Use mouse to Au move entity Copying entities is done in the same manner however the Copy toggle must be selected The Copy toggle will be white and red when selected and you will notice that the word COPY is attached to the cursor when the move copy tool is in use 7 3 DynaSCAPE Design Offset or Move Lines by an Absolute Parallel Distance The offset tool allows you to set a distance to move items a set distance away Basic entities such as lines polylines circles and rectangles can be offset so that the new entity is parallel to the existing entity For e
419. ted Plant Details at the bottom of the panel to see additional information about the plant You can click on view plant profile at DynaSCAPE com to view more cultural information and a picture on the Online Plant Database Before placing the label on the drawing the quantity of plants to be labeled has to be determined Since you clustered or grouped the matching plants together in one of the previous steps you can use the AutoCount tool AutoCount is the default tool so all you need to do is click on the Go gt gt button to get it started The panel will minimize to give you full view of your screen Left click on the hedge along the front walkway Notice that the plant group quickly flashes blue If you maximize the labeling panel you will see that next to Label Qty Label Quantity will be the total count of the number of Boxwood shrubs in that grouping You can also see the count number in the CLI at the bottom of the DynaSCAPE window Now that the quantity has been determined the next step is placing the label on the drawing which is a similar process as placing Text With a Leader The first left click determines the placement of the arrow generally 16 4 DynaSCAPE Software Design Tutorial Part Il this points at one of or the group of shrubs Subsequent left clicks place the label onto the drawing When the label is located in the desired location right click to complete the process The labeling p
420. ter clockwise direction fe jcw FS Start drawing walls in a clockwise direction Drawing Mode ie Wall Clicking and dropping points will create wall segments Window Clicking and dropping points will create window segments f Door Clicking and dropping points will create door segments Snap Lines Orthographically Length 13 6 Settings Angle a Left click on the drawing page and move the mouse to position so it is vertical going from the top down and left click again Do not right click or press esc because you need to keep the lines so that they are joined to one another and you also want to keep the modifier open Start Direction f ccw I Start drawing walls in a counter clockwise direction CW fy Start drawing walls in a clockwise direction Drawing Mode ij Wall Clicking and dropping points will create wall segments Window Clicking and dropping points will create window segments f Door Clicking and dropping points will create door segments Snap Lines Orthographically Length 1375 Settings Angle x If you accidently right clicked after entering a line it is important to remember that when you add the next line you need the lines to connect end to end This can be done by using the inference settings to connect your next line to the End of the last line Make sure you select the thinner outside line not the thick building line 15 5 DynaSCAPE Design k Tips and
421. th Arrow you wish to use select the location E on the drawing where you want it placed and left click After you left click use the mouse to rotate the North Arrow make sure your constraints are turned off Once it is pointed in the right direction towards the upper 15 57 DynaSCAPE Design right corner of the drawing page left click again and then right click Once you are finished press Esc North arrow rotated to match site information Now is a good time to save your drawing Click the Save button You can also use CTRL S to save if you wish to use the keyboard Congratulations Part I Completed Now that you have completed Part I of the design tutorial go to the next chapter design Tutorial Part II 15 58 DynaSCAPE Software 16 Design Tutorial Part Il This chapter is Part II of II about creating a landscape plan by way of a tuto rial drawing During the process of this drawing you will learn to v Label the drawing and insert photographs rasters v Create a materials list v Print the drawing 16 1 DynaSCAPE Design Labeling the Plants DynaSCAPE Design is linked to a fast and efficient labelling tool that will enable you to create an instant material list in the end In addition this labeling tool can also integrate with DS Manage online and legacy version of DS Quote and DS Manage for quotation You also have access to DynaSCAPE s Online Plant Database to help you find
422. th DynaSCAPE Design you can set constraints to horizontal so that a line is drawn only horizontally without your having to set an angle in a Modifier Similarly you could use constraints to force entities to be moved or copied along a set path or in a fixed direction Selecting the Constraint button in the Toggle Bar displays the menu in the diagram below None 90 Ortho Horizontal 135 45 Vertical w Polar Set Polar 225 315 270 90 There are four types of constraints 1 Ortho snaps to 90 degree increments 2 Horizontal snaps to 0 degrees or 180 degrees 3 Vertical snaps to 90 degrees or 270 degrees 4 Polar snaps to whatever angle is entered under Set Polar Angles for the Polar option can be set by selecting Set Polar from the displayed list By default the Polar constraint is set to 45 degrees in DynaSCAPE Design prototype drawings 2 25 DynaSCAPE Design Set Constraints make Constraints active by clicking the Constraint button in the Toggle Bar and choosing an option from the menu To turn off constraints select the Constraint button and choose None from the displayed list The Copy Toggle The Copy toggle has two functions which depend on whether it is turned on or off The setting of the Copy toggle is important when using any of the editing tools that allow objects to be moved or duplicated One example would be when using the Move or Copy Objects tool while the Copy toggle
423. th this method do not drag the mouse Just left click on the first corner move your mouse to the second diagonal corner and left click there Selection windows are not effected by your constraint settings All objects partially or completely outside the selection window will not be selected Only objects entirely inside the window will be 4 Click here for second selected window location 10 3 DynaSCAPE Design Using a Right to Left Selection Window When creating a selection window moving from right to left only objects touched by the window frame are selected Entities entirely within the window or entirely outside the window are not selected D _ Click here for first window location All objects completely inside the selection window will not be selected Click here for eee JN Only objects ocation s a 2 A touched by the ie window frame will X be selected With this method do not drag the mouse Just left click on the first corner move your mouse to the second diagonal corner and left click there Selection windows are not effected by your constraint settings Selecting All Objects in a Drawing If you wish to select all the objects on your drawing the most effective way to do so is to use one of the two available methods There are two methods to select all objects on a DynaSCAPE drawing 1 Using the Pull Down Menu Edit Select All 2 Using Ctrl A on your keyboard Usin
424. than you really need and have to maintain It is best to follow these steps in order to end up with a manageable list of plants 12 11 DynaSCAPE Design 1 In the Plant Label Panel click on the Edit My Plant List option to open the E e e Plant List Editor 2 Click on the Download Plant option to open the download wizard You need an internet connection in order to complete this process Click Next 12 12 DynaSCAPE Software Labeling Plants amp Design Elements 3 Choose either your single USDA Zone or any number of Sunset Zones you wish to download from and then click Next E E E E E EEE E 4 Choose the plant types you wish to include and then click Next Click Back i if you wish to change the zone s chosen 5 The download will start and may take a few minutes When finished it will display a list of all plants requested by the zone and types chosen Click Back if you wish to change the plant types chosen 6 k The Online Plant Database contains over 9 000 plants and as a result you may have a list of 5 000 plants to go through from any of the zones you choose All the plants are selected by default but it is recommended that you click on the Select Deselect All Plants option and then scroll through 12 13 DynaSCAPE Design the list and check off the plants you wish to have in your plant list Maximizing the panel will allow you to see more plants at one time Remember the shorter the list in your
425. the Correct Layers When creating new figures it is important to consider the appropriate layers on which you build your figure as a whole or in part Layers are an important part of the line weight structure of the finished drawing and they play a big role in the use of Modes If placed on the wrong layer the figure may not appear in some of the modes they need to appear in they may not cluster properly and they may be un colorable in DynaSCAPE Color 11 15 DynaSCAPE Design One way to determine which layers to use is to insert a similar figure into a drawing and Explode it You ll then be able to examine the various layers that make the figure up To see the layer used hold the CTRL key and click on the line to bring up the Edit Entity Attributes panel To see all the layers that make up a figure go to the Modes list and choose Turn All Layers On Examining a Shrub Figure Quick Text_Mot Shrubs Mode Trees_Mode Rocks Mode Color Setup M Color_Layer_ht Lighting_Mode Wiring Mode Hardscape_Ma Softscape_Mog All Labels On Lets first examine Shrub figures in detail The illustration below shows two figures from the Shrubs 5 library and one from the Perennials 5 library first as they appear in the library then what they look like when all the layers from which they are made are turned on 11 16 DynaSCAPE Software Working with Library Figures Design Mode All Layers On Mode
426. the Figures Sidebar Folder is setup Here you can add or remove libraries delete a figure from a library change the order in which figures appear in a library and edit the Library Layer Override for a library of figures The Library Layer Override is very important since it controls which layer each library figure is put in when it is inserted into your drawing How to Find the Library Manager To open the Library Manager select Library Manager from the Tools menu Environment Entity Tables Tools Window Help Show Data Selection Ctrl D EE T ox Tr Show Coordinate Tracking Panel Show Overview Panel Ctrl dtt Dim ei cs s Inference Inference Calculator F2 Tool Editor Library Manager f Voltage Calculator b The Library Manager Panel Remove a Library Update Figures Folder Add a Library Re Order Figures z Library Manager Library List ACCESS 3 0 LIB a ae Update PRA 4 oT MORTH_ARROWI I NORTH_ARRON 2 HORTH_ARRDOW FO MHORTH _ARROWI 4 HORTH_ARROWLS 3CALE_FT A Library Index SCALE_METER S A SCALE_METERS B BFT_PATIO_UMBREL 4x6_PATIO_TABLE Delete the selected figure Set layer override controls 11 26 DynaSCAPE Software Working with Library Figures The Library Manager Controls Below is an explanation of the various controls in the Library Manager Refer to the previous diagram for the location of each control e Library Index
427. the degrees of a circle O through 360 the bigger the gap between the numbers the larger the arc or by using the mouse AE gt lt pe 1 Follow the same steps above for defining the size and rotation of the ellipse a To use this tool 2 Enter in the start and end angle for the arc entered in degrees and use a Click to set the elliptical arc onto the drawing or 3 Place the ellipse on the drawing and use the left mouse button to define the start of the arc and a second Click of the mouse to define the end of the arc As you move the mouse you will see the arc being drawn JA Modifier Insert Elliptical Arc Saks RMajor s 0 E Rotatior D Major 10 0 Start 45 00 RMinor 10 0 End 135 00 D Minor 20 0 6 61 DynaSCAPE Design 6 62 DynaSCAPE Software Basic Editing and Dimensioning Tools Topics covered in this chapter Y The Tools in the EDIT Toolbox Y The Tools in the DIMENSION Toolbox 7 1 DynaSCAPE Design The Edit Toolbox Moving and Copying Objects The Move or Copy tool in DynaSCAPE Design serves two purposes to move items around on the drawing and to copy items from one part of the drawing to another Single entities can be selected groups of entities or entire drawings Did You Know Only what is visible on the screen will be selected and moved layers that are turned off not visible will not be affected by this process Layers that are locked cannot be selec
428. the performace of DS Design Disable Aero Theme Note Disabling Aero theme may cause perfomance issues when using Hardware Acceleration ome There are three options for performance to choose from Default Default uses your computer s processor CPU to render the drawing page graphics This format is called Software rendering and is the recommended setting that will be the best option for most computers 4 23 DynaSCAPE Design Hardware Hardware rendering uses your computer s video card to render the drawing page graphics Unless you have a high performance video card this setting is not recommended Lower end video cards as well as integrated video cards may cause some blurriness in the middle of the drawing screen The Default option is recommeded in these cases Legacy The Legacy uses the same rendering code as DS Design v5 5 and older This option is only recommended if you are having problems with the DS Design user interface Legacy will reduce DS Design s performance on Vista or Windows 7 especially when zooming panning and moving large amounts of gemeometry 4 24 DynaSCAPE Software Menus Settings and Controls The Entity Menu The Entity Menu is the route to many of the global drawing controls in DynaSCAPE Design Global drawing controls affect only the drawing which is currently active Global drawing controls set the default state for their associated tools As you draft a plan t
429. the pull down menu Entity Dimension to open the Global Dimension Settings panel Set the dimension style by selecting from the list of dimension attribute buttons 9 26 DynaSCAPE Software Inserting and Editing Text This panel gives you access to 13 different subpanels that control the default settings for dimensioning in DynaSCAPE Design Leader labels the type of labels produced by the Softscape Hardscape and Services labeling routines involve three different controls accessed through this panel Text Leader and Arrow Important Note We do not recommend that new users edit Global Dimension Settings these controls are necessarily complex and can be a challenge even to a seasoned DynaSCAPE Design user If you decide to proceed with editing Dimension settings beyond the three controls named above do so in small steps testing the results of each change as it is made To change text size default globally so that the revised text sizes or fonts will appear each time you open the Insert Text Attached to a Leader tool follow these steps 1 Select the pull down menu Entity Dimension to open the Global Dimension settings panel Select the Text button on the panel A Global Dimension Settings 9 27 DynaSCAPE Design 2 This will open the Global Dimension Text Settings panel a 2 Dimension Text Settings Dimension Text Format Strip leading zeros Use European decimal format Strip trailing zeros
430. ther To use this tool 1 i Click on the tool shown above 2 Click on lines which are to be brought together at a corner the lines will E e highlight blue 3 Right click and the lines will extend or trim to form a corner If the lines E will not extend it is because one of the line is a polyline Polylines must be first exploded to extend with this tool Click on both lines and then right click to form a comer Trim Between Selected Lines This is another little known tool that has its uses in certain situations This trim tool allows you to trim lines or polylines between two other lines or polylines and you can specifically choose which lines you wish to trim to This tool works with both lines and polylines 7 25 DynaSCAPE Design To use this tool 1 Click on the tool shown above 2 i Click on the lines which are to be trimmed they will highlight blue 3 i Right click to end the selection process 4 i Click the lines you wish to trim between 5 i Right click to complete the trim process Trim or Extend Lines to Another Line This is another very useful trim tool This tool also has the ability to both extend add length and trim lines however polylines will not extend unless they are exploded This trim tool allows you to select the line s that want to trim or extend and the line to which you want to trim or extend to the extend to line does not have to be perpendicular and it can be a curve or a p
431. these changes select the Yes button 1 0 i Select OK in the Folder Options panel and close Windows Explorer 3 14 DynaSCAPE Software Opening a DynaSCAPE Drawing Backing Up and Protecting Your Work Backing up your drawing files is highly recommended because computer environments hardware operating systems software and operators are not 100 dependable Here are a number of ways to back up your files 1 Copy your completed drawing files to a back up folder within your own com puter This is the quickest way of protecting your files Using a second hard drive in your computer as the back up storage drive will protect you if your main hard drive fails 2 Back up files on a removable disk drive or tape drive 3 Burn your files onto a CD or DVD Note You will not be able to use a CDRW in the same way as a disk or tape drive Use these storage devices only for completed work that is not likely to require editing 3 15 DynaSCAPE Design Program Resources DynaSCAPE Design ships with a number of useful resource files The following files or folders can be found in the C Program Files DynaSCAPE Design Resource folder e The Drawing Samples folder contains sample drawing files that show some of the design possibilities that DynaSCAPE offers e The Resource Tutorial folder contains the drawings used in the Tutorial Chapters in this guide as well as sample lot plans that can be used for practicing tracing ras
432. this option allows you to enter total distance around the outside edge of the polygon i e the circumference This number is determined by Sides and Flat Chord this option allows you to set the length of the sides of the polygon which will all be equal to one another This number is determined by Sides and Flat Flat Diameter Chord a All the options with the exception of Sides and Rotation are set according to one another The value inserted for one option will set the values for the remaining options If no value is set for the number of sides three will become the default A rotation is not required Like all other tools this option can be used freehand To use this tool 1 i Click on the tool shown above to open the modifier 2 k Enter the number of sides either by entering the number using the keyboard or using the up and down arrows to set the value the rotation if required and any one of the other values and press the spacebar If there are only values placed in the Sides and Rotation spots the polygon will be entered with the size being set freehand 6 36 DynaSCAPE Software Basic Drawing Tools Once the values are entered click to determine the center of the polygon If a rotation angle has not been set use the mouse to determine the where the polygon will be placed and left click If a rotation angle has been set left click again to drop in the polygon Left click in the center and left cl
433. tion in the Favorites folder allows you to remove a selected figure from the folder Removing a figure from the Favorites Folder will not delete the figure from the program because it is only a copy of the original figure 2 34 DynaSCAPE Software Getting Started The Imaging Sidebar Folder The Imaging Sidebar Folder is home to all the controls related to adding images to your drawing Images can be photographs of landscapes you have in your collection images of plants from our on line plant encyclopedia property surveys logos etc almost any images you have can be brought into DynaSCAPE Design The Imaging sidebar is broken into two areas Add Image and Revise Add Image aeg Revise Per Add Image There are three tools under Add Image two are for inserting images from our on line plant encyclopedia and one allows you to add other images from your PC With the on line plant encyclopedia you can insert images either by searching based on the plant name or by simply clicking on a preexisting label on the drawing and the on line plant encyclopedia will immediately search the database for a photo of that plant The other option is to bring in your own images This tool allows you to locate images stored on your computer and then insert them onto your drawing page This method is commonly used to bring in a scanned property survey which can be then be scaled and traced to create an accurate base pl
434. tion tools It uses a Filter by Layer or by Style Weight or Color method and is an excellent way of extracting a precise group of entities from a complex drawing The toolbox for these tools is located in the Tools pull down menu Select the option called Show Data Selection The Data Selection panel will open If you click the Move or Copy Objects button in the Edit toolbox you may notice how the tools in the Data Selection panel changes to Data Selection Entity The first tool Set Entity Filter is a very useful filter tool when used in combination with the second tool Select All This filter can help you select only objects on a specific 10 7 DynaSCAPE Design layer line style line weight or screen color The following instructions will cover how to use this filter to only select a specific layer 1 Click on the first tool Set Entity Filter to open the Entity Selection Filters panel ie Set Entity Filter 2 In the Layers List select the layer you wish the filter Put a check in the box a beside Layer filter enabled Setting the modifier in this way instructs the software to allow only entities drafted in the chosen layer to be selected during a procedure like Move or Copy A Entity Selection Filters Type Filters lw Point lw Line Groundcover Rocks v i Title _Text lv Are Shrub b i Ellipse Tree iw Cluster Fillet shadow _ Paving_Stone eT Enabled Reset All None ee H cena aa Ok a Canc
435. to the four toolboxes that are not found on the Toggle Bar 1 Right click the Title Bar of any open toolbox A menu of available toolboxes is displayed Trl Advanced Tools ae Create Information f ef Dimension a asia Dray Creation ms Edit Modify Insert Enttes Quick Start Revise Entities Transform Entities 2 Select a new toolbox from the list The current toolbox will roll over to i become the new toolbox selected Return to the original toolbox by repeating the procedure Tip DynaSCAPE Design s most commonly used tools are included in the toolboxes accessible from the Toggle Bar Tools in the other toolboxes are not documented in this manual You can find information on these specific tools using the Help contents inside DynaSCAPE Design To keep the drawing screen uncluttered you can switch between toolboxes to display only the tools you currently need you don t have to have all the toolboxes open at one time Resizing Toolboxes The shape or configuration of the toolboxes can be adjusted to better suit your drawing screen The next steps will walk you through reconfiguring the shape of a toolbox 2 9 DynaSCAPE Design 1 Move the cursor to the bottom right corner of a toolbox and position it so that the cursor becomes a two headed arrow The Tool Tip Click and hold to resize panel will also be displayed 2 k Click and hold the left mouse button then drag the mouse to th
436. toolbox is F creste al now ready for CESC a Draw Creation Tite EPP fae 5 k To add tools to this toolbox you will need to locate the desired tool in the row of tools displayed in the middle of the panel These tools are grouped into five master toolboxes The default is the Create master toolbox To access the other master toolboxes click on the name Create above the tools or the arrow and select another one A c program files dynascape design panels tenglishitools Eg To add buttons drag icons from the te E mi lacie library to the toolbox To edit a toolbox W gi button s associated commands double E 7 click on a button in the toolbox ee Revise Trnztortn Draw Creation Tite Aen perma re OK a Cancel O Help 18 10 DynaSCAPE Software Customizing and Other Advanced Topics One the desired tool is found left click and drag the tool into an empty space on the open toolbox below A c program files dynascape design panels tenglishitools Eg u To add buttons drag icons from the ae O lal le library to the toolbox To edit a toolbox J button s associated commands double click on a button in the toolbox Sey CEI eas Draw Cre L Click and Title g ae drag OK gt Cancel 6 You can also rearrange the tools within the toolbox by dragging them around To remove a tool from the toolbox drag it to the garbage can image on the top rig
437. toop amd it will find the boundaries JA difer i insert Hatch Shading in the Step This same process will be used till fill in the front step however instead of using the Hatch tool you will use the Generic pattern tool Locate the Insert a generic pattern into a contained location tool which is nested beneath the other Generic pattern tool you see in the DRAW toolbox Section 1 Set the active layer to Rocks for the pattern we will use to shade the step a 15 33 DynaSCAPE Design 2 Click on the tool to open the modifier To define the step use the ANSI_31 pattern at a scale of 0 15 lt lt Modifier Insert Sec Siig ANSI 31 W Group section 3 Once the pattern and scale are set left click in the center of the step to locate the boundaries and then right click to complete the process Notes on the Insert a hatch pattern into a contained location tool In order to use this method of filling in an area the area to be filled must be totally and accurately enclosed by a series of intersecting lines polylines arcs circles etc If the area is not completely enclosed DynaSCAPE will not find the boundaries necessary to define the edge of the pattern and the fill will fail In the case where the selection process fails there are two possible remedies Examine the lines that are defining the area make sure all the lines meet and or overlap If the lines all appear to be correct and the selection
438. tte F LAM AMI k koer x remta eepe DITUEN BLATT FE l 5 ae cage ean argand Glas MRGUD Gli 78 Pr Kilcherralla maia LADYS MATL 7 zh H Anmeloncheer carucdenge CANADA SORE Ane dra Erei RFP Ge ee hatibi jatni Bed Sense EG SENTINEL hyiiy dapi See e HATE Cree A hits x aiei enpe Beauly BATES Sie d pietii Bee Weel BAALTSOCHLEIE F fee p eet ee Der ee lp i ba 8 You can now add sizes to your plants as you need Click Exit to close the Plant List Editor If your Plant Label Panel is set to in my Plants the downloaded list will appear in the panel ready for labeling 3 Adding Plants Importing a List To build your database you can also import an already made list a plants This could be a list provided to you by a supplier local nursery or one that you had built in DS Quote or DS Manage The advantage of this method is that it is a quick way to build your list of plants especially if you have gone through a similar process with DS Quote or Manage This method will also import any sizes and prices that are part of the file The disadvantage of this method is that cultural information will need to be added afterwards and the plants will all need to be matched to the Online Plant Database to take advantage of some of Design s features If you have created a database in DS Quote or DS Manage and wish to import it into the Plant List Editor you need to export it from DS Quote or DS Man
439. tural co aparls ee for this node setti i je Complex Leroy Manual Plain Simplex Vertical Mirror After you have filled in the required text fields check the sizes and the style of font you have selected To insert the node click on the screen where you want it to appear in the title block Once placed on the drawing they can be moved around using the Move Copy tool Repeat these steps for the various fields of data to be automated in your title block If you need to adjust the location of the nodes and sample text use the Move tool in the Edit Toolbox Be sure to move both the node and the sample text together when moving Here you can adjust the style size and justification of your text by holding Ctrl and clicking on the node not 18 6 DynaSCAPE Software 8 Customizing and Other Advanced Topics the text This will open the Edit Entity Attributes panel Click on the Data tab and select the button with the A Make any adjustments to the style A Edit Entity Attributes Information Display Properties Set the absolute location of the 2D text node entity in drawing coordinates and size then click Ok on this panel and Ok on the next You will notice that the sample text has changed ZA Text Node Attributes ustity f Center i 4 sample PlainSimplex m1907 J Triplex ABUl2 7 PlainTriplex fae Cityblueprint Ok a Cancel Once you have made all the necessary changes and ar
440. u and choose Folder and Search Options to open the Folder Options panel a Bi Organize iss Views 5 Open New Folder Cut Copy Paste Undo Redo Select All re t J Layout Folder and Search Options AS Delete 3 13 DynaSCAPE Design Folder Options General V File Types Offline Files Folder views You can apply the view such as Details or Tiles that you are using for this folder to all folders _Poplyto Al Folders __Reset Al Folders Advanced settings Display file size information in folder tips Display simple folder view in Explorer s Folders list Display the contents of system folders Display the full path in the address bar Display the full path in the title bar C Do not cache thumbnails 3 Hidden files and folders Do not show hidden files and folders a a Show hidden files and folders Wf Hide extensions for known file types F i pel Hide protected operating system filam Saal imended aumente emae a separate process Restore Defaults Select the View tab in the panel as above to display the list of view settings Then do the following 6 k Uncheck the Hide extensions for known file types toggle shown above 7 k Select the Apply button in the lower right corner of the panel 8 Select the Apply to All Folders button near the top of the panel 9 i A Folder Views panel will pop up and ask you to confirm
441. u are happy with the orientation rotation and size of the symbol you can simply right click to end the process If you continue with left clicks you will be able to rotate resize and stretch warp the figure before it is finally inserted into the drawing Place shrub at corner of the bed by left and right clicking Symbol Tip If a symbol is placed on the drawing and the positioning orientation or other setting is not right the symbol can be lifted off the drawing by pressing the Del key before another command is invoked The Del key acts as a mini undo that will undo commands as long as another command has not been invoked or the esc key pressed The next steps will continue through the process of adding more symbols to the design Next place a group of three flowering shrubs at the left hand corner of the house In the SHRUBS A 6 library locate the 3FT6_FL SHRUB symbol and left click to select it Place three of these symbols to represent the grouping 15 41 DynaSCAPE Design of Sweetspire at the corner of the house in a triangular shape Position the mouse just in front of the left hand corner of the house and left click and then right click to place the symbol Another copy of the symbol will stay attached to the cursor allowing you to continue placing two more symbols as shown in the diagram below without having to select it from the library again Make sure the symbols overlap one another as this is importan
442. u draw in DynaSCAPE Design you are drawing in layers If you think of the layers being line layers of clear film certain elements are assigned to certain layers By drawing on layers it is easy to isolate the various elements of the drawing to change them delete them etc Layers are set up so that each individual layer has a name color line weight and line style which makes them very easy to spot on the drawing screen Layers are then assigned to modes modes turn on an off the various layers so that portions of the drawing are shown based on the type of drawing being created Modes also set the active layer and be further used to set the constraints and other various settings as relevant to the type of drawing being created Settings Design Mo Sha Design Mode All Layers On Temp Layer hic Perennials hick Shrubs Mode Trees Mode Rocks Mode Dimension Mod Grading Mode Color Setup hic Color Layer blo Color Ready wii Gaick Text Moc Hardscape Ta i Edit Active List Modes List a r Edit Modes Toggle 5 13 DynaSCAPE Design When to Use Modes Modes are used when you want to create a different set of drawings such as a dimensioned drawing from a previously existing drawing Because modes relate quite tightly to layers Modes have been created to allow the various layers to be turned on when a mode is selected By working with modes you can create multiple drawings without actually having to redr
443. u will be prompted to give your new plant list aname The default E location is the My Documents folder and this is where the default plant list My Plant List dpl is found You give your new lists any name you wish to help you identify it Click Save 3 Your new list will be a blank list that can be added to using any of the previously outlined methods 4 When you click Exit this is the list that will appear when you search in the E Plant Label Panel 12 32 DynaSCAPE Software Labeling Plants amp Design Elements Opening a Saved List To open one of your saved lists click on Open List in the Plant List Editor and locate the list The default location is the My Documents folder Click Open to view or edit the list Click Exit and the list will appear in the Plant Label Panel Switching Between Lists If you have multiple lists you can switch between them for labeling two different ways 1 Open the Plant List Editor click on Open List to open the list you wish to switch to Click Exit and the list will appear in the Plant Label Panel ws DynaSCAPE Plant List Editor C Users lhordyk Documents ABI New List Blank 3Open List jSave List As i Tools New Plant Match Plants Download Plants Import Plants 2 In the Plant Label Panel click on Settings In the Plant Label Settings click on Change beside Local under My Plants Location to locate the plant list dpl file
444. ual Changing the Information Attached to the Label You can change the information that will be attached to the text label and as well as the appearance of your leader and text by clicking on Settings to open the Plant Label 12 46 DynaSCAPE Software Labeling Plants amp Design Elements Settings panel Click on Edit beside Label Attachments to open the Label Settings panel Here you can choose the various attachments to include with your labels Choosing Multiple Lines puts each characteristic on a new line with Quantity Drawing Units and Common Name always staying on the first line Selecting Single Line will place all the properties on the same line of text Temporarily Changing the Leader and Text Settings Before inserting a label you can temporarily change the appearance and operation of the leader line arrow and text size and font by clicking on Settings to open the Plant 12 47 DynaSCAPE Design Label Settings panel Click on Edit beside Leader Settings to open the Leader Settings modifier You may need to minimize the labeling panel to see it The Attributes tab provides the same options as the modifier panel for the Text with a Leader tool see Basic Drawing Tools However there are two additional options Elbows and Polar Turning on Elbows will provide increased flexibility when creating a leader line making it operate the same as text with a leader The polar option will constrain every seg
445. ubscription To create a Plant Picture Catalogue from a design follow these steps 1 Label your drawing with plants from the Plant Label panel Only these will E appear in the Catalogue you create 2 Click on the File menu and select Export gt Plant Picture Catalogue PDF E to open the Export Plant Catalogue wizard JA DynaSCAPE Design YASALES AND MARKETING POWERPOINT PRES FILES G A l File Edit Environment Entity Tables Tools Window Help ol New h amp 2D Computer Aided Design amp Drafting Open b A F a Open ASIE E Pa pae Ok Save Ctrl 5 ence Constraint Copy Save As LI z Save All D Close Ctrl U ic Close All a Import 5 Export to AutoCAD dwa dxf i a Plot CtrleL Plant Picture Catalogue PDF 1S DynaSCAPE Manage Export Fil Print Ctrl P DynaSCAPE Manage Export File D Send 5 Le Exit Alt F4 3 The plants that were labeled on the drawing will show up on the right side E of the panel that appears You can click on a name in the list to see a 16 24 DynaSCAPE Software Design Tutorial Part Il thumbnail picture of the plant if it has been matched to the online plant database or has a custom image assigned to it Esport Plant Catalogue CRIMSON QUEEN JAPANESE THREADLEAF MAPLE F SURGUNOY GLOW BUGLE CARPET AUREA NANA JAPANESE BARBEARY EA GREEN MOUNTAIN Ox WOOD RF WINTER GEM BOXWOOD OVERDAM FEATHER REED GRASS I AMETHYST MY
446. ull view of your drawing and re open when the label has been placed WEL CALAS UN ov oye PU LL UT Ln SO AULT Qe Pe fools Measure Area draw polygon For instructions outlining how to insert a label see Chapter 9 Inserting and Editing Text Design Labels for Description and Material Lists If the purpose of your design labels is to provide a description of your design elements for your clients and crews to read and for creating a material list follow these steps when inserting them 1 i Select the label you wish to use from the list n Sa Label Style Normal text with leaders PAVER BORDER BRUSSELS BLOCK 12 PAVER DRIVEWAY BRUSSELS BLOC PAVER PATIO BRUSSELS BLOCK PAVER POOL DECK BRUSSELS BLOCK PAVER WALKWAY BRUSSELS BLOCK 2 Turn Include Quantities on Altai W Automatic Rounding Insert Labels on Takeoffs layer I Show Quantity on Labels O Measure Prea raw pobaen a Sac This will provide a number of options to choose Choose the ones that are 3 appropriate for you Automatic Rounding will round all quantities up to the nearest full number no decimals or fractions 12 66 DynaSCAPE Software Labeling Plants amp Design Elements Insert Labels on Takeoffs layer this is for labels strictly used for creating a material list or estimate Labels inserted using this option will be placed on the Takeoffs layer The Takeoff
447. ur own or if you prefer to use your own picture for any plant you can This picture will become your default picture when adding an image to your drawing based on a label and when creating a Plant Picture Catalogue To use your own picture in the Plant List Editor follow these steps 1 In the Plant List Editor click on Use Custom Image It will open a dialog window where you can browse to an image file JPEG Once your preferred picture is found click Open a pray New Plant Match Plants Download Plants Import Plants Settings Plant List 303 yf Botanical Name Acer Search Show All en Common Name BLOC Sor nical Nam Sort by Botanical Name Sizes Sort by Common Name Acer palmatum Atropurpureum ATROPURPURI wf Size Acer palmatum Atrovanegatum Dissectum AT zl 5 POTTED Acer palmatum Bloodgood BLOODGOOD JAPA _ x 6 Poro Acer palmatum Cnmson Queen CRIMSON QUE Acer platanoides Crimson King CRIMSON KIN Le im 2 The new image you selected will now become the thumbnail image If you E need to change your custom image you can click on Change Custom 12 28 DynaSCAPE Software Labeling Plants amp Design Elements Image and find another one and you can also switch back to the DynaSCAPE image by clicking on Use Online Image bn i New Plant Match Plants Download Plants Import Plants Settings Botanical Name Acer Plant List 303 Se
448. ut an X in the i box If the layer is active it will not allow you to select it Go back to your layer list and activate another layer A Layer Table Editor Layer On Lock Name Color Out Style Wgt Width ooo e B continuous a Sor onj suicing ME contruus fa tle o2 fv Base Continuous 2 Sf oie 003 w i Property E E Center 5 004 v Porchistep BBY continuous JAAR Wv DriverRoad EBB continuous Hp Hf 03 OK a Cancel import Range Reset Help 10 6 DynaSCAPE Software Selecting and Filtering Entities 3 Click OK to close the panel and the layer you locked cannot be selected a Locking a layer is very useful once you have finished drafting certain parts of your design For instance after the building is drawn locking the building layer will prevent any building layer lines from being accidentally deleted or moved while you draw next to the building Though locked objects drawn on a locked layer still display their Inference object snap locations See Inference Settings and Object Snap If you attempt to select a locked object by holding Ctrl and clicking on it you will get the following message Layer Locked The drawing layer that the entity i on is currently locked ou must unlock the layer before attempting to edit the entity attributes Using an Entity Filter One way to select specific things on your drawing to is to use the Data Selec
449. utlined Select the Help button for a complete tour of the controls in this panel To save any changes to global settings click OK Important Note As with all changes to global settings we recommend that you make any changes to arrow settings one step at a time and test the results as you go 9 31 DynaSCAPE Design Text Shortcuts The Command Alias tool in DynaSCAPE Design makes it possible to create keyboard shortcuts that create the text for the Insert Text Insert Text with a Leader Revise Text and Revise Text with a Leader tools For the latter tools refer to the chapter Revising and Deleting Entities Existing Command Aliases in DynaSCAPE Design DynaSCAPE comes preset with a few example command aliases that can be activated by typing a the code on the CLI while any of the Insert Text tools are open e Type an followed by Space or Enter to create the text phrase Annual Display Spring Bulbs e Type rp followed by Space or Enter to create the text phrase River Pebble on Landscape Fabric e Type bm followed by Space or Enter to create the text phrase Bark Mulch e Type et followed by Space or Enter to create the text phrase Existing Tree The Command Alias tool is found by selecting the pull down menu Environment Command Alias Creating a New Command Alias 1 i Click the Add button in the Alias Settings panel Ea Alias Settings i X Select an alias name to edit the associated macro
450. ver as your quantity These tools are found in the menu with AutoCount Entering Quantity Manually You can also set the quantity manually in the Label Qty text box To do so enter the desired number into the Label Qty field then press Enter or Space The labeling panel will minimize to allow you room to view your drawing and place your label Once the label is placed the panel will open up again so you can select another softscape 12 43 DynaSCAPE Design Inserting a Plant Label Using AutoCount Follow these steps to insert a plant label into your drawing using the AutoCount option in the Plant Labeling Tool l 2 Choose the plant name you wish to use on your label Click on Go gt gt beside AutoCount The labeling panel will temporarily Ajuga reptans Burgundy Glow BURGUNDY GL Ale nel a LAP MARTIC minimize giving you full view of your drawing for the insertion of a label Left click on a group of shrubs or trees that have been clustered using the Clustering tool You must click on part of the geometry of the grouping not open space inside it Note If the symbols have not been clustered the resulting quantity will be one When a figure or cluster is selected the selected object will flash blue and the CLI will display the quantity of the selected figure or group of figures Next click where you wish to start your leader The first part of the label that will be inserted is the arrow at the end of the
451. view the contents of the CLI log The top of the CLI log contains important information about the DynaSCAPE Design program including various ways to contact DynaSCAPE Design s Sales and Support departments Closing the CLI Completely If you wish to close the CLI completely to maximize the size of the Drawing Window press Shift and Tab simultaneously When the CLI is closed command line information is displayed in the Prompt Line above the Drawing Window To restore open the CLI again press Shift and Tab simultaneously 2 20 DynaSCAPE Software Getting Started Re sizing the CLI It is possible to change the number of lines displayed on the CLI to always show more information or to increase the size of the drawing page To change the size of the CLI press Shift and use the up and down arrow keys to increase or decrease the size of the CLI Measuring Tools and the CLI If you are a new user you may elect not to use or to take much notice of the CLI However when you use any of the measuring tools in DynaSCAPE Design the results of the measurement inquiry are displayed in the CLI Therefore to see the results of any measurement inquiry use the above mentioned methods of opening the CLI 2 21 DynaSCAPE Design A Tour of the Button Bars Buttons controlling similar functions are grouped together in the Top Button Bar and Toggle Bar which will be described in this section The Top Button Bar lero
452. vironment menu contains all of the basic controls that affect the work environment in DynaSCAPE Design and is one of the most important menus to be familiar with Global Versus Active Drawing Control Settings Three of the controls in the Environment menu System Settings Command Alias and Library Properties are global control settings meaning they control program wide aspects of DynaSCAPE Design The remaining controls in this menu apply only to the active drawing which is currently open This means that changes in these controls and settings will only alter the environment of the drawing in which they are changed even though many drawings may be open Command Alias CLI Logfile Drawing Page Ctrl H Drawing Tools Ctrl T Page Color Entity Grips Drawing Properties Library Properties Data Format Inference Settings Changing Settings on the Fly Forgetting to change a setting at the beginning of a drafting session isn t a problem DynaSCAPE Design s drawing environment can be changed at any stage of the drafting process without your having to abandon your work However line thicknesses font sizes and hatch scale are pre set by the prototype and become the default settings for your drawing Using the Environment menu to change active drawing scale in mid stream can ereatly change how new lines text and hatches appear lines hatches and text may be too large small thick or thin so manual ad
453. walls and virus scanning software 2 After installation is complete please check for updates 3 Once the update process is complete the firewall and virus scanning can be re enabled 1 k Install DynaSCAPE Design Insert the CD into your CD DVD drive and the install screen should automatically appear If it fails to appear press the Windows Start button then type D autorun exe where D is the letter associated with your CD ROM drive If your CD ROM drive is associated with another letter type that letter instead 2 Click on the Install DynaSCAPE Design link to begin the installation The Install Shield Wizard appears on the screen which will guide you through the installation process 3 The first panel is the welcome screen Click Next a See eee el Pe eal edd Seed oe Dee CAPT Oe i F DynasScePre 1 7 DynaSCAPE Design 4 The second panel is the License Agreement Read the agreement carefully and if you agree click Next Tet TETEG oF Tt OL be radiated Ree SOFT aA GOTH LTT eA PY s ACER Cea BAAN OF LENE il i imaan cl gee d t ters acl tem tev phate ipiranga i fel heh rae Le ee mea CPL Yims mame rest racials ian ator rune T PAES pen Pom BEER yg ee Ue oe eee op a ie pee DERART Tea E thie reed be Cacia rikpi maim wee eer eel be ail Ti DynaScC2Pe 5 The third panel called the Customer Information will prompt you to type your name and the name of your company insert if appli
454. wing 12 49 DynaSCAPE Design Using Keyed Labels with leaders DS Design gives you the option of using keyed labels in your design Keyed labels are a standard practice used often in commercial design and are required by many municipalities in order to pass city approval An example of how keyed labels appear is shown below Keyed Labeling Components Keyed labels contain only two pieces of information The quantity is shown in the upper portion of the key while the key code is shown in the lower half of the key Key Codes are automatically created from the first letter of each of the genus species and cultivar of the botanical name In DS Design these codes are generated automatically from the botanical name in the Plant List Editor and in DS Manage360 Manage Website How to Use Keyed Labeling Label Style Keyed without leaders 12 50 DynaSCAPE Software Labeling Plants amp Design Elements 2 Once you check this option you will notice the lt Code gt field appear at the bottom of the labeling panel Hydrangea paniculata Limelight LIMELIGHT HYBRID HYDRAN iy oo np Hydrangea paniculata Pink Diamond PINK DIAMOND HYBRID HYT a ee 123 Bloom Color Cate Leaf Color a 2 view plant profile at Dyna SCAPE com gt i Show Selected Plant Details 3 You can now continue to search for plants as described earlier in this chapter You will notice that after selecting a plant the key
455. wing Tools 6 1 Modifier Panels and Calculators 0000 anannnannnnnnnnnnnnnnnnann 6 2 The Draw Creation Toolbox 00 eee eee ee es 6 4 TABLE OF CONTENTS 5 DynaSCAPE Design Drawno LINES a iceit Gira tari eat eas Gee a ae ea ak a 6 5 DraW a LING rcehsnsidensssnaueceenin vende E EE EENAA AA E SEE 6 6 The Coordinate Tracking Panel susssrusrererrrrererrererrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrerrrrerre 6 7 Using Bearings and DMS to Draw Property LINGS cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eres 6 8 Drawa Honzontal MING nici Guenter lec te Salalah celle take oe aks oleate 6 10 Draw a Vert Cal LING Grdcautundsiuerdtuatetantcdunstthauecatunhaeneiihvaeaten Na 6 11 Draw a Line Vertically or Horizontally Snapped ccc cceccceeee eee e eset ee eeeees 6 12 Draw a Line Parallel to Another Lin sisecioriczetuseieieibeladorbhalesboraetionsaes 6 13 Draw a Line Perpendicular to Another LIn ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 6 14 Draw a Line Tangent to Two ArCS sesuesssrsrerrersrrerrererrrrererrrrerrrrrrerere 6 15 Draw a Line Tangent to an AfC sssrssrsreresrerrrrrrerrrrrrrrrrrrrerrrrrrerrrrerre 6 16 The Building Outline Tool 0 00 eee ee ees 6 18 Why Building Outlines are Drawn this Way cccccseceeee cece ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeennas 6 19 How to use the Building Outline Tool ccccccceeee cece eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeas 6 20 Using the Snap Lines Orthographically Option ccceceeeeceeeee eee
456. wing is nearly finished then removed along with any other temporary elements by simply using the Temp Mode to reference them 1 i First select the Temp layer then click on the line tool In the modifier enter 4 and press the spacebar Using the inference settings find the end of the top of the line on the right hand side of the house see image below and left click Make sure the Constraints are set to Polar and use the mouse to draw the line away from and perpendicular to the house Left click to 15 12 DynaSCAPE Software Design Tutorial Part insert the line into the drawing Right click to end the line and repeat these steps for the left hand side of the house Frid The garage wall becomes the reference point for the location of the property line Measuring from the comer gives us a lt Modifier In Seles location for our reference line Once these reference lines are drawn then the actual property lines can be drawn in 2 k Next change the active layer to Property If you do not do this the lines you draw will remain in Temp layer and will need to be revised so that their style is correct If the modifier is still open click the Reset button in the modifier panel see below to clear the fields 3 Next use the inference to find the end of the reference line on the right hand side and move the mouse towards the sidewalk to insert in the property line parallel Left clic
457. wn in the Data Selection panel are not used to initiate a new command but rather to offer advanced assistance once a command has been started The Chapter titled Selecting and Filtering Entities provides an in depth look at how the Data Selection panel is used We recommend that you get a handle on the basics before you try your hand at mastering this feature 4 34 DynaSCAPE Software Menus Settings and Controls The Coordinate Tracking Panel The Coordinate Tracking panel follows and reports the location coordinates of the cursor within the Drawing Window The cursor location is reported in terms of both distance and or angle depending on set up options Select Tools Show Coordinate Tracking Panel to open the panel gt Coordinate Tracking ml 4 F 106 11 3 A 45 074263 The Coordinate Tracking panel dynamically reports the position of the cursor as it moves within the Drawing Window The location of the cursor is reported either in reference to the Origin of the drawing the bottom left corner of the drawing limits or relative to the previous location of the cursor itself Why Use Coordinate Tracking This tool allows you to speed up procedures that might otherwise take much longer to perform For example Coordinate Tracking can be used in a number of ways such as the following 1 Move or Copy objects from one location to another by a precise distance and for angle 2 Draft lines or other entities fr
458. xample a walkway is drawn on the plan and you want to show a soldier course Simply offset the walkway line by the number of inches wide the brick being used for the soldier course is Instantly you have a copy of the original line resized accordingly to represent the width of the soldier course To use this tool l 2 Click on the tool shown above to open the modifier Enter in a distance and press the spacebar after entering this value if you do not press the spacebar the distance will revert back to the default of 1 Turn the Copy toggle On if you wish to keep the original line s in place Click to select the entities to be offset Multiple entities can be selected however they must meet end to end in order to be offset together and they must be contiguous selected in order Once the items are selected right click to end the selection process Click on the side of the original object that you wish to offset to this is the side to which the new object will be set 7 4 DynaSCAPE Software Basic Editing and Dimensioning Tools Left click on EE g side of entity T B AS new object is to be offset to AN Offset entity a _ The offset tool can be used with or without the Copy toggle As with the move tool when the Copy option is selected the word COPY will be attached to the cursor ae Offset Through a Location A second offset tool is available nested beneath the main offset tool
459. xtends and attaches to the 12 offset line from the porch __ 12 reference line Next set your constraints to Polar or Ortho and draw a short line approximately 1 long in the direction of the driveway and left click These will be drawn by eye so if you wish to be more accurate you can turn on the Coordinate Tracking Panel to assist you This option is found under the Tools menu When this panel is visible it will give a live update of the length of the line you are drawing Window Help Show Data Selection Ctrl D Show Coordinate Tracking Panel Show Overview Panel Ctrl k Calculator F2 15 21 DynaSCAPE Design 4 Next draw another short line of approximately the same length this time in the direction of the road and left click JA Coordinate Tr DoR j x Create two short line segments approximately 1 og 5 Next without right clicking return to the modifier and check the Smooth Polyline option You must turn your constraints off now lt lt Modifier Insert Polyline Sif Eg Close polyline Gmooth polyline V Auto bulge Clockwise bulge Start angle 0 0 15 22 DynaSCAPE Software Design Tutorial Part 6 Use the mouse to draw the line creating a curve that meets with the intersection of second reference point from Step 1 and the driveway With constraints tumed Off and the Smooth Polyline option selected at
460. y 80 feet x 60 feet for instance then you 2 5 DynaSCAPE Design should choose a prototype that will accommodate that area A good general rule of thumb is to choose the lowest scale possible so that the plan including your labels and title block will fill the page and design details will be as large as possible For an 80 feet x 60 feet area printed on 8 5 x 11 paper you would choose a prototype with a 1 8 scale 3 Choose between landscape or portrait orientation Again this will be j determined by the size and shape of the project you are designing To choose a Prototype to work with select the prototype name and then click OK The New Drawing window with the Prototype list will close and a new blank drawing will open in the Drawing Window The blue dashed rectangle that is displayed in the Drawing Window shows the limits physical edge of the drawing page You should draft your plan within these limits so that when you print your drawing on the same size of sheet you chose as your prototype your drawing will be at the correct scale you chose with your prototype In DynaSCAPE Design scale is relative to sheet size When you change your drawing scale DynaSCAPE will adjust your drawing so that when you print to the same size of paper as your drawing page setting the printed drawing will be at the correct scale for measuring j H er s E Fa adesign Limits of the drawing page fie Leg j 2 6 Dyna
461. y to place the first point of your polyline Modifier Insert Polyline aR W Smooth polyline v Auto bulge ici a 5 Click on the drawing where you want the polyline to start a 6 k If you have not set a Start angle the first arc will always start in a left to right direction Move the mouse to the next location notice that as you move the mouse the shape and size of the arc created changes Click to insert the next point 7 Continue Clicking until the desired shape is achieved Once all the left clicks are made right click to finish the polyline Modifier Insert Polyline Ioj x Close polyline ea lt n W Smooth polyline Auto bulge Clockwise bulge Start ange 00 A Left clicks were made at each of the points shown 6 29 DynaSCAPE Design Polylines can also be drawn with straight lines or with both simple follow the steps above but do not check the Smooth Polyline toggle c Modifier Insert Pobyline l 5 x Smooth polyline Auto bulge Clockwise bulge Start angle 0 0 Al Closed polylines can also be created These polylines are excellent for defining hatch or section areas or for creating island beds berms patios etc Closed polylines can be smooth or straight or a combination of the two Modifier Insert Polyline W Smooth polyline w Auto bulge Clockwise bulge startande o0 E Polyline is closed
462. you can revise the line color and thickness to match all the other similar figures in those libraries Creating a Colorable Figure All the figures in DynaSCAPE that you would normally color have been built to be colorable in DynaSCAPE Color They all have a ring or closed polyline surrounding the figure that provides a boundary for the color swatches in DynaSCAPE Color This boundary is always on the Color_Setup layer This boundary is often the exact same shape as the cluster ring if a cluster ring exists in the figure For some figures like ornamental grass this shape has been created on its own If you wish to use DynaSCAPE Color for rendering you drawings it is critical that you include this boundary on all your custom figures It is also critical that this boundary is a single continuous polyline circle or polygon that surrounds the figure and is placed on the Color_Setup layer To create a colorable figure first draw it as you normally would with all the parts drawn on the correct layers as outlined in this chapter Then draw an outer ring on the Color Setup layer Adding this outer ring can be done in several ways 1 Copy the outer ring of the figure you have drawn over to an open space on the drawing Then revise it to the Color Setup layer and move it back on top of the fig ure you have drawn 2 Draw or trace the outer ring using the Polyline tool with Closed polyline turned on on the Color Setup layer 11 19
463. you open it 12 8 DynaSCAPE Software Labeling Plants amp Design Elements Adding Plants to My Local Plant List The Plant List Editor is empty when you start using Design and you can build it by adding your plants several different ways 1 Searching at dynascape com and adding plants one at a time 2 Downloading from the Online Plant Database by Zone 3 Importing from a supplier list or Quote Manage database 4 Manually adding plants in the Plant List Editor 1 Adding Plants By Searching across dynascape com This is the recommended method for adding plants to your plant list This method involves searching for specific plants or groups of plants on DynaSCAPE s Online Plant Database and choosing the ones you wish to add By adding them this way all your plants will be linked to the Online Database for viewing and using the pictures and cultural information found there To add plants using this method follow these steps 1 Open the Plant Label Panel and choose the at dynascape com option to search across Piani Seach m in my Plants Fd 2 k In the Plant Search text box type in part of the name of a plant you wish to add e g chocolate ruffles or just chocolate You can be specific but remember that if you spell the name incorrectly it will not return any results You can search for a group of plants that you wish to add more than one of in the group e g hydrangea You may also filter by Plant Typ
464. you ve imported and saved the drawing files in the latest DynaSCAPE Design format 3 5 DynaSCAPE Design Use Windows Explorer to find and delete these files for example in folders with automatically generated names such as Designs 2002 The name of a prt file always matched the name of the project folder that is if you had a Smith folder in Designs 2002 you would have had a Smith prt file there as well All prt files can be deleted but be careful not to delete the old Project folders before you ve imported and saved the drawing files in the latest DynaSCAPE Design format 3 6 DynaSCAPE Software Opening a DynaSCAPE Drawing Converting a 4 x Drawing to 5 x or Newer DynaSCAPE version 5 and newer has a different layer list than version 4 and previous versions This also means that the Modes have also been changed to match the new layer list in version 5 and newer In addition version 5 and newer has rebuilt library figures that contain the new layers 4 x drawings can be opened in version 5 and newer but it is important to know the difference between the two versions especially if you wish to continue working with the version 4 x drawing How Do I Know if My Drawing is Version 4 x or Version 5 x and Newer If you look at the layer list of the drawing in question the first clue will be that the first and third layers have changed among others If the first layer is Detail and the thi
465. you will use letter size paper with a landscape orientation STRIDER SHARP MX 5500N PCL6 Properties Ready SHARP MX 5500N PCL6 gt 2_1P_10 0 0 250 5 k On the Settings tab check the Center Printable Area on Paper toggle x Print Drawing 16 28 DynaSCAPE Software Design Tutorial Part Il 6 On the Color tab select the Print Using a Single Color option this will print the drawing in black and white x Print Drawing 7 On the Bounds tab select the Print the Area Defined By the Drawing Limits option this will print everything inside the blue dashed line i e everything on the screen Print Drawing 8 k On the Scale tab be sure to select the Print Using the Active Drawing Scale option this will print your drawing true to the scale set when the prototype drawing was selected One of the most common errors is the 16 29 DynaSCAPE Design scale is left at true size resulting in a blank sheet or a single line being printed Print Drawii ng Seles 9 k The filters tab is rarely used and can be skipped in most occasions Lastly check the Preview Printable Area toggle at the bottom Ensure that everything is within the red guidelines that appear on the drawing if they do not press esc and move the items on the drawing accordingly es Print Drawing 16 30 DynaSCAPE Software Design Tutorial Part Il 1 0 When everything on the drawing appears in the preview clic
466. your drawing which will allow you to unclutter the screen focus on a particular task or component for example dimensioning the drawing or drafting an irrigation system and generally speed up the drafting of a landscape design The function of some of the most frequently used drawing modes is described below Display Modes Multi Layer Some modes display multi layers others display single layers Most often multi layer modes are used to display a certain combination of features and their associated labels before printing or before executing the next phase of a design process For example e Design Mode No Shadows Design_No_Shadows_Mode is the working or nor mal mode for most of the drafting process This is the Mode that you would do most of your design work in with the shadows for the trees turned off Such a 5 14 DynaSCAPE Software Using the Tables drawing would show all of the fine detail of the design and labels on all plants for instance Sets the active layer to Text_Labels Design Mode Design_Mode is the Mode that is active when a new prototype drawing is opened The Design Mode of a drawing is generally the version pre sented to the client for approval Such a drawing would show all of the fine detail of the design and labels on all plants including shadows Sets the active layer to Text_Labels All Layers On Mode displays all elements in drawing This mode is recommended when moving all the objects on a dr
467. ysical point such as a line on the drawing or if can be set freehand using the mouse then click on the second point to determine the angle of the mirror The entities will be mirrored The copy toggle can be toggled on or off depending on the circumstance If copy is on the result will be two of the same item if copy is not selected the objects will just be moved to the new location Copy Translation vector mirror point 7 8 DynaSCAPE Software Basic Editing and Dimensioning Tools Exploding Objects into Individual Lines and Arcs The explode tool in DynaSCAPE allows objects to be broken into individual pieces of geometry Items such as polylines can be broken into individual lines and arcs Rectangles can be broken into lines and figures can be broken down into the entities that were used to create the figure To use this tool 1 Select all the items to be exploded either by clicking on the object or by i using a selection window 2 When all items are selected right click to complete the process The object s will be broken down into it s next simplest form which may or may not be exploded further Example of exploded shrub outer ring can be selected individually and is seperate from the rest of the shrub If an object does not allow you to select it the object likely has already been exploded to its most basic form i e down to individual lines arcs etc Figures that have been exploded

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

User Manual for release 0.9.0  Manual Transmission Clutch Adaptor for 3-drive・AC manual  Guía del usuario - CONRAD Produktinfo.  STD-402 STEP Motor driver User manual  MODE D`EMPLOI MONFINANCIER VIE  CSG Sales Manager`s Meeti  Motorola MVME166IG/D2 Laptop User Manual  192.168.1.1\\cahiers\\NUMEROS PUBLIES\\Cah 41  取扱説明書  Aquarius Time Series - Westmont College  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file